76.8600-40039G

Tellabs® 8600 Smart Routers Hardware Installation Guide 76.8600-40039G 22.10.2012 Document Information Revision History Document No. Date Description of Changes 76.8600- 40039G 22.10.2012 New Tellabs 8600 brand: Tellabs 8600 managed edge system and Tellabs 8600 network elements changed to Tellabs 8600 smart routers. Information on the Tellabs 8660 smart router R2 power backplane assembly usage updated in chapters 1.3.1, 1.3.3 and 3.1.1. 8x100/1000BASE-X R2 IFM (LIO2252) 100BASE SFP updates in chapter 1.11.3. ELC1 1000BASE SFP updates in chapter 1.11.3. 1000BASE-BX10-D and 1000BASE-BX10-U SFP data added in chapter 1.11.3. Cabling requirements for DC and DC48 power modules for Tellabs 8609 smart router and Tellabs 8611 smart router updated in chapters 3.3.7, 5.1.3 and 7.11. 76.8600- 40039F 30.06.2012 ELC1 data added. 1000BASE-T SFP dependencies updated in chapter 1.11.3. 10GBASE-ER and 10GBASE-ZR SFP+ data updated in chapter 1.11.4. XFP data added in chapter 1.11.5. Instructions for DC48 Power Input Module for Tellabs 8660 smart router R2 updated in chapter 3.1.1. LED data updated for CDC, IFC, Tellabs 8605 smart router, Tellabs 8607 smart router, Tellabs 8609 smart router, Tellabs 8611 smart router and Tellabs 8620 smart router in chapter 8.8.1. Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers 76.8600-40039G Hardware Installation Guide © 2012 Tellabs. 2 Document No. Date Description of Changes 76.8600- 40039E 15.05.2012 Tellabs 8611 smart router data added. Data for DC48 Power Input Module for Tellabs 8660 smart router R2 added in chapters 1.3, 3.1.1, 5.1, 7.8, 7.9, 8 and Appendix: Site Survey. 1000BASE-ZX-CWDM SFP data updated in chapter 1.11.3. 10GBASE-ZR SFP+ data added in chapter 1.11.4. Line module installation and replacing instructions updated in chapters 3.3.11 and 7.5. New 16 mm 2 grounding cable for Tellabs 8660 smart router R2 with PIM information added in chapter 4. Tellabs 8660 smart router R1 fan module replacing instructions updated in chapter 7.7.2. 76.8600- 40039D 06.02.2012 Data on electrical Ethernet data cabling updated in chapter 1.9.1. 1000BASE-EX SFP data added in chapter 1.10.3. 10GBASE-ER SFP+ data added in chapter 1.10.4. Tellabs 8609 smart router power module retention screw data updated in chapter 1.5.1. Tellabs 8660 smart router and Tellabs 8630 smart router cooling data and maximum number of subracks per rack/cabinet updated in chapter 3.1. Tellabs 8609 smart router and Tellabs 8611 smart router power module installation and replacing instructions updated in chapters 3.3.7 and 7.9. Max power consumption data updated for Tellabs 8660 smart router and Tellabs 8630 smart router in chapter 5.1.6. Recommended circuit breaker rating for Tellabs 8630 smart router with 8630 fan modules 81.86F8630FANMD-R6 Rev. D added in chapter 5.1.1. Instructions on using shielded cables updated in chapter 6.2.5. Replacing Tellabs 8660 smart router R2 fan module data added in chapter 7.6.1. This manual documents the following network elements: Tellabs 8605 smart router Tellabs 8607 smart router Tellabs 8609 smart router Tellabs 8611 smart router Tellabs 8620 smart router Tellabs 8630 smart router Tellabs 8660 smart router © 2012 Tellabs. All rights reserved. This Tellabs manual is owned by Tellabs or its licensors and protected by U.S. and international copyright laws, conventions and treaties. Your right to use this manual is subject to limitations and restrictions imposed by applicable licenses and copyright laws. Unauthorized reproduction, modification, distribution, display or other use of this manual may result in criminal and civil penalties. The following trademarks and service marks are owned by Tellabs Operations, Inc. or its affiliates in the United States and/or other countries: TELLABS ® , TELLABS ® logo, TELLABS and T symbol ® , and T symbol ® . Any other company or product names may be trademarks of their respective companies. The specifications and information regarding the products in this manual are subject to change without notice. All statements, information, and recommendations in this manual are believed to be accurate but are presented without warranty of any kind, express or implied. Users must take full responsibility for their application of any products. Adobe ® Reader ® are registered trademarks of Adobe Systems Incorporated in the United States and/or other countries. Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers 76.8600-40039G Hardware Installation Guide © 2012 Tellabs. 4 Document Information Terms and Abbreviations Term Explanation ATM Asynchronous Transfer Mode CD Carrier Detect CDC Control and DC Power Card (used in Tellabs 8630 smart router and Tellabs 8660 smart router) CLI Command Line Interface Com Common CPU Central Processor Unit CTS Clear To Send DSR Data Set Ready DTR Data Terminal Ready ELC1 Ethernet Line Card (used in Tellabs 8630 smart router and Tellabs 8660 smart router) EMC Electromagnetic Compatibility EMI Electromagnetic Interference ESD Electrostatic Discharge ESW Embedded Software Fan One fan in a fan module Fan Module A module consisting of two or more fans, the mechanics and possibly the control electronics FTP Foil Shielded Twisted Pair GE Gigabit Ethernet GND Ground HM High Speed Module (used in Tellabs 8611 smart router) IFC Interface Module Concentrator (used in Tellabs 8630 smart router and Tellabs 8660 smart router) IFM Interface Module. A specific term of the module which can be placed on the IFC line card or Tellabs 8620 smart router baseboard and which consists of the physical interfaces (used in Tellabs 8620 smart router, Tellabs 8630 smart router and Tellabs 8660 smart router). IP Internet Protocol LAN Local Area Network LED Light-Emitting Diode Line card The line card in the Tellabs 8600 system consists of an Ethernet line card (ELC1), or Interface Module Concentrator (IFC) and up to two Interface Modules (IFMs) (used in Tellabs 8630 smart router and Tellabs 8660 smart router). LM Line Module (used in Tellabs 8607 smart router, Tellabs 8609 smart router and Tellabs 8611 smart router) 76.8600-40039G Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers © 2012 Tellabs. Hardware Installation Guide 5 Document Information MFE Management Fast Ethernet MO Mobile Optimization (Interface Module) MS Multiservice (Interface Module) NC Normally Closed NE Network Element NO Normally Open NRTL Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory OCXO Oven Controlled Crystal Oscillator Operating temperature The operating temperature or temperature range refers to the ambient temperature of the telecommunications installation OSPF Open Shortest Path First PDF Power Distribution Field PKG Software package file POS Packet over SDH/Sonet RTS Request To Send RxD Receive Data SCM Switching and Control Module (used in Tellabs 8611 smart router) SDH Synchronous Digital Hierarchy SEC SDH Equipment Clock SFP Small Form-Factor Pluggable. Transceiver type used in Tellabs 8600 IFMs and HM. STP Shielded Twisted Pair TxD Transmit Data UTP Unshielded Twisted Pair Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers 76.8600-40039G Hardware Installation Guide © 2012 Tellabs. 6 Document Information Compliance Statement Hereby, Tellabs Oy declares that this product is in compliance with the essential requirements and other relevant provisions of Directive 1999/5/EC. FCC Notification Statement Federal Communications Commission (FCC) Rules require that you be notified of the following: This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A digital device, pursuant to part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference when the equipment is operated in a commercial environment. This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instruction manual, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. Operation of this equipment in a residential area is likely to cause harmful interference in which case the user will be required to correct the interference at his own expense. Changes or modifications not expressly approved by Tellabs Operations, Inc., in writing can void the user’s authority to operate the equipment. Tellabs 8605 smart router has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Industry Canada Notification Statement Industry Canada interference-causing equipment regulations require that you be notified of the following: This Class A digital apparatus complies with Canadian ICES-003. Cet appareil numérique de la classe A est conforme à la norme NMB-003 du Canada. 76.8600-40039G Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers © 2012 Tellabs. Hardware Installation Guide 7 Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers 76.8600-40039G Hardware Installation Guide © 2012 Tellabs. 8 Table of Contents Table of Contents About This Manual ............................................................................................................ 16 Objectives....................................................................................................................................................................... 16 Audience......................................................................................................................................................................... 16 Related Documentation.................................................................................................................................................. 16 Document Conventions .................................................................................................................................................. 18 Documentation Feedback............................................................................................................................................... 18 Tellabs 8600 Rebranding.................................................................................................. 19 Tellabs 8600 Discontinued Products............................................................................... 20 Safety Notes ...................................................................................................................... 21 Intended Purpose............................................................................................................................................................ 21 Class 1 Laser Product ..................................................................................................................................................... 21 Jewelry Removal ............................................................................................................................................................ 23 Installation and Maintenance ......................................................................................................................................... 23 Lightning Activity.......................................................................................................................................................... 24 1 Overview...................................................................................................................... 25 1.1 Overall Installation Sequence.............................................................................................................................. 25 1.2 Planning............................................................................................................................................................... 25 1.3 Tellabs 8660 Smart Router .................................................................................................................................. 25 1.3.1 Power Supply....................................................................................................................................... 27 1.3.2 CDC..................................................................................................................................................... 28 1.3.3 DC48 Power Input Module (PIM) for Tellabs 8660 Smart Router R2 ............................................... 31 1.3.4 Line Cards............................................................................................................................................ 31 1.3.5 Ethernet Line Card (ELC1) ................................................................................................................. 32 1.3.6 IFC....................................................................................................................................................... 33 1.3.7 IFM...................................................................................................................................................... 35 1.3.8 Cooling ................................................................................................................................................ 37 1.3.9 Redundancy ......................................................................................................................................... 38 1.4 Tellabs 8630 Smart Router .................................................................................................................................. 38 1.4.1 Power Supply....................................................................................................................................... 39 76.8600-40039G Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers © 2012 Tellabs. Hardware Installation Guide 9 Table of Contents 1.4.2 CDCs, Line Cards and IFMs ............................................................................................................... 39 1.4.3 Cooling ................................................................................................................................................ 39 1.4.4 Redundancy ......................................................................................................................................... 40 1.5 Tellabs 8620 Smart Router .................................................................................................................................. 40 1.5.1 Power Supply....................................................................................................................................... 41 1.5.2 IFMs and Fixed Interfaces................................................................................................................... 41 1.5.3 Cooling ................................................................................................................................................ 41 1.5.4 Redundancy ......................................................................................................................................... 41 1.6 Tellabs 8611 Smart Router .................................................................................................................................. 42 1.6.1 Power Supply....................................................................................................................................... 42 1.6.2 Switching and Control Modules.......................................................................................................... 43 1.6.3 High Speed Modules ........................................................................................................................... 44 1.6.4 Line Modules....................................................................................................................................... 44 1.6.5 Cooling ................................................................................................................................................ 45 1.6.6 Redundancy ......................................................................................................................................... 46 1.7 Tellabs 8609 Smart Router .................................................................................................................................. 46 1.7.1 Power Supply....................................................................................................................................... 47 1.7.2 Fixed Interfaces ................................................................................................................................... 48 1.7.3 Line Modules....................................................................................................................................... 48 1.7.4 Cooling ................................................................................................................................................ 49 1.7.5 Redundancy ......................................................................................................................................... 50 1.8 Tellabs 8607 Smart Router .................................................................................................................................. 50 1.8.1 Power Supply....................................................................................................................................... 51 1.8.2 Fixed Interfaces ................................................................................................................................... 51 1.8.3 Line Modules....................................................................................................................................... 52 1.8.4 Cooling ................................................................................................................................................ 53 1.8.5 Redundancy ......................................................................................................................................... 54 1.9 Tellabs 8605 Smart Router .................................................................................................................................. 54 1.9.1 Power Supply....................................................................................................................................... 55 1.9.2 Fixed Interfaces ................................................................................................................................... 56 1.9.3 Fixed chE1/chT1 Interface .................................................................................................................. 56 1.9.4 Cooling ................................................................................................................................................ 57 1.9.5 Redundancy ......................................................................................................................................... 57 1.10 Cabling and Connectors....................................................................................................................................... 57 1.10.1 Electrical Ethernet Data Cabling ......................................................................................................... 58 1.10.2 Electrical E1/T1 Cabling ..................................................................................................................... 59 1.10.3 Electrical xDSL Cabling...................................................................................................................... 61 1.10.4 DS3 Cabling ........................................................................................................................................ 61 1.10.5 Optical Data Cabling ........................................................................................................................... 61 1.11 Pluggable Transceivers........................................................................................................................................ 62 1.11.1 Optical Transceivers ............................................................................................................................ 62 1.11.2 Electrical Transceivers......................................................................................................................... 63 1.11.3 SFPs Used in Tellabs 8600 System ..................................................................................................... 64 1.11.4 SFP+s Used in Tellabs 8600 System................................................................................................... 87 1.11.5 XFPs Used in Tellabs 8600 System..................................................................................................... 89 2 Prerequisites................................................................................................................ 92 2.1 Site Survey and Required Accessories ................................................................................................................ 92 2.2 ESD...................................................................................................................................................................... 93 2.3 Unpacking Equipment ......................................................................................................................................... 93 Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers 76.8600-40039G Hardware Installation Guide © 2012 Tellabs. 10 Table of Contents 2.4 Packing for Transportation .................................................................................................................................. 94 3 Mechanical Installation............................................................................................... 95 3.1 Tellabs 8660 Smart Router and Tellabs 8630 Smart Router Subrack Installation .............................................. 95 3.1.1 Upgrading Power Feeding of Tellabs 8660 Smart Router R2 from Protected CDC1 Feeding to Protected PIM Feeding...................................................................................................................... 100 3.1.2 Tellabs 8660 Smart Router R1 Fan Module Upgrade Kit ................................................................. 107 3.1.3 Interface Module Assembly................................................................................................................113 3.1.4 Line Card and CDC Assembly with New Captive Screws and New Ejector Levers.........................117 3.1.5 IFC1 Line Card and CDC1 Assembly with Old Captive Screws and Old Ejector Levers................ 129 3.1.6 Inserting Pluggable Transceivers....................................................................................................... 138 3.2 Tellabs 8620 Smart Router Installation ............................................................................................................. 140 3.2.1 Installation in a Cabinet or Rack ....................................................................................................... 140 3.2.2 Interface Module Installation............................................................................................................. 141 3.3 Tellabs 8605 Smart Router, Tellabs 8607 Smart Router, Tellabs 8609 Smart Router and Tellabs 8611 Smart Router Installation ............................................................................................................................................. 146 3.3.1 Installation in Cabinet........................................................................................................................ 146 3.3.2 Installation on Wall............................................................................................................................ 149 3.3.3 Tellabs 8605 Smart Router Interface Numbering.............................................................................. 150 3.3.4 Tellabs 8607 Smart Router Power Module Installation..................................................................... 151 3.3.5 Tellabs ® 8607 Smart Router Fan Module Installation ..................................................................... 152 3.3.6 Tellabs ® 8607 Smart Router Line Module Installation ..................................................................... 153 3.3.7 Tellabs 8609 Smart Router and Tellabs 8611 Smart Router Power Module Installation.................. 155 3.3.8 Tellabs ® 8609 Smart Router Fan Module Installation ...................................................................... 157 3.3.9 Tellabs ® 8611 Smart Router Fan Module Installation....................................................................... 159 3.3.10 Tellabs 8611 Smart Router SCM Installation.................................................................................... 161 3.3.11 Tellabs 8609 Smart Router and Tellabs 8611 Smart Router Physical Line Module Installation ...... 162 4 Grounding.................................................................................................................. 166 4.1 Grounding FTP Cabling .................................................................................................................................... 169 5 Power Installation...................................................................................................... 170 5.1 DC Power Installation ....................................................................................................................................... 170 5.1.1 Tellabs 8660 Smart Router and Tellabs 8630 Smart Router............................................................. 170 5.1.2 Tellabs 8620 Smart Router DC48...................................................................................................... 174 5.1.3 Tellabs 8609 Smart Router and Tellabs 8611 Smart Router DC48 and DC...................................... 175 5.1.4 Tellabs 8607 Smart Router ................................................................................................................ 177 5.1.5 Tellabs 8605 Smart Router DC48, DC24 and DC............................................................................. 178 5.1.6 General DC Power Cabling and Power Accessory Assembly Information ...................................... 180 5.2 AC Power Cabling............................................................................................................................................. 185 5.2.1 Tellabs 8620 Smart Router AC.......................................................................................................... 185 5.2.2 Tellabs 8605 Smart Router AC.......................................................................................................... 185 6 Cabling....................................................................................................................... 186 76.8600-40039G Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers © 2012 Tellabs. Hardware Installation Guide 11 Table of Contents 6.1 General............................................................................................................................................................... 186 6.1.1 Handling Cables ................................................................................................................................ 186 6.1.2 Maximum Electrical Ethernet Cable Lengths ................................................................................... 188 6.2 Electrical Cabling .............................................................................................................................................. 190 6.2.1 Ethernet Cables.................................................................................................................................. 190 6.2.2 E1/T1 Cables ..................................................................................................................................... 195 6.2.3 DS3 Cables ........................................................................................................................................ 200 6.2.4 xDSL Cables...................................................................................................................................... 200 6.2.5 Terminating Cables............................................................................................................................ 201 6.2.6 Balun Panels ...................................................................................................................................... 202 6.3 Optical Cabling.................................................................................................................................................. 204 6.3.1 Mode Conditioning Patch Cord..........................................................................................................211 6.3.2 Attenuators......................................................................................................................................... 212 6.4 Alarm Cabling ................................................................................................................................................... 212 6.4.1 CDC................................................................................................................................................... 212 6.4.2 SCM................................................................................................................................................... 213 6.4.3 Tellabs 8609 Smart Router, Tellabs 8607 Smart Router and Tellabs 8605 Smart Router................. 213 6.5 Synchronization Cabling ................................................................................................................................... 214 6.5.1 Tellabs 8660 Smart Router, Tellabs 8630 Smart Router and Tellabs 8620 Smart Router................. 214 6.5.2 Tellabs 8611 Smart Router ................................................................................................................ 215 6.5.3 Tellabs 8609 Smart Router ................................................................................................................ 215 6.5.4 Tellabs 8607 Smart Router ................................................................................................................ 216 6.5.5 Tellabs 8605 Smart Router ................................................................................................................ 216 6.6 Communication Link Cabling ........................................................................................................................... 217 6.6.1 Tellabs 8660 Smart Router and Tellabs 8630 Smart Router.............................................................. 217 6.6.2 Tellabs 8620 Smart Router ................................................................................................................ 219 6.6.3 Tellabs 8611 Smart Router ................................................................................................................ 219 6.6.4 Tellabs 8609 Smart Router, Tellabs 8607 Smart Router and Tellabs 8605 Smart Router................ 220 7 Maintenance............................................................................................................... 221 7.1 ESW Shutdown before Removing Card(s) or Switching NE Power off ........................................................... 222 7.2 Replacing CDC, SCM or Line Cards ................................................................................................................ 222 7.2.1 Replacing Line Card with No Protection Groups.............................................................................. 223 7.2.2 Replacing Line Card with Protection Groups.................................................................................... 223 7.2.3 Replacing CDC or SCM.................................................................................................................... 228 7.3 Replacing Interface Modules............................................................................................................................. 231 7.3.1 Tellabs 8660 Smart Router and Tellabs 8630 Smart Router.............................................................. 232 7.4 Replacing SCM.................................................................................................................................................. 233 7.5 Replacing Tellabs 8611 Smart Router, Tellabs 8609 Smart Router and Tellabs 8607 Smart Router Physical Line Modules ............................................................................................................................................................. 234 7.5.1 Replacing High Speed Module with Same Type............................................................................... 234 7.5.2 Replacing High Speed Module with Different Type ......................................................................... 235 7.5.3 Replacing Line Module with Same Type .......................................................................................... 236 7.5.4 Replacing Line Module with Different Type..................................................................................... 237 7.6 Maintaining Air Filters ...................................................................................................................................... 238 7.6.1 Tellabs 8660 Smart Router R2 Subrack ............................................................................................ 238 7.6.2 Tellabs 8660 Smart Router V3.0 and V3.1........................................................................................ 240 7.6.3 Tellabs 8630 Smart Router ................................................................................................................ 240 7.6.4 Tellabs 8620 Smart Router ................................................................................................................ 243 7.6.5 Tellabs 8611 Smart Router ................................................................................................................ 243 7.6.6 Tellabs 8609 Smart Router ................................................................................................................ 244 Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers 76.8600-40039G Hardware Installation Guide © 2012 Tellabs. 12 Table of Contents 7.6.7 Tellabs 8607 Smart Router ................................................................................................................ 245 7.7 Replacing Fan Modules ..................................................................................................................................... 246 7.7.1 Tellabs 8660 Smart Router R2........................................................................................................... 247 7.7.2 Tellabs 8660 Smart Router V3.0 and V3.1........................................................................................ 249 7.7.3 Tellabs 8630 Smart Router ................................................................................................................ 251 7.7.4 Tellabs 8620 Smart Router ................................................................................................................ 253 7.7.5 Tellabs 8611 Smart Router ................................................................................................................ 254 7.7.6 Tellabs 8609 Smart Router ................................................................................................................ 255 7.7.7 Tellabs 8607 Smart Router ................................................................................................................ 256 7.8 Replacing Fuses................................................................................................................................................. 258 7.8.1 Tellabs 8660 Smart Router R2 with DC48 Power Input Module (PIM) ........................................... 258 7.8.2 Tellabs 8620 Smart Router AC.......................................................................................................... 259 7.8.3 Tellabs 8620 Smart Router DC48...................................................................................................... 259 7.8.4 Tellabs 8611 Smart Router ................................................................................................................ 260 7.8.5 Tellabs 8609 Smart Router ................................................................................................................ 260 7.8.6 Tellabs 8607 Smart Router ................................................................................................................ 260 7.8.7 Tellabs 8605 Smart Router ................................................................................................................ 261 7.9 Replacing DC48 Power Input Modules in Tellabs 8660 Smart Router R2....................................................... 262 7.10 Replacing Tellabs 8620 Smart Router DC48 Power Input Modules................................................................. 263 7.11 Replacing Tellabs 8611 Smart Router and Tellabs 8609 Smart Router Power Modules .................................. 264 7.12 Replacing Tellabs 8607 Smart Router Power Modules..................................................................................... 266 8 Commissioning ......................................................................................................... 268 8.1 Overview ........................................................................................................................................................... 268 8.2 Prerequisites....................................................................................................................................................... 268 8.3 Mechanical Installation Check .......................................................................................................................... 268 8.3.1 Network Element Installation............................................................................................................ 268 8.3.2 Grounding.......................................................................................................................................... 269 8.3.3 Power Installation.............................................................................................................................. 269 8.3.4 Cabling............................................................................................................................................... 269 8.4 Configuring Tellabs 8600 Network Elements ................................................................................................... 270 8.4.1 Powering Up Network Element......................................................................................................... 270 8.4.2 Initial Network Element Configuration ............................................................................................. 270 8.5 Configuring Communication Links ................................................................................................................... 273 8.5.1 Outband and Inband Management..................................................................................................... 273 8.5.2 Configuring Outband Management ................................................................................................... 274 8.5.3 Configuring Inband Management ...................................................................................................... 275 8.5.4 Management Traffic QoS................................................................................................................... 276 8.6 Testing Tellabs 8660 Smart Router and Tellabs 8630 Smart Router Protection Switching .............................. 277 8.6.1 Power ................................................................................................................................................. 277 8.6.2 Management ...................................................................................................................................... 277 8.7 Testing Tellabs 8611 Smart Router Protection Switching................................................................................. 278 8.7.1 Power ................................................................................................................................................. 278 8.7.2 Management ...................................................................................................................................... 278 8.8 Troubleshooting................................................................................................................................................. 278 8.8.1 Understanding LEDs ......................................................................................................................... 278 8.8.2 Power Failures ................................................................................................................................... 292 8.8.3 Fan Module........................................................................................................................................ 292 8.8.4 Line Cards.......................................................................................................................................... 293 8.8.5 Interface Modules and Line Modules................................................................................................ 293 76.8600-40039G Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers © 2012 Tellabs. Hardware Installation Guide 13 Table of Contents 8.8.6 Commissioning.................................................................................................................................. 293 9 Required Tools .......................................................................................................... 294 9.1 Tellabs 8660 Smart Router and Tellabs 8630 Smart Router Assembly............................................................. 294 9.2 Tellabs 8620 Smart Router Installation ............................................................................................................. 294 9.3 Tellabs 8611 Smart Router Installation ............................................................................................................. 294 9.4 Tellabs 8609 Smart Router Installation ............................................................................................................. 294 9.5 Tellabs 8607 Smart Router Installation ............................................................................................................. 295 9.6 Tellabs 8605 Smart Router Installation ............................................................................................................. 295 9.7 Grounding and Power........................................................................................................................................ 295 9.8 Cabling............................................................................................................................................................... 296 9.9 Other Material.................................................................................................................................................... 296 10 ESW Downloading..................................................................................................... 297 10.1 ESW Downloading Using Windows Explorer .................................................................................................. 297 10.2 ESW Downloading Using Command Prompt FTP Session.............................................................................. 298 10.3 Activating Application Software....................................................................................................................... 300 Appendix: Commissioning Test Report........................................................................ 303 Commissioning Test Report ......................................................................................................................................... 303 Mechanical Installation ................................................................................................................................................ 305 Grounding..................................................................................................................................................................... 305 Power............................................................................................................................................................................ 305 Data Cabling................................................................................................................................................................. 306 Network Element Parameters....................................................................................................................................... 306 Power Protection Switching......................................................................................................................................... 306 Appendix: Conductor Gauge and Dimension Comparison Table.............................. 307 Appendix: Site Survey.................................................................................................... 308 Overview...................................................................................................................................................................... 308 Site Survey Check List and Acceptance Form for Tellabs 8600 System......................................................................311 Site Information............................................................................................................................................................ 312 Mechanical and Electrical Data.................................................................................................................................... 313 Data Cabling................................................................................................................................................................. 315 Site Reforms (Exceptions) ........................................................................................................................................... 316 Cables Needed.............................................................................................................................................................. 317 Connectors.................................................................................................................................................................... 317 Other............................................................................................................................................................................. 317 Floor Plan ..................................................................................................................................................................... 318 Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers 76.8600-40039G Hardware Installation Guide © 2012 Tellabs. 14 Table of Contents Plans and Information Supplied ................................................................................................................................... 319 Miscellaneous............................................................................................................................................................... 319 Notes............................................................................................................................................................................. 320 End of Life Treatment ..................................................................................................... 321 76.8600-40039G Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers © 2012 Tellabs. Hardware Installation Guide 15 About This Manual About This Manual This section discusses the objectives and intended audience of this manual, Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers Hardware Installation Guide and consists of the following sections: • Objectives • Audience • Related Documentation • Document Conventions • Documentation Feedback Objectives The goal is to provide instructions on how to install the Tellabs 8600 system hardware up to the point when the network element is ready to be powered up. Guidance is provided on mechanical installation, cooling, grounding, powering, cabling, maintenance, commissioning and ESW downloading. Audience This manual is intended for those involved in the installation planning, physical installation and maintenance of Tellabs 8600 series hardware. Related Documentation The document numbering scheme consists of the document ID, indicated by numbers, and the document revision, indicated by a letter. The references in the Related Documentation table below are generic and include only the document ID. To make sure the references point to the latest available document versions, please refer to the relevant product document program on the Tellabs Portal by navigating to www.portal.tellabs.com > Product Documentation > Data Networking > Tellabs 8600 Smart Routers > Technical Documentation. Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers Hardware Release Notes (76.8600-40027) Consists of the hardware release notes of the network element components in Tellabs 8605 smart router, Tellabs 8607 smart router, Tellabs 8609 smart router, Tellabs 8611 smart router, Tellabs 8620 smart router, Tellabs 8630 smart router and Tellabs 8660 smart router. Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers Tellabs ® 8605 Smart Router FP1.5 Embedded Software Release Notes (76.8615-50145) Consists of the embedded software release notes of Tellabs 8605 smart router. Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers 76.8600-40039G Hardware Installation Guide © 2012 Tellabs. 16 About This Manual Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers Tellabs ® 8607 Smart Router FP1.1 Embedded Software Release Notes (76.8611-50139) Consists of the embedded software release notes of Tellabs 8607 smart router. Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers Tellabs ® 8609 Smart Router and Tellabs ® 8611 Smart Router FP1.1 Embedded Software Release Notes (76.8611-50151) Consists of the embedded software release notes of Tellabs 8609 smart router and Tellabs 8611 smart router. Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers FP4.0 Embedded Software Release Notes (76.8640-50152) Consists of the embedded software release notes of Tellabs 8620 smart router, Tellabs 8630 smart router and Tellabs 8660 smart router. Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers Tellabs ® 8605 Smart Router FP1.5 Ref- erence Manual (76.8615-40082) Describes network element features. Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers Tellabs ® 8607 Smart Router FP1.1 Reference Manual (76.8611-40067) Describes network element features. Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers Tellabs ® 8609 Smart Router FP1.0 and FP1.1 Reference Manual (76.8610-40086) Describes network element features. Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers Tellabs ® 8611 Smart Router FP1.1 Reference Manual (76.8611-40087) Describes network element features. Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers Tellabs ® 8620 Smart Router FP4.0 Ref- erence Manual (76.8640-40093) Describes network element features. Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers Tellabs ® 8630 Smart Router FP4.0 Ref- erence Manual (76.8640-40094) Describes network element features. Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers Tellabs ® 8660 Smart Router FP4.0 Ref- erence Manual (76.8640-40095) Describes network element features. Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers Tellabs ® 8605 Smart Router FP1.5 Interface Configuration Guide (76.8615-50145) Provides an overview of the Tellabs 8605 smart router interface functions and instructions on how to configure them with CLI. Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers Tellabs ® 8607 Smart Router FP1.1 Interface Configuration Guide (76.8611-50136) Provides an overview of the Tellabs 8607 smart router interface functions and instructions on how to configure them with CLI. Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers Tellabs ® 8609 Smart Router FP1.0 and Tellabs ® 8611 Smart Router FP1.1 Interface Configuration Guide (76.8610-50149) Provides an overview of the Tellabs 8609 smart router and Tellabs 8611 smart router interface functions and instructions on how to configure them with CLI. Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers FP4.0 Interface Configuration Guide (76.8640-50153) Provides an overview of the Tellabs 8620 smart router, Tellabs 8630 smart router and Tellabs 8660 smart router interface functions and instructions on how to configure them with CLI. Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers CLI Commands Manual (76.8600-50117) Provides commands available to configure, monitor and maintain the Tellabs 8600 system products with CLI. 76.8600-40039G Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers © 2012 Tellabs. Hardware Installation Guide 17 About This Manual Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers Equipment Management Configuration Guide (76.8600-50118) Provides an overview of the user management, hardware inventory, software management and equipment protection and instructions on how to configure them with CLI. Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers Management Communications Configu- ration Guide (76.8600-50125) Provides an overview of the management communications functions and instructions for configuring them with CLI. Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers Synchronization Configuration Guide (76.8600-50114) Provides an overview of the synchronization and instructions on how to configure it with CLI. Tellabs ® 8000 Intelligent Network Manager SR4.0 Software Installation Manual (76.8040-70201) Provides instructions on how to install and configure Tellabs 8000 intelligent network manager in different Tellabs 8000 intelligent network manager computer platforms (workstation, servers). Document Conventions This is a note symbol. It emphasizes or supplements information in the document. This is a caution symbol. It indicates that damage to equipment is possible if the instructions are not followed. This is a warning symbol. It indicates that bodily injury is possible if the instructions are not followed. Documentation Feedback Please contact us to suggest improvements or to report errors in our documentation: Email: fi[email protected] Fax: +358.9.4131.2430 Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers 76.8600-40039G Hardware Installation Guide © 2012 Tellabs. 18 Tellabs 8600 Rebranding Tellabs 8600 Rebranding Starting from September 2012, Tellabs 8600 product names are being rebranded. The table below lists previous and new product names. You may see instances of both the previous and the new product names in the customer documents during the transition period to the new naming system. Previous Product Name New Product Name Tellabs ® 8600 Managed Edge System Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers Tellabs ® 8605 Access Switch Tellabs ® 8605 Smart Router Tellabs ® 8607 Access Switch Tellabs ® 8607 Smart Router Tellabs ® 8609 Access Switch Tellabs ® 8609 Smart Router Tellabs ® 8611 Access Switch Tellabs ® 8611 Smart Router Tellabs ® 8620 Access Switch Tellabs ® 8620 Smart Router Tellabs ® 8630 Access Switch Tellabs ® 8630 Smart Router Tellabs ® 8660 Edge Switch Tellabs ® 8660 Smart Router 76.8600-40039G Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers © 2012 Tellabs. Hardware Installation Guide 19 Tellabs 8600 Discontinued Products Tellabs 8600 Discontinued Products Tellabs is announcing the Manufacture Discontinued (MD) for the following Tellabs 8600 products: Tellabs 8600 Discontinued Products Discontinued Product Replacement Product/Solution MD Notification Tellabs 8605-A DC24 (81.86S8605DC24C-R6 Rev. D) Tellabs 8605-A DC (81.86S-8605A-DC-R6 Rev. A or higher) SC1002892-1 Tellabs 8605-A DC48 (81.86S8605DC2BC-R6 Rev. C) Tellabs 8605-A DC (81.86S-8605A-DC-R6 Rev. A or higher) SC1002892-1 Tellabs 8605-B DC24 (81.86S8605DC2DC-R6 Rev. C) Tellabs 8605-B DC (81.86S-8605B-DC-R6 Rev. A or higher) SC1002892-1 Tellabs 8605-B DC48 (81.86S8605DC48C-R6 Rev. B) Tellabs 8605-B DC (81.86S-8605B-DC-R6 Rev. A or higher) SC1002892-1 Tellabs 8605-D DC24 (81.86S8605DC4BC-R6 Rev. C) Tellabs 8605-D DC (81.86S-8605D-DC-R6 Rev. A or higher) SC1002892-1 Tellabs 8605-D DC48 (81.86S8605DC4DC-R6 Rev. C) Tellabs 8605-D DC (81.86S-8605D-DC-R6 Rev. A or higher) SC1002892-1 Tellabs 8660 smart router subrack V3.1 (81.86S-8660-R6 Rev. A) Tellabs 8660 smart router R2 subrack 82.86S-8660-R6 Rev. A SC1003044-1 For details regarding Tellabs MD policy, refer to the Tellabs North America Manufacturing Discontinued Policy found on the Tellabs Portal (www.portal.tellabs.com). Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers 76.8600-40039G Hardware Installation Guide © 2012 Tellabs. 20 Safety Notes Safety Notes This chapter lists safety notes and their translations for Tellabs 8600 network elements. Intended Purpose The equipment shall be used only for its intended purpose. Das Gerät soll nur für den vorgesehen Einsatzzweck verwendet werden. CAUTION: Do not insert an RJ-11 (telephone) plug into Ethernet or E1/T1 ports. Equipment damage may result. ACHTUNG: Stecken Sie keine RJ-11 (Telefon) Stecker in die Ethernet oder E1/T1 Anschlüsse da dieses zu einer Beschädigung des Gerätes führen kann. CAUTION: Do not climb on or stand on the Tellabs 8600 network element. Neither the network element nor its enclosure is designed to support the weight of a person. ACHTUNG: Steigen Sie oder stellen Sie sich nicht auf das 8600 Netzwerk Element. Weder des Netzwerk Element noch das Gehäuse sind dafür ausgelegt worden das Gewicht einer Person zu tragen. Class 1 Laser Product Class 1 laser product. Laserprodukt der Klasse 1. WARNING: No other types of lasers can be used than supplied and approved by Tellabs. If other types are used, the laser class and compliance to laser safety and EMC standards must be checked. WARNUNG: Verwenden Sie keine anderen als die von Tellabs gelieferten und zugelassenen Lasertypen. Falls Sie andere Typen verwenden, müssen die Laserklasse und die Einhaltung von Lasersicherheits- und EMV-Normen geprüft werden. 76.8600-40039G Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers © 2012 Tellabs. Hardware Installation Guide 21 Safety Notes WARNING: Install only lasers that have been demonstrated to meet Class 1 eye safe levels by a Nationally recognized Authority such as The Food and Drug administration’s 21CFR1040 Laser Energy Source, UL 60950-1 Information Technology equipment and European norms EN60950-1, EN60825-1 and EN60825-2. Failure to use laser transceivers which meet these standards could result in eye damage to users or service personnel working around the equipment. WARNUNG: Installieren Sie nur Laser der Klasse 1 die die Augenschutz Richtlinien der staatlich anerkannten Organisationen wie z.B. The Food and Drug administration’s 21CFR1040 Laser Energy Source, UL 60950-1 Information Technology equipment oder die Europa Normen EN60950-1, EN60825-1 und EN60825-2 erfüllen. Laser die diese Standards nicht erfüllen können zu Verletzungen an Augen des Benutzers und des Service Personals das in der Nähe der Geräte arbeitet führen. WARNING: Optic operation should be verified by observing the status LEDs. Do not look into the laser or fiber to verify operation. WARNUNG: Überprüfen Sie die Funktionstüchtigkeit der Optischen Einheit anhand der Status LED. Schauen Sie nie in den Laser oder die Glasfaser um die Funktion zu prüfen. WARNING: Because invisible radiation may be emitted from the aperture of the port when no fiber cable is connected, avoid exposure to radiation and do not stare into open apertures. WARNUNG: Aus der Stecker Öffnung können unsichtbare Strahlen emittieren wenn kein Glasfaserkabel angeschlossen ist. Vermeiden Sie es sich den Strahlungen auszusetzen und starren Sie nicht in die Öffnungen. WARNING: If you are going to remove the power module from Tellabs 8607 smart router, Tellabs 8609 smart router or Tellabs 8611 smart router, or the power input module from Tellabs 8620 smart router or Tellabs 8660 smart router, or CDC from Tellabs 8660 smart router/Tellabs 8630 smart router, first turn off the power switch (if any), then detach the power cable and only after these actions, remove the power module or CDC. Never keep the power cable connected to the power module or CDC while it is out of its slot. Otherwise the power module or CDC may cause bodily injury or damage to the part that it is touching. WARNUNG: Vor dem Entfernen des Netzteilmoduls des Tellabs 8607 smart router, Tellabs 8609 smart router oder des Tellabs 8611 smart router oder des Netzeingangsmoduls des Tellabs 8620 smart router oder Tellabs 8660 smart router oder der CDC-Karte des Tellabs 8660 smart router/Tellabs 8630 smart router zuerst den Netzschalter (falls vorhanden) ausschalten und danach das Netzkabel vom Netzteil trennen. Erst jetzt das Netzteilmodul oder die CDC-Karte ausbauen. Lassen Sie niemals das Netzkabel mit dem Netzteilmodul oder CDC verbunden, während es aus seinem Einschub ausgebaut ist. Andernfalls kann es zu Verletzungen kommen oder andere Bauteile durch Berührung beschädigt werden. Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers 76.8600-40039G Hardware Installation Guide © 2012 Tellabs. 22 Safety Notes Jewelry Removal WARNING: Before working on equipment that is connected to power source, remove jewelry (including rings, necklaces, and watches). Metal objects will heat up when connected to power and ground and can cause serious burns or weld the metal object to the terminals. WARNUNG: Bevor Sie an Geräten arbeiten die an eine Spannungsversorgung angeschlossen sind, entfernen Sie all Ihren Schmuck (einschließlich Ringe, Ketten und Uhren). Metallobjekte erhitzen sich wenn sie einen Kurzschluss zwischen Spannungsversorgung und Masse/Erdung verursachen. Dieses kann zu schweren Verbrennungen führen oder das Anschweißen an die Anschlussklemmen zur Folge haben. Installation and Maintenance WARNING: This equipment is to be installed and maintained by qualified service personnel only. WARNUNG: Dieses Gerät darf nur von qualifiziertem Fach- oder Servicepersonal installiert oder gewartet werden. CAUTION: Electrical interfaces may require external protection devices to safeguard against overvoltages, transients, earth potential differences and/or power cross-contacts. ACHTUNG: Elektrische Anschlüsse benötigen evtl. externe Schutzschaltungen um sie vor Überspannung, Einschaltspitzen, Erdpotentialunterschieden und/oder Fremdspannungsüberlagerung zu schützen. CAUTION: While handling the modules (Interface Modules, Line Modules, High Speed Modules, SCM, CDC, Line Cards, Power Modules, Power Input Modules and Fan Modules) of the Tellabs 8600 network elements, always take care of proper handling, e.g. do not bend or twist the modules, do not touch the components on the modules, take care of good ESD working practices, do not use excessive force while inserting or removing the modules, do not drop the modules. ACHTUNG: Achten Sie darauf, dass Sie mit den Modulen (Schnittstellenmodulen, Netzmodulen, Hochgeschwindigkeits-Netzmodulen, SCM, CDC, Netzkarten, Netzteilmodulen, Netzeingangsmodulen und Lüftermodulen) der Tellabs 8600-Netzwerkelemente sorgsam umgehen und diese nicht verbiegen oder verdrehen. Berühren Sie nicht die Bauteile auf den Modulen. Wenden Sie beim Ein- oder Ausbauen der Module keine übermäßige Kraft an und lassen Sie die Module nicht fallen. Beachten Sie außerdem die Arbeitsrichtlinien im Zusammenhang mit elektrostatischer Entladung. WARNING: For US usage: this equipment must only be used with a Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory (NRTL) approved power supply. WARNUNG: Für den Gebrauch in den USA: Dieses Gerät darf nur mit einer von einer national anerkannten Test Einrichtung (NTRL) zugelassenen Spannungsversorgung betrieben werden. 76.8600-40039G Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers © 2012 Tellabs. Hardware Installation Guide 23 Safety Notes WARNING: Read the installation instructions before you connect the system to its power source. WARNUNG: Lesen Sie die Installationsanweisungen bevor Sie das System an die Spannungsversorgung anschließen. WARNING: When installing or performing maintenance on the equipment, the ground connection must always be made first. Never operate or maintain an ungrounded equipment. WARNUNG: Bei der Installation oder bei Wartungsarbeiten am Gerät muss die Masse/Erdung immer als erstes angeschlossen werden. Betreiben Sie oder arbeiten Sie niemals an einem Gerät das nicht geerdet ist. WARNING: Keep away from moving fan blades during operation. The fan propeller will also continue rotating momentarily after extraction. Be careful not to touch the propeller before rotation has stopped. WARNUNG: Halten Sie während des Betriebs einen ausreichenden Sicherheitsabstand zu den bewegten Lüfterflügeln. Das Lüfterrad wird auch nach der Extraktion weiterhin kurzzeitig rotieren. Seien Sie vorsichtig es nicht zu berühren bevor der Propeller zum Stillstand gekommen ist. Lightning Activity WARNING: Do not work on the system or connect or disconnect cables during periods of lightning activity. WARNUNG: Arbeiten Sie während eines Gewitters mit Blitzschlag nicht an dem Gerät oder schließen Sie auch keine Kabel an bzw. trennen Sie keine ab. Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers 76.8600-40039G Hardware Installation Guide © 2012 Tellabs. 24 1 Overview 1 Overview 1.1 Overall Installation Sequence The installation of the Tellabs 8600 network elements comprises of the following stages: • planning of the installation • cooling • mechanical assembly of network elements • grounding • power installation • cabling • verifying the installation • initial configuration using CLI 1.2 Planning The first step of starting installation is planning. There are several details to be taken into account in planning the installation and installation of telecommunications equipment. Installation environments vary very much, thus exact guidance cannot be given. Sufficient power feeding capability with sufficient battery back-up shall be planned. Safety issues shall be taken into account. Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) of all installed equipment has to be considered. Cooling of equipment, rack, cabinet and the installation room has to be planned. Mechanical installation, grounding, power installation and cabling has to be planned. Work safety and ESD protection during installation has to be taken care of, too. The site survey helps the planning of the installation, see Appendix: Site Survey. 1.3 Tellabs 8660 Smart Router Tellabs 8660 smart router is applicable for installation in a 19” rack. The outer dimensions of the Tellabs 8660 smart router subrack V3.0 or V3.1 are 446 mm/17.56 in x 633 mm/24.92 in x 305 mm/12.01 in (w x h x d) without side adapters. The weight of the subrack without side adapters and cards is 16.3 kg/35.9 lbs. The weight of a fully equipped Tellabs 8660 smart router subrack V3.0 or V3.1 is approximately 52 kg/115 lbs. The outer dimensions of the Tellabs 8660 smart router R2 subrack are 425 mm/16.73 in, 642 mm/25.28 in and 357 mm/14.06 in (w x h x d) the width with the integrated side adapter front flange is 483 mm/19.02 in. The weight of the subrack without cards is 26.2 kg/57.8 lbs. The weight of a fully equipped Tellabs 8660 smart router R2 subrack is approximately 64 kg/141 lbs. 76.8600-40039G Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers © 2012 Tellabs. Hardware Installation Guide 25 1 Overview There are 14 slots; 12 pcs of 28 mm/1.10 in wide slots for line cards with user traffic interfaces and two 40 mm/1.57 in wide slots, one on both sides for the integrated Control and DC Power Card (CDC). They can all be installed and removed from the front without disturbing the operation of the other cards. Fig. 1 Equipped Tellabs 8660 Smart Router Subrack V3.0 and V3.1 Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers 76.8600-40039G Hardware Installation Guide © 2012 Tellabs. 26 1 Overview Fig. 2 Equipped Tellabs 8660 Smart Router R2 Subrack with ELC1s and PIMs 1.3.1 Power Supply Tellabs 8660 smart router is powered by the -48 Vdc battery voltage with the positive pole grounded (the input voltage range is -40.5 Vdc...-60 Vdc). The input voltage is connected to the Tellabs 8660 smart router subrack V3.0 and V3.1 with a 3-pin power D-connector located on the CDC front panel. The input voltage is connected to the Tellabs 8660 smart router R2 subrack either with a 3-pin power D-connector located on the CDC front panel or with the screw type connector on the DC48 Power Input Module (PIM) front plate. Two PIM modules are used with Tellabs 8660 smart router R2 subrack 82.86S-8660-R6 when more power feed capacity than provided by CDC1-A or CDC1-B cards is needed. When CDC1-A or CDC1-B cards are used to feed the power to Tellabs 8660 smart router R2 subrack, PIM modules are not needed; however the Tellabs 8660 smart router R2 Power Backplane Assembly must be installed in both power slots (see chapter 3.1.1 Upgrading Power Feeding of Tellabs 8660 Smart Router R2 from Protected CDC1 Feeding to Protected PIM Feeding). At least one CDC is always needed in the subrack for control purposes. 76.8600-40039G Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers © 2012 Tellabs. Hardware Installation Guide 27 1 Overview 1.3.2 CDC The control and dc-feed functionality is combined into a single card. The Control and DC Power Card (CDC) provides the following: • connector as the interface for -48 Vdc battery voltage connection • EMI filtering • input transient overvoltage protection • polarity protection • input battery voltage status LED • holdup time provider • power switch with circuit breaker functionality • 10/100BASE-TX port for management purposes • asynchronous serial interface (RS-232) for CLI • external alarm interface • station clock interface for an external reference clock • status LEDs Power feed redundancy is accomplished by installing two CDCs in the network element. If two CDCs are used, they will share the power feed load. The card protection group is automatically created when the NE detects two CDCs. CDC in slot 14 is mandatory in all configurations. Equipping slot 1 with another CDC depends on protection needs; it is highly recommended, however. Within one network element only the same type (A or B) of both CDC1 and IFC1 cards is supported. IFC2-B can however be used together with any type of CDC1 and IFC1, but if the port protection features on IFC2-B are used, both interfaces in the protecting group must be IFC2-B. Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers 76.8600-40039G Hardware Installation Guide © 2012 Tellabs. 28 1 Overview Fig. 3 Control and DC Power Card (CDC1) 76.8600-40039G Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers © 2012 Tellabs. Hardware Installation Guide 29 1 Overview Fig. 4 CDC1 Front Panel and Connectors Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers 76.8600-40039G Hardware Installation Guide © 2012 Tellabs. 30 1 Overview 1.3.3 DC48 Power Input Module (PIM) for Tellabs 8660 Smart Router R2 Optional DC48 Power Input Module (PIM) for Tellabs 8660 smart router R2 subrack offers -48 Vdc supply interface for Tellabs 8660 smart router R2 subrack. Two PIM modules are used with the Tellabs 8660 smart router R2 subrack 82.86S-8660-R6 when more power feed capacity than provided by CDC1-A or CDC1-B cards is needed. When CDC1-A or CDC1-B cards are used to feed the power to the Tellabs 8660 smart router R2 subrack, PIM modules are not needed; however the Tellabs 8660 smart router R2 Power Backplane Assembly must be installed in both power slots (see chapter 3.1.1 Upgrading Power Feeding of Tellabs 8660 Smart Router R2 from Protected CDC1 Feeding to Protected PIM Feeding). The Tellabs 8660 smart router R2 subrack provides two power input modules (PIM) on the front side of the NE. Two power input modules enable redundant power feeding. The nominal input voltage is -48 Vdc. The -48 Vdc output of the PIM is routed to the backplane for the use of line cards and fans. The PIM features are the following: • connector as the interface for -48 Vdc battery voltage connection • EMI filtering • input transient overvoltage protection • polarity protection • input battery voltage status LED • holdup time provider • input over-current protection (fuses) If the DC48 Power Input Modules are used with the Tellabs 8660 smart router R2 subrack, the DC power feed capabilities of CDC are not used. Fig. 5 Front Panel of Power Input Module for Tellabs 8660 Smart Router R2 1.3.4 Line Cards There are two types of line cards available: 76.8600-40039G Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers © 2012 Tellabs. Hardware Installation Guide 31 1 Overview 1. an Ethernet line card (ELC1) 2. Interface Module Concentrator (IFC) with up to two Interface Modules (IFMs) 1.3.5 Ethernet Line Card (ELC1) The Ethernet line card (ELC1) provides an easy and significant capacity upgrade to Tellabs 8660 smart router and Tellabs 8630 smart router. The single-slot-wide ELC1 card combines 20-Gbps switching capacity and a fixed number of two 10-Gigabit Ethernet and 12 one-Gigabit Ethernet interfaces. All these interfaces offer wire-speed performance. Mixing of CDC1 variants, IFC1, IFC2 and ELC1 in the same network element is allowed. As all the other Tellabs 8600 cards, the ELC1 is hot-swappable. For the maximum amount of ELC1 cards that can be installed in Tellabs 8660 smart router or Tellabs 8630 smart router and the ELC1 cooling requirements, refer to chapter 3.1.4 Line Card and CDC Assembly with New Captive Screws and New Ejector Levers. Fig. 6 Ethernet Line Card ELC1 Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers 76.8600-40039G Hardware Installation Guide © 2012 Tellabs. 32 1 Overview ELC1 card requires more effective cooling than Tellabs 8660 smart router V3.1 or V3.0 or Tellabs 8630 smart router V1.1 or V1.0 subracks can offer. Both subrack types can be updated to have more powerful fan modules to keep ELC1 cards within acceptable temperature limits over the full operating temperature range 1 . The Tellabs 8660 smart router R2 subrack with DC48 Power Input Modules (PIMs) can be fully equipped with ELC1 cards. In order to use ELC1 in Tellabs 8660 smart router V3.1 or V3.0 the subrack has to be equipped with Tellabs 8660 smart router R1 fan module, 81.86F-8660-R6, and in Tellabs 8630 smart router the subrack has to be equipped with Tellabs 8630 smart router fan module 81.86F8630FANMD-R6 Rev. D. The software checks the fan module types and keeps the ELC1 cards in power-save mode if the fan types are not correct. Tellabs 8630 smart router subrack V1.0 or V1.1 with Tellabs 8630 smart router fan module 81.86F8630FANMD-R6 Rev. D supports four ELC1 cards. The configuration can be used over the full operating temperature range if the altitude is 1000 m or less. If the altitude is over 1000 m, the maximum operating temperature is decreased to +40°C. All empty line card slots have to be shielded with blank cover plates. When ELC1 cards are present in Tellabs 8660 smart router R2 subrack or Tellabs 8660 smart router subrack V3.0 or V3.1, the blank cover plates with the air guide (part number 81.86B-LCBLANK-R6 “LC Blank Cover with Air Guide”) must be used. The blank cover plates will cover the front plane and guide the air flow through other cards neighboring the empty slots. The usage of this type of blank cover plates is always recommended in installations when using the more powerful fan modules. It also increases the air flow through other cards than ELC1. ELC1 Power-Save Mode The ELC1 card has a power-save mode to prevent permanent damage to the card. In power-save mode the datapath is cut. The card will be automatically booted up after a while, about 8-9 minutes, to try to resume normal operation. Alarms will be raised if the conditions for operation are not acceptable for the ELC1 card. The power-save mode will be enabled • if the fan module types of the subrack are not acceptable to be used with the ELC1 card • if the temperatures measured on the ELC1 card exceed critical temperature thresholds • if both fans of a single fan module are not rotating, the ELC1 cards located above the failed fan module will go to power-save mode after 6 minutes. 1.3.6 IFC Interface Module Concentrator (IFC) is a line card baseboard. IFC supports one or two various interface modules (IFM). IFC with one or two IFMs make up an IFC line card. There are two IFC1 variants depending on memory configuration (IFC1-A, IFC1-B) and one IFC2 variant (IFC2-B). IFC2 is an enhancement to the existing IFC1. Mixing of IFC1 and IFC2 in the same network element is allowed and IFC2 is compatible with CDC1-A, CDC1-A-SEC, CDC1-B and CDC1-B-SEC, In an ELP protection group both IFCs must be of the same generation; a mixed IFC1 and IFC2 protection group is not supported. 1 The operating temperature or temperature range refers to the ambient temperature of the telecommunications installation 76.8600-40039G Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers © 2012 Tellabs. Hardware Installation Guide 33 1 Overview Fig. 7 Interface Module Concentrator (IFC1) Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers 76.8600-40039G Hardware Installation Guide © 2012 Tellabs. 34 1 Overview Fig. 8 IFC Line Card Fully Equipped with IFC1 and Two 2x1000BASE-X IFMs 1.3.7 IFM An interface module (IFM) located on IFC provides a physical connection to the network. The figure below shows an example of an IFM. 76.8600-40039G Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers © 2012 Tellabs. Hardware Installation Guide 35 1 Overview Fig. 9 24xchE1/chT1 Multiservice Interface Module The interface modules available for IFC1 include: • 8x10/100BASE-TX (RJ-45 connectors) • 8x100BASE-X IFM (SFP transceiver) • 2x1000BASE-X IFM (SFP transceiver) • 8x1000BASE-X IFM (SFP transceiver) • 2+6x10/100/1000BASE-COMBO2-port Gigabit Ethernet (SFP transceiver) and 6-port 10BASE- T/100BASE-TX/1000BASE-T Ethernet (RJ-45 connectors) IFM • 1xchSTM-1/chOC-3 Multiservice IFM (SFP transceiver) • 4xSTM-1/OC-3 ATM IFM (SFP transceiver) • 4xchSTM-1/chOC-3 Multiservice IFM (SFP transceiver) • 8xSTM-1/OC-3 POS IFM (SFP transceiver) • 4xSTM-4/OC-12 POS IFM (SFP transceiver) • 1xSTM-16/OC-48 POS IFM (SFP transceiver) • 24xchE1/chT1 Multiservice IFM (Sofix connectors) • 24xchE1/chT1 Mobile Optimization IFM (Sofix connectors) The interface modules available for IFC2 include: Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers 76.8600-40039G Hardware Installation Guide © 2012 Tellabs. 36 1 Overview • 8x10/100/1000BASE-TX R2 IFM (RJ-45 connectors) • 8x100/1000BASE-X R2 IFM (SFP transceiver) • 1x10GBASE-R R2 IFM (SFP+ transceiver) • 1xchSTM-1/chOC-3 Multiservice IFM (SFP transceiver) • 4xSTM-1/OC-3 ATM IFM (SFP transceiver) • 4xchSTM-1/chOC-3 Multiservice IFM (SFP transceiver) • 8xSTM-1/OC-3 POS IFM (SFP transceiver) • 4xSTM-4/OC-12 POS IFM (SFP transceiver) • 1xSTM-16/OC-48 POS IFM (SFP transceiver) • 24xchE1/chT1 Multiservice IFM (Sofix connectors) 1.3.8 Cooling Tellabs 8660 smart router is a forced convection-cooled equipment. Fresh air is taken from the bottom-front of the subrack and funneled through the cards and the outlet air is led to the top. Forced cooling is needed to dissipate the generated heat load and to maintain the components within their operating limits. Tellabs 8660 Smart Router Fan Modules and Subracks Tellabs 8660 smart router fan module V2.0 and V2.1 Tellabs 8660 smart router R1 fan module Tellabs 8660 smart router subrack V3.0 and V3.1 Tellabs 8660 smart router R2 fan module Tellabs 8660 smart router R2 subrack Tellabs 8660 smart router has three hot swappable fan modules. One fan module consists of two parallel fans. Each of the three modules can be replaced without disturbing the operation of the network element. The replacement time should be as short as possible. CDC monitors and controls the equipment temperature by controlling the fan rotation speed via the backplane. In case of a failure in one fan, the other five will maintain adequate cooling for a limited time. If more than one fan is failed, the NE will prevent inventory modifications or creations. Tellabs 8660 Smart Router Fan Modules and Their Operating Voltages Tellabs 8660 smart router fan module V2.0 and V2.1 Operating voltage 26 Vdc, generated in CDC, galvanically isolated from battery voltage Tellabs 8660 smart router R1 fan module Operating voltage is the 48 Vdc battery voltage, fed with external fan module power cable Tellabs 8660 smart router R2 fan module Operating voltage is the 48 Vdc battery voltage, fed to fan modules via CDC and backplane 76.8600-40039G Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers © 2012 Tellabs. Hardware Installation Guide 37 1 Overview The air filter prevents dust from entering the subrack and keeps the cards clean in order to maintain adequate cooling. The air filter is located below the fan modules in Tellabs 8660 smart router subrack V3.0 and V3.1 and in front of the fan modules in Tellabs 8660 smart router R2 subrack. All empty card slots must be shielded with a cover plate. The fan modules and air filter can be replaced on the fly without disturbing the data traffic through the NE. Tellabs 8660 smart router is delivered with the fan modules already installed in their places ready for service. Always use the switch with all fan modules installed and operational. In addition to network element level cooling, cabinet level cooling needs to be considered. If a rack or cabinet is fully and densely equipped, it might require additional cabinet level cooling to prevent the NE from overheating. 1.3.9 Redundancy With two CDCs in Tellabs 8660 smart router, redundancy is achieved for the following: • power feed • management Fast Ethernet interface (MFE) • synchronization • control of the network element. When two CDCs or PIMs are in the network element inventory, they are automatically protected. 1.4 Tellabs 8630 Smart Router Tellabs 8630 smart router subrack can be installed into a 19” rack. The outer dimensions of the subrack are 450 mm/17.72 in x 224 mm/8.82 in x 300 mm/11.81 in (w x h x d). The forced cooling modules (fans) and air filter are located in the left part of the subrack. The weight of the subrack without side adapters and cards is 7.85 kg/17.31 lbs. The weight of a fully equipped Tellabs 8630 smart router subrack is approximately 23 kg / 51 lbs. Fig. 10 Tellabs 8630 Smart Router Subrack with ELC1s Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers 76.8600-40039G Hardware Installation Guide © 2012 Tellabs. 38 1 Overview There are six slots of which four 28 mm/1.10 in wide slots are for line cards with user traffic interfaces and two 40 mm/1.57 in wide slots in upper and lower part of the subrack are for the integrated Control and DC Power Card (CDC). All line cards are positioned horizontally. They can all be installed and removed from the front without disturbing the operation of the other cards. 1.4.1 Power Supply Tellabs 8630 smart router is powered by the -48 Vdc battery voltage with the positive pole grounded (the input voltage range is -40.5 Vdc...-60 Vdc). The input voltage is connected to the network element with a 3-pin power D-connector located on the CDC front panel. 1.4.2 CDCs, Line Cards and IFMs CDCs and line cards have the same functionality in Tellabs 8630 smart router as in Tellabs 8660 smart router. Exactly the same IFMs can be used in Tellabs 8630 smart router as in Tellabs 8660 smart router. 1.4.3 Cooling Tellabs 8630 smart router has two hot swappable fan modules: • Version 1.1 (81.86F8630FANMD-R6 Rev. C) • 81.86F8630FANMD-R6 Rev. D Tellabs 8630 smart router fan module 81.86F8630FANMD-R6 Rev. D provides increased cooling capability in the Tellabs 8630 smart router subrack. The basic operation of cooling is the same with these fan modules as with the previous revision. The difference is the increased cooling capability and thus increased power consumption of the fans. Tellabs 8630 smart router is a forced convection-cooled equipment. Fresh air is taken from the left side of the subrack and is blown through the cards to the right side. Forced cooling is needed to dissipate the generated heat load and to maintain the components within their operating limits. In case of a failure in one fan, the other three will maintain adequate cooling for a limited time. If more than one fan is failed, the NE will prevent inventory modifications or creations. Two fan modules are located on the left side and blow air through the cards. One module consists of two parallel fans. CDC is able to control and monitor the operation of the modules via the backplane. The rotation speed is adjusted according to the temperature inside the cards. The fan power, 26 Vdc, is generated on CDC and is galvanically isolated from the battery voltage. The air filter is located in front of the fan modules. It prevents dust from entering the subrack and keeps the cards clean in order to maintain adequate cooling. All empty card slots must be shielded with a cover plate. The fan modules and air filter can be replaced on the fly without disturbing the data traffic through the NE. Tellabs 8630 smart router is delivered with the fan modules already installed in their places ready for service. Always use the switch with all fan modules installed and operational. 76.8600-40039G Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers © 2012 Tellabs. Hardware Installation Guide 39 1 Overview In addition to network element level cooling, cabinet level cooling needs to be considered. If a rack or cabinet is fully and densely equipped, it might require additional cabinet level cooling to prevent the NE from overheating. 1.4.4 Redundancy With two CDCs in Tellabs 8630 smart router, redundancy is achieved for the following: • power feed • management Fast Ethernet interface (MFE) • synchronization • control of the network element. When two CDCs are in the network element inventory, they are automatically protected. 1.5 Tellabs 8620 Smart Router Tellabs 8620 smart router enclosure can be installed in a 19” cabinet by using side adapters. The physical dimensions without side adapters are 441 mm/17.36 in x 88 mm/3.46 in x 288 mm/11.34 in (w x h x d). The weight is 4.3 kg/9.48 lbs without interface modules. Fig. 11 Tellabs 8620 Smart Router AC Fig. 12 Tellabs 8620 Smart Router DC48 Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers 76.8600-40039G Hardware Installation Guide © 2012 Tellabs. 40 1 Overview 1.5.1 Power Supply Tellabs 8620 smart router is powered either by 100-240 Vac or -40.5 Vdc...-60 Vdc depending on the type. 1.5.2 IFMs and Fixed Interfaces There are two slots available for interface modules. From a mechanical point of view the slots can be furnished with the same IFMs as in Tellabs 8660 smart router. Note that not all IFMs are supported by Tellabs 8620 smart router although mechanically compatible, please check Tellabs ® 8620 Smart Router Reference Manual for the list of supported IFMs on Tellabs 8620 smart router. The IFMs are attached to the main baseboard. Thus, there are no plug-in cards. All the user access interfaces for external data cabling reside in the front panel. The front panel of Tellabs 8620 smart router provides the following: • One fixed 10/100BASE-TX port with RJ-45 connector • Asynchronous Serial Interface (RS-232) for console • Status LEDs • Timing Module is available as an option providing unbalanced and balanced station clock inter- face for an external reference clock • DC power feed version has two hot-pluggable and front accessible power input modules. 1.5.3 Cooling Tellabs 8620 smart router is a forced convection-cooled equipment. Fresh air is taken from the left side of the enclosure and blown through the baseboard and module assembly. The outlet air leaves the enclosure on the right hand side. Forced cooling is needed to dissipate the generated heat load and to maintain the components within their operating limits. In case of a failure in one fan, the other two will maintain adequate cooling for a limited time. The air filter is located in front of the fan modules on the left side. It prevents dust from entering the enclosure and keeps IFMs clean in order to maintain normal convection efficiency. All empty IFM slots must be shielded with a cover plate. The fan module and air filter can be replaced on the fly without disturbing the data traffic through the NE. Tellabs 8620 smart router is delivered with the fan module already installed. Always use the switch with the fan module installed and operational. 1.5.4 Redundancy Tellabs 8620 smart router DC48 has a redundant power supply when housed with two power input modules. 76.8600-40039G Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers © 2012 Tellabs. Hardware Installation Guide 41 1 Overview 1.6 Tellabs 8611 Smart Router Tellabs 8611 smart router is a modular network element with replaceable line modules and power modules. The Tellabs 8611 smart router enclosure can be installed into a 19”, 23” or ETSI rack and its outer dimensions are 441 mm/17.38 in x 88 mm/3.5 in x 300 mm/11.875 in (w x h x d). The weight is 4.6 kg/10.14 lbs with adapters but without fan, power and line modules. Tellabs 8611 smart router is delivered with 19” side adapters. The side adapters are removable. An adapter kit for 23” rack installation is available as a separate option. The kit includes two extension adapters for the 19” side adapters and mounting screws. The order code for the 2U adapter kit is 149.0247. All connectors including power are located on the front of the enclosure. Fig. 13 Tellabs 8611 Smart Router DC Tellabs 8611 smart router is shipped with a plate held in place with screws which covers the front of the enclosure to strengthen and prevent damage during shipment. Remove the screws and discard the shipping plate after mounting the switch before modules are installed. 1.6.1 Power Supply DC Power Supply Tellabs 8611 smart router can be powered with either -48 Vdc or +24 Vdc battery voltages. The supported power modules are: Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers 76.8600-40039G Hardware Installation Guide © 2012 Tellabs. 42 1 Overview • DC power module (support for both -48 Vdc and +24 Vdc nominal input voltages): The NE provides a slot for a single dual input DC power module. If redundant power feeding is required, it is achieved by connecting two independent power feeds to the A input and B input of the power module. • DC48 power module (support for -48 Vdc nominal input voltage): The NE provides two slots for a dual half-height DC48 power module. If fully redundant power feeding is required, it is achieved by installing a DC48 power module in both slots, however, a single supply can be used if redundancy is not required. The DC and DC48 power modules are the same for Tellabs 8611 smart router and Tellabs 8609 smart router. Both power modules are accessible on the front side of the NE. An empty power module slot must be shielded with a cover plate. The power modules have an isolated DC/DC converter to create the needed supply voltage to operate the NE. There is no ON/OFF switch on theTellabs 8611 smart router. The equipment is turned on/off by either using the breaker/fuse in the power distribution unit or by connecting/removing the power cable. The power cable connector is secured by two retention screws to avoid unintentional removal. Fig. 14 Tellabs 8609 Smart Router and Tellabs 8611 Smart Router DC Power Module Front Panel Fig. 15 Tellabs 8609 Smart Router and Tellabs 8611 Smart Router DC48 Power Module Front Panel 1.6.2 Switching and Control Modules There are two slots for the Switching and Control Modules (SCM). On initial power-up of the NE, the SCM in slot SCM2 is active. The SCM functional features include System Control CPU and Datapath Network Processor, and alarming and management interfaces. 76.8600-40039G Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers © 2012 Tellabs. Hardware Installation Guide 43 1 Overview If the NE is powered up with only one SCM, it must be equipped in slot SCM2. An empty SCM slot must be shielded with a cover plate. Fig. 16 Switching and Control Module Front Panel 1.6.3 High Speed Modules There are three slots for the High Speed Modules (HM). The user can choose the media type according to needs. The supported High Speed Modules are listed below. • 4x10/100/1000BASE-TX HM (RJ-45 connectors) • 4x100/1000BASE-X HM (SFP transceiver) The high speed modules are hot swappable. The Tellabs 8611 smart router does not need to be powered off to add or replace high speed modules. The high speed modules support automatic MDI/MDI-X crossover. You can connect the interface using either a straight cable or a crossover cable. The cable type is detected automatically. Fig. 17 4x10/100/1000BASE-TX HM Front Panel Fig. 18 4x100/1000BASE-X HM Front Panel 1.6.4 Line Modules There are four slots for user changeable line modules. The line modules available are: Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers 76.8600-40039G Hardware Installation Guide © 2012 Tellabs. 44 1 Overview • 8x10/100BASE-TX LM (RJ-45 connectors) • 8xchE1/chT1 LM (RJ-45 connectors) Line modules are not hot swappable. Unpredictable system behavior can occur if line modules are removed or installed while the Tellabs 8611 smart router has power applied. 8x10/100BASE-TX LM supports automatic MDI/MDI-X crossover. You can connect the interface using either a straight cable or a crossover cable. The cable type is detected automatically. For safety reasons, the 8xchE1/chT1 LM connectors cannot be connected to the Ethernet interface. Be careful not to misconnect the cables. Fig. 19 8x10/100BASE-TX Line Module Fig. 20 8xchE1/chT1 Line Module 1.6.5 Cooling Tellabs 8611 smart router is forced convection-cooled equipment. Fresh air is taken from the left side of the enclosure and blown through the baseboard and the line modules. The outlet air leaves the enclosure on the right hand side. Forced cooling is needed to dissipate the generated heat load and to maintain the components within their operating limits. The fan module is located on the left hand side of the NE and contains ten parallel fans. The SCM is able to control and monitor the operation of the fans. The rotation speed is adjusted according to the temperature inside the enclosure, and in case of failure in one fan the other nine will maintain adequate cooling for a limited time. 76.8600-40039G Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers © 2012 Tellabs. Hardware Installation Guide 45 1 Overview The air filter is located in the inlet side of the fan module. It prevents dust from entering the enclosure in order to maintain adequate cooling of internal components. An empty LM, HM, SCM or power module slot must be shielded with a cover plate. The fan module and air filter can be replaced on the fly without disturbing the data traffic through the NE. Tellabs 8611 smart router is shipped with the fan module not installed. Always use the switch with the fan module installed and operational. 1.6.6 Redundancy Tellabs 8611 smart router supports the protection of important NE-level capabilities via the protected SCM pair. If there is an SCM in both slot 1 and slot 2 and if both of them are members of the NE inventory, protection is automatically on. The protected system capabilities supported by SCM 1+1 equipment protection are as follows: • Forwarding functions and protocols • Signaling functions and protocols • Management functions, protocols, and interfaces • System alarm interfaces • System status indicators • Station clock interfaces • Backup of configuration data • Non-service affecting software upgrades If redundant power feeding is required, it is achieved by connecting two independent power feeds to the A input and B input of the Tellabs 8611 smart router DC power module or use two independent DC48 power modules. An empty power module slot must be shielded with a cover plate. 1.7 Tellabs 8609 Smart Router Tellabs 8609 smart router is a modular network element with replaceable line modules and power modules. The Tellabs 8609 smart router enclosure can be installed into a 19”, 23” or ETSI rack and its outer dimensions are 441 mm/17.36 in x 44 mm/1.73 in x 300 mm/11.81 in (w x h x d). The weight is 3.0 kg/6.61 lbs with adapters but without fan, power and line modules. Tellabs 8609 smart router is delivered with 19” side adapters. The side adapters are removable. An adapter kit for 23” rack installation is available as a separate option. The kit includes two extension adapters for the 19” side adapters and mounting screws. The order code for the 1U adapter kit is 887223038A (1U adapter 19 to 23in, SCREW 12-24 X 1/2). All connectors including power are located on the front of the enclosure. Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers 76.8600-40039G Hardware Installation Guide © 2012 Tellabs. 46 1 Overview Fig. 21 Tellabs 8609 Smart Router DC 1.7.1 Power Supply DC Power Supply Tellabs 8609 smart router can be powered with either -48 Vdc or +24 Vdc battery voltages. The supported power modules are: • DC power module (support for both -48 Vdc and +24 Vdc nominal input voltages): The NE provides a slot for a single dual input DC power module. If redundant power feeding is required, it is achieved by connecting two independent power feeds to the A input and B input of the power module. • DC48 power module (support for -48 Vdc nominal input voltage): The NE provides two slots for a dual half-height DC48 power module. If fully redundant power feeding is required, it is achieved by installing a DC48 power module in both slots, however, a single supply can be used if redundancy is not required. The DC and DC48 power modules are the same for Tellabs 8611 smart router and Tellabs 8609 smart router. Both power modules are accessible on the front side of the NE. An empty power module slot must be shielded with a cover plate. The power modules have an isolated DC/DC converter to create the needed supply voltage to operate the NE. There is no ON/OFF switch on Tellabs 8609 smart router. The equipment is turned on/off by either using the breaker/fuse in the power distribution unit or by connecting/removing the power cable. The power cable connector is secured by two retention screws to avoid unintentional removal. 76.8600-40039G Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers © 2012 Tellabs. Hardware Installation Guide 47 1 Overview Fig. 22 Tellabs 8609 Smart Router and Tellabs 8611 Smart Router DC Power Module Front Panel Fig. 23 Tellabs 8609 Smart Router and Tellabs 8611 Smart Router DC48 Power Module Front Panel 1.7.2 Fixed Interfaces Tellabs 8609 smart router provides the following types of fixed interfaces. • 8 ports 100/1000BASE-X SFP • 4 ports 10BASE-T/100BASE-TX/1000BASE-T • Station Clock Input (SCI) and Output (SCO) • Pulse-per-second interface (this port is for future use and will become operational in a future software release.) • External alarm interface • Console interface 10BASE-T/100BASE-TX/1000BASE-T interfaces support automatic MDI/MDI-X crossover. You can connect the interface using either a straight or crossover cable. The cable type is detected automatically. The electrical Ethernet ports are designed for intra-building use only. They are not meant for external connections. 1.7.3 Line Modules There are two slots for user changeable line modules. The line modules available are: Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers 76.8600-40039G Hardware Installation Guide © 2012 Tellabs. 48 1 Overview • 8x10/100BASE-TX LM (RJ-45 connectors) • 8xchE1/chT1 LM (RJ-45 connectors) Line modules are not hot swappable. Unpredictable system behavior can occur if line modules are removed or installed while the Tellabs 8609 smart router has power applied. 8x10/100BASE-TX LM supports automatic MDI/MDI-X crossover. You can connect the interface using either a straight cable or a crossover cable. The cable type is detected automatically. For safety reasons, the 8xchE1/chT1 LM connectors cannot be connected to the Ethernet interface. Be careful not to misconnect the cables. Fig. 24 8x10/100BASE-TX Line Module Fig. 25 8xchE1/chT1 Line Module 1.7.4 Cooling Tellabs 8609 smart router is forced convection-cooled equipment. Fresh air is taken from the left side of the enclosure and blown through the baseboard and the line modules. The outlet air leaves the enclosure on the right hand side. Forced cooling is needed to dissipate the generated heat load and to maintain the components within their operating limits. The fan module is located on the left hand side of the NE and contains five parallel fans. The baseboard is able to control and monitor the operation of the fans. The rotation speed is adjusted according to the temperature inside the enclosure, and in case of failure in one fan the other four will maintain adequate cooling for a limited time. 76.8600-40039G Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers © 2012 Tellabs. Hardware Installation Guide 49 1 Overview The air filter is located in the inlet side of the fan module. It prevents dust from entering the enclosure in order to maintain adequate cooling of internal components. All empty line or power module slots must be shielded with a cover plate. The fan module and air filter can be replaced on the fly without disturbing the data traffic through the NE. Tellabs 8609 smart router is shipped with the fan module not installed. Always use the switch with the fan module installed and operational. 1.7.5 Redundancy If redundant power feeding is required, it is achieved by connecting two independent power feeds to the A input and B input of the Tellabs 8609 smart router DC power module or use two independent DC48 power modules. An empty power module slot must be shielded with a cover plate. 1.8 Tellabs 8607 Smart Router Tellabs 8607 smart router is a modular network element with replaceable line modules and power modules. Tellabs 8607 smart router enclosure can be installed into a 19”, 23” or ETSI rack and its outer dimensions are 446 mm/17.56 in x 44.35 mm/1.75 in x 250 mm/9.84 in (w x h x d). The weight is 2.65 kg/5.84 lbs with adapters but without fan, power and line modules. Tellabs 8607 smart router is delivered with 19” side adapters. The side adapters are removable. An adapter kit for 23” rack installation is available as a separate option. The kit includes two extension adapters for the 19” side adapters and mounting screws. The order code for the 1U adapter kit is 887223038A (1U adapter 19 to 23in, SCREW 12-24 X 1/2). All connectors including power are located on the front of the enclosure. Fig. 26 Tellabs 8607 Smart Router DC Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers 76.8600-40039G Hardware Installation Guide © 2012 Tellabs. 50 1 Overview 1.8.1 Power Supply DC Power Supply Tellabs 8607 smart router can be powered with either -48 Vdc or +24 Vdc battery voltages. The same DC power module supports both, the -48 Vdc and +24 Vdc battery voltages. There are no separate DC power modules for the two DC voltages. There are two slots for the DC power module. Redundancy is achieved by using two DC power modules. An empty power module slot must be shielded with a cover plate. The DC power modules are hot-swappable. The lower power module is the working one and the upper is the protecting one. There is no active current sharing between the two DC power modules. However, the current will normally be divided rather equally between the two DC power modules. One power module is able to supply the whole current required by Tellabs 8607 smart router. The power module has an isolated DC/DC converter to create the needed supply voltage to operate the NE. There is no ON/OFF switch on Tellabs 8607 smart router, but the equipment is turned on by connecting the input voltage to the equipment with the power cable. The power cable connector is secured by a retention clip to avoid unintentional detaching. Fig. 27 Tellabs 8607 Smart Router DC Power Module 1.8.2 Fixed Interfaces Tellabs 8607 smart router provides the following types of fixed interfaces: • 100/1000BASE-X, or 10BASE-T/100BASE-TX/1000BASE-T • Station Clock Input (SCI) 76.8600-40039G Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers © 2012 Tellabs. Hardware Installation Guide 51 1 Overview • Station Clock Output (SCO) • External alarm interface 2 x 10/100/1000BASE-T supports automatic MDI/MDI-X crossover. The electrical Ethernet ports are designed for intra-building use only. They are not meant for external connections. 1.8.3 Line Modules There are three slots for user changeable line modules. The line modules available are: • 8x10/100BASE-TX LM (RJ-45 connectors) • 8xchE1/chT1 LM (RJ-45 connectors) • 2xADSL LM (RJ-14 connector) • 4xSHDSL LM (RJ-45 connectors) The user interface connector type is RJ-45 in all other line modules but RJ-14 for 2xADSL LM. Tellabs 8607 smart router must be powered off when replacing or adding a line module. The line modules are not hot swappable. 8x10/100BASE-TX LM supports automatic MDI/MDI-X crossover. You can connect the interface using either a straight cable or a crossover cable. The cable type is detected automatically. For safety reasons, the 8xchE1/chT1 LM connectors cannot be connected to the Ethernet interface. Be careful not to misconnect the cables. Fig. 28 8x10/100BASE-TX Line Module Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers 76.8600-40039G Hardware Installation Guide © 2012 Tellabs. 52 1 Overview Fig. 29 8xchE1/chT1 Line Module Fig. 30 2xADSL Line Module Fig. 31 4xSHDSL Line Module 1.8.4 Cooling The Tellabs 8607 smart router is forced convection-cooled equipment. Fresh air is taken from the left side of the enclosure and blown through the baseboard and the line modules. The outlet air leaves the enclosure on the right hand side. Forced cooling is needed to dissipate the generated heat load and to maintain the components within their operating limits. 76.8600-40039G Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers © 2012 Tellabs. Hardware Installation Guide 53 1 Overview The fan module is located on the left hand side of the NE and contains four parallel fans. The baseboard is able to control and monitor the operation of the fans. The rotation speed is adjusted according to the temperature inside the enclosure, and in case of failure in one fan the other three will maintain adequate cooling for a limited time. The air filter is located in the inlet side of the fan module. It prevents dust from entering the enclosure and keeps the inside cleaner in order to maintain adequate cooling. An empty line or power module slot must be shielded with a cover plate. The fan module and air filter can be replaced on the fly without disturbing the data traffic through the NE. Tellabs 8607 smart router is shipped with the fan module not installed. Always use the switch with the fan module installed and operational. 1.8.5 Redundancy If redundant power feeding is required, it is achieved by installing a Tellabs 8607 smart router DC power module in both slots. An empty power module slot must be shielded with a cover plate. The DC power modules are hot-swappable. 1.9 Tellabs 8605 Smart Router The Tellabs 8605 smart router enclosure can be installed into a 19”rack. Installation into a 23” and ETSI 600 mm rack is supported with additional rack side adapters. The outer dimensions of the enclosure are 446 mm/17.56 in x 44.35 mm/1.75 in x 250 mm/9.84 in (w x h x d). The weight is 2.35 kg/5.18 lbs without side adapters. Tellabs 8605 smart router is delivered with 19” side adapters. The side adapters are removable. An adapter kit for 23” rack installation is available as a separate option. The kit includes two extension adapters for the 19” side adapters and mounting screws. The order code for the 1U adapter kit is 887223038A (1U adapter 19 to 23in, SCREW 12-24 X 1/2). All connectors including power are located on the front of the enclosure. Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers 76.8600-40039G Hardware Installation Guide © 2012 Tellabs. 54 1 Overview Fig. 32 Tellabs 8605-D DC Enclosure Fig. 33 Tellabs 8605 AC 1.9.1 Power Supply There are four different powering possibilities of Tellabs 8605 smart router: • AC • -48 Vdc • +24 Vdc • -48 Vdc/+24 Vdc DC Power Supply There are three different variants of Tellabs 8605 smart routeres for DC voltage operation: • Tellabs 8605 DC48 for nominal -48 Vdc operation • Tellabs 8605 DC24 for nominal +24 Vdc operation • Tellabs 8605 DC for nominal -48 Vdc or +24 Vdc operation The power supply is a separate module. The power module has an isolated DC/DC converter to create the needed supply voltage to operate the NE. The DC power module has redundant inputs for protected power feeding and a fuse for each input. 76.8600-40039G Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers © 2012 Tellabs. Hardware Installation Guide 55 1 Overview There is no ON/OFF switch on Tellabs 8605 smart router, but the equipment is turned on by connecting the input voltage to the equipment with the power cable. The power cable connector is secured by a retention clip to avoid unintentional detaching. AC Power Supply The nominal input voltage range is 100 Vac – 240 Vac. The input connector with a filter is located on the front side of the enclosure. There is no ON/OFF switch on Tellabs 8605 smart router, but the equipment is turned on/off by connecting the input voltage to the equipment with the power cable. The power cable connector can be secured by a spring for cable clamping to avoid unintentional detaching. The power supply input is protected against over-current with two fuses. The fuses are located inside the metallic case and changing them is allowed only for the Tellabs Repair Center. 1.9.2 Fixed Interfaces Tellabs 8605 smart router is a stand-alone device and uses a baseboard architecture. This means that the functionality including interfaces has been integrated into a single main baseboard and the interfaces are fixed and cannot be changed. Tellabs 8605 smart router provides the following types of interfaces: • 2 x 1000BASE-T/1000BASE-SX/LX • 2 x 10BASE-T/100BASE-TX • 16 x chE1/chT1 • 2 x DS3 (Tellabs 8605-D) • Station clock input 2048 kHz (SCI) • External alarm interface • CLI interface (console) For safety reasons, the E1/T1 connectors cannot be connected to the Ethernet interface. Be careful not to misconnect the cables. When the DS3 interfaces are enabled for use, two of the T1 ports (ports 7 and 15) will be disabled. 1.9.3 Fixed chE1/chT1 Interface Tellabs 8605 smart router supports 16 symmetrical short or long haul channelized E1/channelized T1 interfaces (2,048/1,544 Mbps). Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers 76.8600-40039G Hardware Installation Guide © 2012 Tellabs. 56 1 Overview The connector type is RJ-45 jack. The connector wiring is according to RJ48c without ground pins 7 and 8. The body of the RJ-45 jack is shielded and grounded in order to make ground contact to the twisted pair cable shield which is connected to the shielded body of the RJ-45 plug. The line termination impedance is 120 Ω with E1 port and 100 Ω with T1 port. 1.9.4 Cooling Tellabs 8605 smart router is a free convection-cooled equipment. Thus there are no fans nor air dust filter. The equipment has ventilation holes on both the left and right sides and on top of the enclosure. Do not cover the ventilation holes. 1.9.5 Redundancy The DC variants of Tellabs 8605 smart router have a redundant power supply with two input connectors. Power redundancy is achieved when both power inputs are used. There is no active current sharing between the inputs, thus either one can be regarded as an active device and is able to supply the whole current needed. 1.10 Cabling and Connectors The cabling must be done in such manner that it is possible to replace or add a line card later and an unrestricted access to the fans and air filters is guaranteed. The overall cabling of Tellabs 8605 smart router, Tellabs 8607 smart router, Tellabs 8609 smart router, Tellabs 8611 smart router, Tellabs 8620 smart router, Tellabs 8630 smart router and Tellabs 8660 smart router is done on the front side of the network elements. However, the power cabling of Tellabs 8620 smart router AC is done on the back side of the enclosure. In Tellabs 8630 smart router the IFMs are horizontally positioned and because of this the cables need to be led to the right from the IFMs. Space needs to be reserved for the cables on the right side of the rack. Also the side adapters need to be installed so that there is enough space for the cables to be led from the front of the Tellabs 8630 smart router subrack to the right side of the subrack. The cables should not be led to the left because the air filter assembly needs to be opened twice a year for filter replacement. When Tellabs 8630 smart router is installed into an ETSI rack, there is more space on the right side of the NE, and it is possible to use special side adapters for an optimal cable support structure. As shown in the figure below, the cables can be led to the right via wire saddles mounted onto the right ETSI side adapter and then further via a through hole of the right side adapter. 76.8600-40039G Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers © 2012 Tellabs. Hardware Installation Guide 57 1 Overview Fig. 34 Tellabs 8630 Smart Router Subrack with ETSI Side Adapters Attached Fig. 35 Uninstalled ETSI and ANSI Side Adapters 1.10.1 Electrical Ethernet Data Cabling 8x10/100BASE-TX The female connector type in 8x10/100BASE-TX is RJ-45. The 8x10/100BASE-TX IFM supports automatic MDI/MDI-X crossover since hardware version 2.0. The 8x10/100BASE-TX LM of Tellabs 8607 smart router, Tellabs 8609 smart router and Tellabs 8611 smart router supports automatic MDI/MDI-X crossover since hardware version 1.0. You can connect the interface using either a straight cable or a crossover cable. The cable type is detected automatically. The requirement for 10/100BASE-TX patch cables and connecting hardware is 100 Ω category 5 FTP or higher. Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers 76.8600-40039G Hardware Installation Guide © 2012 Tellabs. 58 1 Overview 4x10/100/1000BASE-TX The female connector type in 4x10/100/1000BASE-TX is RJ-45. The 4x10/100/1000BASE-TX HM of Tellabs 8611 smart router supports automatic MDI/MDI-X crossover. The requirement for electrical 10BASE-T/100BASE-TX/1000BASE-T Ethernet patch cables and connecting hardware is 100 Ω category 5e FTP or higher. 10BASE-T/100BASE-TX/1000BASE-T The female connector type in 10BASE-T/100BASE-TX/1000BASE-T is RJ-45. The requirement for electrical 10BASE-T/100BASE-TX/1000BASE-T Ethernet patch cables and connecting hardware is 100 Ω category 5e FTP or higher. The automatic MDI/MDI-X crossover is supported. Fig. 36 RJ-45 Jack 8x10/100BASE-TX and 10BASE-T/100BASE-TX/1000BASE-T are designed for indoor use only. They are not meant for external connections. 1.10.2 Electrical E1/T1 Cabling 24xchE1/chT1 Multiservice and 24xchE1/chT1 Mobile Optimization The connector type for 24xchE1/chT1 Multiservice and 24xchE1/chT1 Mobile Optimization IFMs is Sofix. For optimal performance, 120 Ω shielded twisted pair cables should be used for E1 and 100 Ω shielded twisted pair for T1. 76.8600-40039G Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers © 2012 Tellabs. Hardware Installation Guide 59 1 Overview Fig. 37 Sofix Connector when Used in Tellabs 8660 Smart Router It is an absolute requirement with the 24xchE1/chT1 Multiservice and 24xchE1/chT1 Mobile Optimization to use shielded twisted pair cables to minimize the effect of external disturbances to system performance. Preferably, each twisted pair should be individually shielded. Make sure the shield is continuous throughout the entire transmission line including connectors. The cable screen must make a 360° contact to the connector shield. Every cable shield and patch panel must be grounded in each subrack. The 24xchE1/chT1 Multiservice and 24xchE1/chT1 Mobile Optimization IFMs are designed for indoor use only and they are not meant for external connections. However, long haul applications, i.e. outdoors are still possible, but that requires additional external protection devices against overvoltage. The E1/T1 interfaces are designed and tested to withstand a 500 V surge pulse (1.2/50 µs or 8/20 µs) between signal wire and ground without any external protection devices. If higher surge voltages are expected, external primary protection devices are required. The firing voltage of the protection devices must be less than 500 V and the devices must be selected so that no signal quality degradation occurs. 16 x chE1/chT1 (Tellabs 8605 Smart Router) and 8xchE1/chT1 (Tellabs 8607 Smart Router, Tellabs 8609 Smart Router and Tellabs 8611 Smart Router) The connector type for the Tellabs 8605 smart router 16 x chE1/chT1 fixed interface or Tellabs 8607 smart router, Tellabs 8609 smart router, and Tellabs 8611 smart router 8xchE1/chT1 line module is RJ-45 jack with connector wiring according to RJ48c without ground pins 7 and 8. The body of the RJ-45 jack is shielded and grounded in order to make ground contact to the twisted pair cable shield which is connected to the shielded body of the RJ-45 plug. For optimal performance, 120 Ω shielded twisted pair cables should be used for E1 and 100 Ω shielded twisted pair for T1. CAUTION: Do not connect or disconnect the RJ-45 cables at temperature under -20°C. Equipment damage may result. Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers 76.8600-40039G Hardware Installation Guide © 2012 Tellabs. 60 1 Overview The E1/T1 interfaces are designed and tested to withstand a 1.5 kV longitudinal and metallic (cm and dm) mode surge pulse (1.2/50 µs and 10/700 μs) without any external protection devices. If higher surge voltages are expected, external primary protection devices are required. The firing voltage of the protection devices must be less than 1 kV and the devices must be selected so that no signal quality degradation occurs. 1.10.3 Electrical xDSL Cabling 4xSHDSL The line connector type is four pair RJ-45 and wiring according to TIA568A. For optimal performance, 135 Ω shielded twisted pair cables should be used. 2xADSL The line connector type for 2xADSL is RJ-14. For optimal performance, 100 Ω twisted pair cables should be used. 1.10.4 DS3 Cabling The DS3 interface connector type is SMB (75 Ω unbalanced) female in Tellabs 8605-D. For optimal performance, a 75 Ω shielded coaxial cable should be used with connectors meeting performance requirements listed in [MIL-C-39012]. The recommended cable transmission characteristics are shown in ANSI [T1.404-2002 Annex C], Figure C.1. Typical implementations use up to 450 feet (137 m) of coaxial cable. The DS3 ports are designed for intra-building use only. They are not meant for external connections. 1.10.5 Optical Data Cabling 8x100BASE-X IFM supports 50 µm or 62.5 µm multimode fiber (100BASE-FX) or singlemode fiber (100BASE-LX10, 100BASE-EX, 100BASE-ZX). 2x1000BASE-X and 8x1000BASE-X IFMs support 50 µm or 62.5 µm multimode fiber (1000BASE-SX) or singlemode fiber (1000BASE-LX, 1000BASE-EX, 1000BASE-ZX, 1000BASE-ZX-CWDM, 1000BASE-DWDM). 8x100/1000BASE-X R2 IFM supports 50 µm or 62.5 µm multimode fiber (100BASE-FX, 1000BASE-SX) or singlemode fiber (100BASE-LX10, 100BASE-EX, 100BASE-ZX, 1000BASE-LX, 1000BASE-EX, 1000BASE-ZX, 1000BASE-ZX-CWDM, 1000BASE-DWDM). 1x10GBASE-R R2 IFM supports 50 µm or 62.5 µm multimode fiber (10GBASE-SR) or singlemode fiber (10GBASE-LR, 10GBASE-ER). 76.8600-40039G Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers © 2012 Tellabs. Hardware Installation Guide 61 1 Overview 8xSTM-1/OC-3 POS, 1xSTM-16/OC-48 POS, 1xchSTM-1/chOC-3 Multiservice, 4xchSTM-1/chOC-3 Multiservice, 4xSTM-1/OC-3 ATM and 4xSTM-4/OC-12 POS IFMs support 10/125 µm single mode fiber. 50 µm or 62.5 µm multimode fiber can be used with STM-1 MMF SFP. 4x100/1000BASE-X HM supports 50 µm or 62.5 µm multimode fiber (100BASE-FX, 1000BASE-SX) or singlemode fiber (100BASE-LX10, 100BASE-EX, 100BASE-ZX, 1000BASE-LX, 1000BASE-ZX, 1000BASE-ZX-CWDM, 1000BASE-DWDM). Connector Requirements The table below shows the quality requirements of the optical fibre connectors. The values are achieved with an SPC type of grinding. Application Multimode Singlemode Insertion loss < 0.5 db < 0.3 db Return loss > 22 db > 40 db 1.11 Pluggable Transceivers WARNING: Optic operation should be verified by observing the status LEDs. Do not look into the laser or fiber to verify operation. See also Safety Notes. 1.11.1 Optical Transceivers The Tellabs 8600 system uses Small Form-Factor Pluggable (SFP, SFP+ and XFP) optical transceivers in the optical interfaces. An Small Form-Factor Pluggable optical transceiver is a hot-swappable input/output device that links a port on an optical module with the fiber-optic network. For each application a certain type of Small Form-Factor Pluggable optical transceiver is required. You can install or remove the Small Form-Factor Pluggable optical transceivers while the card or NE is operating. The connector type of the Tellabs 8600 system optical transceiver modules is LC duplex, see Fig. 38. Fig. 38 LC Connectors Fig. 39 shows a picture of an optical transceiver, see chapters 1.11.3 SFPs Used in Tellabs 8600 System and 1.11.4 SFP+s Used in Tellabs 8600 System on models for various distances. Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers 76.8600-40039G Hardware Installation Guide © 2012 Tellabs. 62 1 Overview Fig. 39 Small Form-Factor Pluggable Optical Transceiver Only Tellabs supplied and approved lasers should be used. If any other lasers or lasers from any other source than Tellabs are used, the use thereof will be solely at the customer´s risk, and the laser class, compatibility with the laser safety and EMC standards must be checked. Fig. 40 Class 1 Laser Product When using an Small Form-Factor Pluggable transceiver with a high launch power in short distances, it may be required to decrease the launch power by using an inline optical attenuator or an attenuating optical cable in order to meet the input power range. Check that the operational temperature range of the Small Form-Factor Pluggable module is suitable for the installation environment. Note that the temperature of the Small Form-Factor Pluggable case will be approximately 15 degrees higher than ambient temperature. 1.11.2 Electrical Transceivers The Tellabs 8600 system uses Small Form-Factor Pluggable (SFP) transceivers also in some electrical interfaces. An SFP transceiver is a hot-swappable input/output device that links a port on a transceiver module with the network. For each application a certain type of SFP is required. You can install or remove the SFP while the card or NE is operating. The connector type of the Tellabs 8600 system electrical transceiver modules is RJ-45 or DIN 1.0/2.3. See chapter 1.11.3 SFPs Used in Tellabs 8600 System on models for various distances. 76.8600-40039G Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers © 2012 Tellabs. Hardware Installation Guide 63 1 Overview Fig. 41 DIN and RJ-45 Connectors Fig. 42 Small Form-Factor Pluggable Electrical Transceiver with RJ-45 Check that the operational temperature range of the SFP module is suitable for the installation environment. Note that the temperature of the SFP case will be approximately 15 degrees higher than ambient temperature. 1.11.3 SFPs Used in Tellabs 8600 System The optical cable types used with SFP are: • Standard SM (Single Mode) means fiber according to ITU-T specification G.652 • Dispersion shifted SM means fiber according to ITU-T specification G.653 • Multimode OM1 (62.5/125 µm) means fiber according to ISO/IEC specification 11801 • Multimode OM2 (50/125 µm) means fiber according to ISO/IEC specification 11801 The lower limiting value of the “Input Power Range” column is the same as the minimum receive power level required. In SFP transceivers the Receive (Rx) direction is in the upper connector and Transmit (Tx) direction is in the lower connector when the IFM is vertically positioned as in Tellabs 8660 smart router. When the IFM is used in Tellabs 8630 smart router, the IFM is turned 90 degrees clockwise to the right from vertical position to horizontal position. In this case interface numbering starts from the right. The Receive direction of the SFP is on the right and Transmit direction is on the left. When the IFM is used in Tellabs 8620 smart router, the IFM is turned 90 degrees counterclockwise to the left from vertical position to horizontal position. In this case interface numbering starts from the left. The Receive direction of the SFP is on the left and Transmit direction is on the right. Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers 76.8600-40039G Hardware Installation Guide © 2012 Tellabs. 64 1 Overview In Tellabs 8605 smart router, Tellabs 8607 smart router, Tellabs 8609 smart router, or Tellabs 8611 smart router the SFP transceivers are in horizontal position; the Receive (Rx) direction is on the right in the upper SFP position and on the left in the lower SFP position. The Transmit (Tx) direction is on the left in the upper SFP position and on the right in the lower SFP position. 76.8600-40039G Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers © 2012 Tellabs. Hardware Installation Guide 65 1 O v e r v i e w Fast Ethernet Transceivers (100BASE) Application Cable Type Wavelength (nm) Average Launch Power (dbm) Input Power Range (dbm) Distance Connectors Allowed SFP Case Temperature Range SFP Module Order Code 100BASE- FX 50 & 62.5 µm MM 1280 – 1380 -14 to -22 -14 to -29 2 km Duplex LC -40°...+85° C 81.86Z155MMFX02-R5 100BASE- LX10 Standard SM 1261 – 1360 -8 to -15 -8 to -28 15 km Duplex LC -40°...+85° C 81.86Z155MSS111-R5 100BASE-EX Standard SM 1263 – 1360 0 to -5 -10 to -34 40 km Duplex LC -40°...+85° C 81.86Z155MSL114-R5 100BASE-ZX Standard SM 1480 – 1580 0 to -5 -10 to -34 80 km Duplex LC -40°...+85° C 81.86Z155MSL128-R5 T e l l a b s ® 8 6 0 0 S m a r t R o u t e r s 7 6 . 8 6 0 0 - 4 0 0 3 9 G H a r d w a r e I n s t a l l a t i o n G u i d e © 2 0 1 2 T e l l a b s . 6 6 1 O v e r v i e w 7 6 . 8 6 0 0 - 4 0 0 3 9 G T e l l a b s ® 8 6 0 0 S m a r t R o u t e r s © 2 0 1 2 T e l l a b s . H a r d w a r e I n s t a l l a t i o n G u i d e 6 7 1 O v e r v i e w Dependencies with Fast Ethernet Transceivers (100BASE) Application SFP Module Order Code 8605 fixed IFs 8607 fixed IFs 100BASE-FX 81.86Z155MMFX02-R5 X X 100BASE-LX10 81.86Z155MSS111-R5 X X 100BASE-EX 81.86Z155MSL114-R5 X X 100BASE-ZX 81.86Z155MSL128-R5 X X T e l l a b s ® 8 6 0 0 S m a r t R o u t e r s 7 6 . 8 6 0 0 - 4 0 0 3 9 G H a r d w a r e I n s t a l l a t i o n G u i d e © 2 0 1 2 T e l l a b s . 6 8 1 O v e r v i e w Dependencies with Fast Ethernet Transceivers (100BASE) Application SFP Module Order Code 8609 fixed IFs 100BASE-FX 81.86Z155MMFX02-R5 X 100BASE-LX10 81.86Z155MSS111-R5 X 100BASE-EX 81.86Z155MSL114-R5 — 100BASE-ZX 81.86Z155MSL128-R5 — 7 6 . 8 6 0 0 - 4 0 0 3 9 G T e l l a b s ® 8 6 0 0 S m a r t R o u t e r s © 2 0 1 2 T e l l a b s . H a r d w a r e I n s t a l l a t i o n G u i d e 6 9 1 O v e r v i e w Dependencies with Fast Ethernet Transceivers (100BASE) Application SFP Module Order Code 4x100/1000BASE-X HM HMG2266 (81.86M-HMGE4SFP-R6) 100BASE-FX 81.86Z155MMFX02-R5 X 100BASE-LX10 81.86Z155MSS111-R5 X 100BASE-EX 81.86Z155MSL114-R5 — 100BASE-ZX 81.86Z155MSL128-R5 — T e l l a b s ® 8 6 0 0 S m a r t R o u t e r s 7 6 . 8 6 0 0 - 4 0 0 3 9 G H a r d w a r e I n s t a l l a t i o n G u i d e © 2 0 1 2 T e l l a b s . 7 0 1 O v e r v i e w Gigabit Ethernet Transceivers (1000BASE) Application Cable Type Wavelength (nm) Average Launch Power (dbm) Input Power Range (dbm) Distance Connectors Allowed SFP Case Temperature Range SFP Module Order Code 1000BASE-T Twisted Pair Copper — — — 100 m Compact RJ-45 0°...+85° C 81.86Z001GET100-R5 1000BASE-SX MM OM1 or OM2 770 – 860 0 to -9.5 0 to -17 275 m (OM1) 550 m (OM2) Duplex LC -20°...+85° C 81.86Z001GMSX55-R5 1000BASE- LX10 Standard SM 1270 – 1355 -3 to -9.5 -3 to -20 10 km Duplex LC -40°...+85° C 81.86Z001GSLX10-R5 1000BASE-EX Standard SM 1275 – 1350 +5 to 0 0 to -22 40 km Duplex LC -10°...+70° C 81.86T-S001-13S-R6 1000BASE-ZX Standard or dispersion shifted SM 1500 – 1580 +5 to 0 0 to -23 80 km Duplex LC -5°...+70° C 81.86Z001GSZX80-R5 1000BASE- ZX-CWDM Standard or dispersion shifted SM 1470 ± 6.5 nm +5 to 0 -9 to -28 80 km Duplex LC -5°...+70° C 81.86Z001GS4780-R5 1000BASE- ZX-CWDM Standard or dispersion shifted SM 1490 ± 6.5 nm +5 to 0 -9 to -28 80 km Duplex LC -5°...+70° C 81.86Z001GS4980-R5 1000BASE- ZX-CWDM Standard or dispersion shifted SM 1510 ± 6.5 nm +5 to 0 -9 to -28 80 km Duplex LC -5°...+70° C 81.86Z001GS5180-R5 1000BASE- ZX-CWDM Standard or dispersion shifted SM 1530 ± 6.5 nm +5 to 0 -9 to -28 80 km Duplex LC -5°...+70° C 81.86Z001GS5380-R5 1000BASE- ZX-CWDM Standard or dispersion shifted SM 1550 ± 6.5 nm +5 to 0 -9 to -28 80 km Duplex LC -5°...+70° C 81.86Z001GS5580-R5 1000BASE- ZX-CWDM Standard or dispersion shifted SM 1570 ± 6.5 nm +5 to 0 -9 to -28 80 km Duplex LC -5°...+70° C 81.86Z001GS5780-R5 7 6 . 8 6 0 0 - 4 0 0 3 9 G T e l l a b s ® 8 6 0 0 S m a r t R o u t e r s © 2 0 1 2 T e l l a b s . H a r d w a r e I n s t a l l a t i o n G u i d e 7 1 1 O v e r v i e w Application Cable Type Wavelength (nm) Average Launch Power (dbm) Input Power Range (dbm) Distance Connectors Allowed SFP Case Temperature Range SFP Module Order Code 1000BASE- ZX-CWDM Standard or dispersion shifted SM 1590 ± 6.5 nm +5 to 0 -9 to -28 80 km Duplex LC -5°...+70° C 81.86Z001GS5980-R5 1000BASE- ZX-CWDM Standard or dispersion shifted SM 1610 ± 6.5 nm +5 to 0 -9 to -28 80 km Duplex LC -5°...+70° C 81.86Z001GS6180-R5 1000BASE- DWDM Standard or dispersion shifted SM 1560.61 ± 0.1 nm +4 to 0 -8 to -24 120 km Duplex LC -5°...+85° C 81.86T-SD2G421S-R6 1000BASE- DWDM Standard or dispersion shifted SM 1559.79 ± 0.1 nm +4 to 0 -8 to -24 120 km Duplex LC -5°...+85° C 81.86T-SD2G422S-R6 1000BASE- DWDM Standard or dispersion shifted SM 1558.98 ± 0.1 nm +4 to 0 -8 to -24 120 km Duplex LC -5°...+85° C 81.86T-SD2G423S-R6 1000BASE- DWDM Standard or dispersion shifted SM 1558.17 ± 0.1 nm +4 to 0 -8 to -24 120 km Duplex LC -5°...+85° C 81.86T-SD2G424S-R6 1000BASE- DWDM Standard or dispersion shifted SM 1557.36 ± 0.1 nm +4 to 0 -8 to -24 120 km Duplex LC -5°...+85° C 81.86T-SD2G425S-R6 1000BASE- DWDM Standard or dispersion shifted SM 1556.55 ± 0.1 nm +4 to 0 -8 to -24 120 km Duplex LC -5°...+85° C 81.86T-SD2G426S-R6 1000BASE- DWDM Standard or dispersion shifted SM 1555.75 ± 0.1 nm +4 to 0 -8 to -24 120 km Duplex LC -5°...+85° C 81.86T-SD2G427S-R6 1000BASE- DWDM Standard or dispersion shifted SM 1554.94 ± 0.1 nm +4 to 0 -8 to -24 120 km Duplex LC -5°...+85° C 81.86T-SD2G428S-R6 1000BASE- DWDM Standard or dispersion shifted SM 1554.13 ± 0.1 nm +4 to 0 -8 to -24 120 km Duplex LC -5°...+85° C 81.86T-SD2G429S-R6 T e l l a b s ® 8 6 0 0 S m a r t R o u t e r s 7 6 . 8 6 0 0 - 4 0 0 3 9 G H a r d w a r e I n s t a l l a t i o n G u i d e © 2 0 1 2 T e l l a b s . 7 2 1 O v e r v i e w Application Cable Type Wavelength (nm) Average Launch Power (dbm) Input Power Range (dbm) Distance Connectors Allowed SFP Case Temperature Range SFP Module Order Code 1000BASE- DWDM Standard or dispersion shifted SM 1553.33 ± 0.1 nm +4 to 0 -8 to -24 120 km Duplex LC -5°...+85° C 81.86T-SD2G430S-R6 1000BASE- DWDM Standard or dispersion shifted SM 1552.52 ± 0.1 nm +4 to 0 -8 to -24 120 km Duplex LC -5°...+85° C 81.86T-SD2G431S-R6 1000BASE- DWDM Standard or dispersion shifted SM 1551.72 ± 0.1 nm +4 to 0 -8 to -24 120 km Duplex LC -5°...+85° C 81.86T-SD2G432S-R6 1000BASE- DWDM Standard or dispersion shifted SM 1550.92 ± 0.1 nm +4 to 0 -8 to -24 120 km Duplex LC -5°...+85° C 81.86T-SD2G433S-R6 1000BASE- DWDM Standard or dispersion shifted SM 1550.12 ± 0.1 nm +4 to 0 -8 to -24 120 km Duplex LC -5°...+85° C 81.86T-SD2G434S-R6 1000BASE- DWDM Standard or dispersion shifted SM 1549.32 ± 0.1 nm +4 to 0 -8 to -24 120 km Duplex LC -5°...+85° C 81.86T-SD2G435S-R6 1000BASE- DWDM Standard or dispersion shifted SM 1548.51 ± 0.1 nm +4 to 0 -8 to -24 120 km Duplex LC -5°...+85° C 81.86T-SD2G436S-R6 1000BASE- BX10-U Standard SM 1260-1360 -3 to -9 -3 to -19.5 10 km Simplex LC -5°...+75° C 81.86T-SB01-34S-R6 1000BASE- BX10-D Standard SM 1480-1500 -3 to -9 -3 to -19.5 10 km Simplex LC -5°...+75° C 81.86T-SB01-43S-R6 7 6 . 8 6 0 0 - 4 0 0 3 9 G T e l l a b s ® 8 6 0 0 S m a r t R o u t e r s © 2 0 1 2 T e l l a b s . H a r d w a r e I n s t a l l a t i o n G u i d e 7 3 1 O v e r v i e w T e l l a b s ® 8 6 0 0 S m a r t R o u t e r s 7 6 . 8 6 0 0 - 4 0 0 3 9 G H a r d w a r e I n s t a l l a t i o n G u i d e © 2 0 1 2 T e l l a b s . 7 4 1 O v e r v i e w Dependencies with Gigabit Ethernet Transceivers (1000BASE) Application SFP Module Order Code 8605 fixed IFs 8607 fixed IFs 1000BASE-T 81.86Z001GET100-R5 X X 1000BASE-SX 81.86Z001GMSX55-R5 X X 1000BASE-LX10 81.86Z001GSLX10-R5 X X 1000BASE-EX 81.86T-S001-13S-R6 X X 1000BASE-ZX 81.86Z001GSZX80-R5 X X 1000BASE-ZX-CWDM 81.86Z001GS4780-R5 X X 1000BASE-ZX-CWDM 81.86Z001GS4980-R5 X X 1000BASE-ZX-CWDM 81.86Z001GS5180-R5 X X 1000BASE-ZX-CWDM 81.86Z001GS5380-R5 X X 1000BASE-ZX-CWDM 81.86Z001GS5580-R5 X X 1000BASE-ZX-CWDM 81.86Z001GS5780-R5 X X 1000BASE-ZX-CWDM 81.86Z001GS5980-R5 X X 1000BASE-ZX-CWDM 81.86Z001GS6180-R5 X X 1000BASE-DWDM 81.86T-SD2G421S-R6 X X 1000BASE-DWDM 81.86T-SD2G422S-R6 X X 1000BASE-DWDM 81.86T-SD2G423S-R6 X X 1000BASE-DWDM 81.86T-SD2G424S-R6 X X 1000BASE-DWDM 81.86T-SD2G425S-R6 X X 1000BASE-DWDM 81.86T-SD2G426S-R6 X X 1000BASE-DWDM 81.86T-SD2G427S-R6 X X 1000BASE-DWDM 81.86T-SD2G428S-R6 X X 1000BASE-DWDM 81.86T-SD2G429S-R6 X X 1000BASE-DWDM 81.86T-SD2G430S-R6 X X 1000BASE-DWDM 81.86T-SD2G431S-R6 X X 1000BASE-DWDM 81.86T-SD2G432S-R6 X X 1000BASE-DWDM 81.86T-SD2G433S-R6 X X 1000BASE-DWDM 81.86T-SD2G434S-R6 X X 7 6 . 8 6 0 0 - 4 0 0 3 9 G T e l l a b s ® 8 6 0 0 S m a r t R o u t e r s © 2 0 1 2 T e l l a b s . H a r d w a r e I n s t a l l a t i o n G u i d e 7 5 1 O v e r v i e w Application SFP Module Order Code 8605 fixed IFs 8607 fixed IFs 1000BASE-DWDM 81.86T-SD2G435S-R6 X X 1000BASE-DWDM 81.86T-SD2G436S-R6 X X T e l l a b s ® 8 6 0 0 S m a r t R o u t e r s 7 6 . 8 6 0 0 - 4 0 0 3 9 G H a r d w a r e I n s t a l l a t i o n G u i d e © 2 0 1 2 T e l l a b s . 7 6 1 O v e r v i e w Dependencies with Gigabit Ethernet Transceivers (1000BASE) Application SFP Module Order Code 8609 fixed IFs 1000BASE-T 81.86Z001GET100-R5 X 1000BASE-SX 81.86Z001GMSX55-R5 X 1000BASE-LX10 81.86Z001GSLX10-R5 X 1000BASE-ZX 81.86Z001GSZX80-R5 X 7 6 . 8 6 0 0 - 4 0 0 3 9 G T e l l a b s ® 8 6 0 0 S m a r t R o u t e r s © 2 0 1 2 T e l l a b s . H a r d w a r e I n s t a l l a t i o n G u i d e 7 7 1 O v e r v i e w Dependencies with Gigabit Ethernet Transceivers (1000BASE) Application SFP Module Order Code 4x100/1000BASE-X HM HMG2266 (81.86M-HMGE4SFP-R6) 1000BASE-T 81.86Z001GET100-R5 — 1000BASE-SX 81.86Z001GMSX55-R5 X 1000BASE-LX10 81.86Z001GSLX10-R5 X 1000BASE-ZX 81.86Z001GSZX80-R5 X T e l l a b s ® 8 6 0 0 S m a r t R o u t e r s 7 6 . 8 6 0 0 - 4 0 0 3 9 G H a r d w a r e I n s t a l l a t i o n G u i d e © 2 0 1 2 T e l l a b s . 7 8 1 O v e r v i e w STM-1 Transceivers Application Cable Type Wavelength (nm) Average Launch Power (dbm) Input Power Range (dbm) Distance Connectors Allowed SFP Case Temperature Range SFP Module Order Code STM-1 Copper Copper 75 Ω — — — 100 m DIN 1.0/2.3 -40°...+85° C 81.86Z155MEC100-R5 STM-1 MMF 50 & 62.5 µm MM 1280 – 1380 -14 to -22 -14 to -29 2 km Duplex LC -40°...+85° C 81.86Z155MMFX02-R5 S-1.1 Standard SM 1261 – 1360 -8 to -15 -8 to -28 15 km Duplex LC -40°...+85° C 81.86Z155MSS111-R5 L-1.1 Standard SM 1263 – 1360 0 to -5 -10 to -34 40 km Duplex LC -40°...+85° C 81.86Z155MSL114-R5 L-1.2 Standard SM 1480 – 1580 0 to -5 -10 to -34 80 km Duplex LC -40°...+85° C 81.86Z155MSL128-R5 7 6 . 8 6 0 0 - 4 0 0 3 9 G T e l l a b s ® 8 6 0 0 S m a r t R o u t e r s © 2 0 1 2 T e l l a b s . H a r d w a r e I n s t a l l a t i o n G u i d e 7 9 1 O v e r v i e w T e l l a b s ® 8 6 0 0 S m a r t R o u t e r s 7 6 . 8 6 0 0 - 4 0 0 3 9 G H a r d w a r e I n s t a l l a t i o n G u i d e © 2 0 1 2 T e l l a b s . 8 0 1 O v e r v i e w STM-4 Transceivers Application Cable Type Wavelength (nm) Average Launch Power (dbm) Input Power Range (dbm) Distance Connectors Allowed SFP Case Temperature Range SFP Module Order Code S-4.1 Standard SM 1293 – 1334/ 1274 – 1356 -8 to -15 -8 to -28 15 km Duplex LC -40°...+85° C 81.86Z622MSS411-R5 L-4.1 Standard SM 1280 – 1335 +2 to -3 -8 to -28 40 km Duplex LC -40°...+85° C 81.86Z622MSL414-R5 L-4.2 Standard SM 1480 – 1580 +2 to -3 -8 to -28 80 km Duplex LC -40°...+85° C 81.86Z622MSL428-R5 7 6 . 8 6 0 0 - 4 0 0 3 9 G T e l l a b s ® 8 6 0 0 S m a r t R o u t e r s © 2 0 1 2 T e l l a b s . H a r d w a r e I n s t a l l a t i o n G u i d e 8 1 1 O v e r v i e w T e l l a b s ® 8 6 0 0 S m a r t R o u t e r s 7 6 . 8 6 0 0 - 4 0 0 3 9 G H a r d w a r e I n s t a l l a t i o n G u i d e © 2 0 1 2 T e l l a b s . 8 2 1 O v e r v i e w STM-16 Transceivers Application Cable Type Wavelength (nm) Average Launch Power (dbm) Input Power Range (dbm) Distance Connectors Allowed SFP Case Temperature Range SFP Module Order Code S-16.1 Standard SM 1260 – 1360 0 to -5 0 to -18 15 km Duplex LC -5°...+70° C 81.86Z2P4GSS161-R5 L-16.1 Standard SM 1280 – 1335 +3 to -2 -9 to -27 40 km Duplex LC -5°...+70° C 81.86Z2P4GSL161-R5 L-16.2 Standard SM 1500 – 1580 +3 to -2 -9 to -28 80 km Duplex LC -5°...+70° C 81.86Z2P4GSL162-R5 7 6 . 8 6 0 0 - 4 0 0 3 9 G T e l l a b s ® 8 6 0 0 S m a r t R o u t e r s © 2 0 1 2 T e l l a b s . H a r d w a r e I n s t a l l a t i o n G u i d e 8 3 1 O v e r v i e w T e l l a b s ® 8 6 0 0 S m a r t R o u t e r s 7 6 . 8 6 0 0 - 4 0 0 3 9 G H a r d w a r e I n s t a l l a t i o n G u i d e © 2 0 1 2 T e l l a b s . 8 4 1 Overview SFP Module Max. Power Consumption 81.86Z155MSS111-R5 0.9 W 81.86Z155MSL114-R5 0.9 W 81.86Z155MSL128-R5 0.9 W 81.86Z622MSS411-R5 0.9 W 81.86Z622MSL414-R5 0.9 W 81.86Z622MSL428-R5 0.9 W 81.86Z2P4GSS161-R5 0.9 W 81.86Z2P4GSL161-R5 0.9 W 81.86Z2P4GSL162-R5 0.9 W 81.86Z155MMFX02-R5 1.0 W 81.86Z001GMSX55-R5 0.7 W 81.86Z001GSLX10-R5 0.9 W 81.86Z001GET100-R5 1.2 W 81.86Z001GS4780-R5 0.9 W 81.86Z001GS4980-R5 0.9 W 81.86Z001GS5180-R5 0.9 W 81.86Z001GS5380-R5 0.9 W 81.86Z001GS5580-R5 0.9 W 81.86Z001GS5780-R5 0.9 W 81.86Z001GS5980-R5 0.9 W 81.86Z001GS6180-R5 0.9 W 81.86Z155MEC100-R5 0.7 W 81.86Z001GSZX80-R5 1.0 W 81.86T-SD2G421S-R6 1.5 W 81.86T-SD2G422S-R6 1.5 W 81.86T-SD2G423S-R6 1.5 W 81.86T-SD2G424S-R6 1.5 W 81.86T-SD2G425S-R6 1.5 W 81.86T-SD2G426S-R6 1.5 W 81.86T-SD2G427S-R6 1.5 W 81.86T-SD2G428S-R6 1.5 W 81.86T-SD2G429S-R6 1.5 W 81.86T-SD2G430S-R6 1.5 W 81.86T-SD2G431S-R6 1.5 W 81.86T-SD2G432S-R6 1.5 W 81.86T-SD2G433S-R6 1.5 W 81.86T-SD2G434S-R6 1.5 W 81.86T-SD2G435S-R6 1.5 W 76.8600-40039G Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers © 2012 Tellabs. Hardware Installation Guide 85 1 Overview SFP Module Max. Power Consumption 81.86T-SD2G436S-R6 1.5 W 81.86T-S001-13S-R6 1.0 W 81.86T-SB01-34S-R6 1.0 W 81.86T-SB01-43S-R6 1.0 W Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers 76.8600-40039G Hardware Installation Guide © 2012 Tellabs. 86 1 Overview 1.11.4 SFP+s Used in Tellabs 8600 System The optical cable types used with SFP+ are: • Standard SM means fiber according to ITU-T specification G.652 • Dispersion shifted SM means fiber according to ITU-T specification G.653 • Multimode OM1 (62.5/125 µm) means fiber according to ISO/IEC specification 11801 • Multimode OM2 (50/125 µm) means fiber according to ISO/IEC specification 11801 • Multimode OM3 (50/125um) means fiber according to ISO/IEC specification 11801 The lower limiting value of the “Input Power Range” column is the same as the minimum receive power level required. In SFP+ transceivers the Receive (Rx) direction is in the upper connector and Transmit (Tx) direction is in the lower connector when the IFM is vertically positioned as in Tellabs 8660 smart router. When the IFM is used in Tellabs 8630 smart router, the IFM is turned 90 degrees clockwise to the right from vertical position to horizontal position. In this case interface numbering starts from the right. The Receive direction of the SFP+ is on the right and Transmit direction is on the left. 76.8600-40039G Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers © 2012 Tellabs. Hardware Installation Guide 87 1 O v e r v i e w SFP+ Transceivers (10G) Application Cable Type Wavelength (nm) Average Launch Power (dbm) Input Power Range (dbm) Distance Connectors Allowed SFP Case Temperature Range SFP Module Order Code 10GBASE-SR MM OM1, OM2 or OM3 840 – 860 -7.3 to -1.0 -9.9 to -1 30 m (OM1) 80 m (OM2) 300 m (OM3) Duplex LC -5°...+70° C 81.86T-P010GSRM-R6 10GBASE-LR Standard SM 1260 – 1355 -8.2 to +0.5 -14.4 to +0.5 10 km Duplex LC -5°...+70° C 81.86T-P010GLRS-R6 10GBASE-ER Standard SM 1530 – 1565 -4.7 to +4 -15.8 to -1 40 km Duplex LC 0°...+70° C 81.86T-P010GERS-R6 10GBASE-ZR Standard SM 1530 – 1565 0 to +5 -23 to -8 75 km Duplex LC -5°...+70° C 81.86T-P010GZRS-R6 T e l l a b s ® 8 6 0 0 S m a r t R o u t e r s 7 6 . 8 6 0 0 - 4 0 0 3 9 G H a r d w a r e I n s t a l l a t i o n G u i d e © 2 0 1 2 T e l l a b s . 8 8 1 Overview Dependencies with SFP+ Transceivers (10G) Application SFP Module Order Code 1x10GBASE-R R2 IFM LIO2257 (81.86M- IFM10GS1-R6) 10GBASE-SR 81.86T-P010GSRM-R6 X 10GBASE-LR 81.86T-P010GLRS-R6 X 10GBASE-ER 81.86T-P010GERS-R6 X 10GBASE-ZR 81.86T-P010GZRS-R6 X SFP+ Module Max. Power Consumption 81.86T-P010GSRM-R6 1.0 W 81.86T-P010GLRS-R6 1.0 W 81.86T-P010GERS-R6 1.5 W 81.86T-P010GZRS-R6 1.5 W 1.11.5 XFPs Used in Tellabs 8600 System The optical cable types used with XFP are: • Standard SM means fiber according to ITU-T specification G.652 • Dispersion shifted SM means fiber according to ITU-T specification G.653 • Multimode OM1 (62.5/125 µm) means fiber according to ISO/IEC specification 11801 • Multimode OM2 (50/125 µm) means fiber according to ISO/IEC specification 11801 • Multimode OM3 (50/125um) means fiber according to ISO/IEC specification 11801 The lower limiting value of the “Input Power Range” column is the same as the minimum receive power level required. In XFP transceivers the Receive (Rx) direction is in the lower connector and Transmit (Tx) direction is in the upper connector when the ELC1 is vertically positioned as in Tellabs 8660 smart router. When the ELC1 is used in Tellabs 8630 smart router, the ELC1 is turned 90 degrees clockwise to the right from vertical position to horizontal position. In this case interface numbering starts from the right. The Receive direction of the XFP is on the left and Transmit direction is on the right. 76.8600-40039G Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers © 2012 Tellabs. Hardware Installation Guide 89 1 O v e r v i e w XFP Transceivers (10G) Application Cable Type Wavelength (nm) Average Launch Power (dbm) Input Power Range (dbm) Distance Connectors Allowed XFP Case Temperature Range XFP Module Order Code 10GBASE-SR MM OM1, OM2 or OM3 840 – 860 -7.3 to -1.0 -9.9 to -1 30 m (OM1) 80 m (OM2) 300 m (OM3) Duplex LC -5°...+70° C 81.86T-X010GSRM-R6 10GBASE-LR Standard SM 1260 – 1355 -8.2 to 0.5 -14.4 to +0.5 10 km Duplex LC -5°...+70° C 81.86T-X010GLRS-R6 10GBASE-ER Standard SM 1530 – 1565 -4.7 to +4 -15.8 to -1 40 km Duplex LC -5°...+70° C 81.86T-X010GERS-R6 10GBASE-ZR Standard SM 1530 – 1565 0 to +4 -23 to -7 80 km Duplex LC -5°...+70° C 81.86T-X010GZRS-R6 T e l l a b s ® 8 6 0 0 S m a r t R o u t e r s 7 6 . 8 6 0 0 - 4 0 0 3 9 G H a r d w a r e I n s t a l l a t i o n G u i d e © 2 0 1 2 T e l l a b s . 9 0 1 Overview Dependencies with XFP Transceivers (10G) Application XFP Module Order Code ELC1 ELC2269 (81.86L- 1GE14SX-R6) 10GBASE-SR 81.86T-X010GSRM-R6 X 10GBASE-LR 81.86T-X010GLRS-R6 X 10GBASE-ER 81.86T-X010GERS-R6 X 10GBASE-ZR 81.86T-X010GZRS-R6 X XFP Module Max. Power Consumption 81.86T-X010GSRM-R6 1.5 W 81.86T-X010GLRS-R6 2.5 W 81.86T-X010GERS-R6 3.0 W 81.86T-X010GZRS-R6 3.5 W 76.8600-40039G Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers © 2012 Tellabs. Hardware Installation Guide 91 2 Prerequisites 2 Prerequisites It is assumed that the reader is familiar with the Tellabs 8600 smart router concept. The Tellabs 8600 hardware is introduced in more detail in Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers Reference Manuals. In addition to the Tellabs 8600 hardware and telecommunications cabling you should also be familiar with electronic circuitry and wiring practice basics to use this guide. It is recommended to have at least two persons installing the network elements in the rack or cabinet. It is advisable to retain the packaging in which a module or component was shipped. You can possibly use it e.g. for storing the item in the future. Some items may already be installed. Skip the installation phase of such items. 2.1 Site Survey and Required Accessories Make sure you have carried out the site survey according to instructions. The essential materials that an on-site engineer should have when travelling to a site are: • PC with a serial cable to the RS-232 interface of a Tellabs 8600 NE. See the pin assignments in Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers HW Installation Guide. • DB9 Male/DB9 Female straight through cable for Tellabs 8620 smart router, Tellabs 8630 smart router and Tellabs 8660 smart router. • DB9 Female/RJ-45 console cable for Tellabs 8605 smart router, Tellabs 8607 smart router, Tellabs 8609 smart router and Tellabs 8611 smart router. • Windows Hyper Terminal or equivalent terminal emulation program to access CLI. • Screwdrivers to tighten/loosen screws (straight, cross, Torx and Pozidriv). • If Tellabs 8600 hardware needs to be changed, the spare hardware must be exactly the same. Each card and module is identified by a HW type. • Depending on the need, Tellabs 8600 series software. Software can be obtained from the Tellabs Portal (www.portal.tellabs.com). Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers 76.8600-40039G Hardware Installation Guide © 2012 Tellabs. 92 2 Prerequisites 2.2 ESD Static electricity may damage the electronic cards or components causing complete or unrevealed failures which may activate with a delay. Observe the following guidelines: • Always wear an ESD-preventive wrist or ankle strap when handling electronic components. Con- nect one end of the strap to an ESD jack or an unpainted metal component on the rack or subrack. • Handle cards by the faceplates and edges only; avoid touching the printed circuit board and con- nector pins. • Place any removed component on an antistatic surface or in an antistatic shielding bag. • Avoid contact between the cards and clothing. The wrist strap only protects the card from elec- trostatic voltages on the body. Electrostatic voltages on clothing can still cause damage. Do not work with the equipment during lightning activity. Invisible laser radiation may be emitted from the aperture of the optical IFM port when no cable is connected or a protective cap is not in its place. Avoid exposure to laser radiation and do not stare into open apertures. Keep the fiber optic cable ends directed away from people. Keep the source of the laser radiation as far from your eyes as possible. The optical transceivers supplied by Tellabs are solely Class 1 lasers. 2.3 Unpacking Equipment Use care when handling, moving and unpacking equipment. Avoid any strain, excessive shock or vibration that might damage the equipment. Electronic equipment can be damaged by moisture, dust and electrostatic discharge. Be sure that the unpacking and inspection area is dry and free from dust and static. Equipment returned to Tellabs must be repacked for return shipment in the original packaging. Save the special packing material and packaging until installation and turn-up is completed. Inspect the shipping containers for evidence of damage during shipment. Report any damaged equipment to the shipping carrier to immediately initiate a damage claim. 76.8600-40039G Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers © 2012 Tellabs. Hardware Installation Guide 93 2 Prerequisites 2.4 Packing for Transportation If the Tellabs 8600 products are transported to a new place from the original installation site, the following must be noted: handle the units and subracks with great care when unmounting them. All cables must be detached from the products before removing the units and packing them. The products must always be packed for transportation in the original shipping cartons with cushioning designed for them. Always remove the plug-in cards from the subrack before transportation. The cards must be in a metallized ESD shielding bag during transportation. Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers 76.8600-40039G Hardware Installation Guide © 2012 Tellabs. 94 3 Mechanical Installation 3 Mechanical Installation 3.1 Tellabs 8660 Smart Router and Tellabs 8630 Smart Router Subrack Installation Install the NE to the rack using the side adapters. The Tellabs 8660 smart router R2 subrack has fixed side adapters. Tellabs 8660 smart router V3.0, V3.1 and Tellabs 8630 smart router side adapters are provided with several mounting points to allow horizontal installation adjustment. At least two people are required in the installation of the Tellabs 8660 smart router and Tellabs 8630 smart router in a cabinet or rack. It is advisable to install the network elements in the rack from the bottom upwards. In order to prevent the network element from overheating make sure that • adequate cooling and ventilation openings are provided in case of an enclosed cabinet, • there is sufficiently free space around both the air intake and the outgoing air openings of the Tellabs 8600 network element, • the cabling does not block free airflow of Tellabs 8600 network element, • other equipment do not blow their outgoing air to the air intake opening of Tellabs 8600 network elements. Install the subracks into a rack/cabinet so that the cooling air flow paths are wide enough and free of obstacles, i.e. ensure adequate space for inlet air to the subrack and for outlet air from the subrack. Separate the fresh inlet and heated outlet air paths when applicable for example using air baffles and/or front panels between the subracks. If maximum power consumption and thus the amount of dissipated heat of the subrack is close to be reached, the rack/cabinet temperature needs to be verified and the rack/cabinet might need extra ventilation or cooling on its roof. Reserve at least 80–90 mm space in front of the NE to allow low-gradient bending for the optical cabling according to recommendations to avoid cable failure. In case of Tellabs 8660 smart router reserve 150 mm/6 in back space for ambient airflow to ensure normal operation. In case of Tellabs 8630 smart router make sure that there is free space on both sides of the NE because of the side cooling. The recommendations of free space between different products to ensure proper airflow and cooling are described below. As the Tellabs 8660 smart router R2 subrack may generate much more heat, there should be more free space on top of the Tellabs 8660 smart router R2 subrack. It is recommended to have generally 90 mm/3.5 in above Tellabs 8660 smart router subrack V3.0 or V3.1 and 130 mm/5.25 in above Tellabs 8660 smart router R2 subrack. 76.8600-40039G Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers © 2012 Tellabs. Hardware Installation Guide 95 3 Mechanical Installation Free Space Recommendations between Products in Same Rack/Cabinet Products in Same Rack/Cabinet Free Space Required between Products in Same Rack/Cabinet Tellabs 8660 smart router R2 subrack or another Tellabs 8600 NE or 3rd party equipment on top of Tellabs 8660 smart router subrack V3.0 or V3.1 2U free space two Tellabs 8660 smart router subracks V3.0 or V3.1 1U free space two Tellabs 8660 smart router R2 subracks 3U free space another Tellabs 8600 NE or 3rd party equipment on top of Tellabs 8660 smart router R2 subrack 3U free space Tellabs 8660 smart router subrack V3.0 or V3.1 on top of Tellabs 8660 smart router R2 subrack 2U free space Up to two Tellabs 8660 smart router R2 subracks can be installed in a 43U or 47U rack/cabinet. Up to two Tellabs 8660 smart router subracks V3.0 or V3.1 can be installed in a 43U and up to three such subracks can be installed in a 47U rack/cabinet (1U = 44.5 mm/1.75 in). A rack with two fully equipped Tellabs 8660 smart router subracks V3.0 or V3.1 must structurally support no less than 104 kg (230 pounds), for Tellabs 8660 smart router R2 subrack no less than 128 kg (282 pounds). Cable weights are not included in these numbers. A 43U high, 600 mm/23.62 in deep 19” cabinet can accommodate six Tellabs 8630 smart routeres. A rack with six fully equipped Tellabs 8630 smart routeres must structurally support no less than 138 kg (306 pounds). Mostly used mechanical installation for Tellabs 8600 equipment is a 19” wide, 43U high, 600 mm/23.62 in deep rack/cabinet. Step 1 This step is not applicable for the Tellabs 8660 smart router R2 subrack. Remove the side adapters from Tellabs 8660 smart router using a size 4 Allen key if needed. For Tellabs 8630 smart router a Phillips screwdriver is needed (PZ type Phillips screws are used). Step 2 For the Tellabs 8660 smart router R2 subrack, measure the distance of the mounting holes and mark the positions of the cage nuts in the cabinet or mounting holes in the rack. For the Tellabs 8660 smart router V3.0 and 3.1 and Tellabs 8630 smart router, use the adapters as a template for marking the positions of the cage nuts in the cabinet or mounting holes in the rack before mounting them to the Tellabs 8660 smart router or Tellabs 8630 smart router subrack. Step 3 This step is not applicable for the Tellabs 8660 smart router R2 subrack. Re-assemble the side adapters to Tellabs 8660 smart router or Tellabs 8630 smart router so that in the complete installation there is at least 150 mm/6 in of clearance provided around the ventilation openings of the subrack for unrestricted airflow. Step 4 Connect the lug end of the ground wire to the grounding point of the network element subrack. • You can use any of the NE side adapter mounting screws or the grounding point provided in the side of the Tellabs 8660 smart router subrack and in the back of the Tellabs 8630 smart router subrack as a grounding point. • Insert a star washer under the mounting screw to ensure electrical continuity. • Mark the grounding point with a grounding sticker included in the NE installation acces- sories. Step 5 Mount the cage nuts to the correct points in the cabinet/rack. Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers 76.8600-40039G Hardware Installation Guide © 2012 Tellabs. 96 3 Mechanical Installation Step 6 Lift the network element to its place and fasten in the cabinet/rack. Step 7 Connect the ground wire to the rack grounding bar. Make sure that the ambient temperature meets the operating conditions to prevent elevated temperatures. This is important especially when the NE is installed in an enclosed cabinet. The table below lists the installation accessories supplied with Tellabs 8660 smart router and Tellabs 8630 smart router. Item Quantity Side adapters for 19” installation (Tellabs 8660 smart router R2 subrack has fixed integrated side adapter front flanges for 19” installation) 2 M6x15 mounting screw 4 M6 cage nut 4 M6.5 plastic washer 4 M4 Star washer, DIN 6798A 1 Grounding cable (Ring Terminal - Open, 1.0 m) 1 Grounding sticker 1 76.8600-40039G Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers © 2012 Tellabs. Hardware Installation Guide 97 3 Mechanical Installation Fig. 43 Tellabs 8660 Smart Router Subrack with Side Adapters Attached Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers 76.8600-40039G Hardware Installation Guide © 2012 Tellabs. 98 3 Mechanical Installation Fig. 44 Tellabs 8660 Smart Router R2 with ANSI Side Adapters for 23 Inch Rack Installation Fig. 45 Tellabs 8630 Smart Router Subrack with ANSI Side Adapters Attached 76.8600-40039G Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers © 2012 Tellabs. Hardware Installation Guide 99 3 Mechanical Installation Fig. 46 Tellabs 8630 Smart Router Subrack with ETSI Side Adapters Attached 3.1.1 Upgrading Power Feeding of Tellabs 8660 Smart Router R2 from Protected CDC1 Feeding to Protected PIM Feeding General Never keep the power cable connected to the CDC or DC48 Power Input Module (PIM) for Tellabs 8660 smart router R2 while it is out of its slot. Otherwise the CDC or PIM may cause bodily injury or damage to the part that it is touching. Tellabs 8660 smart router R2 subrack fed with CDC1 utilizes 4 mm 2 power cable and max. current 30 A (4 mm 2 is approximately 11 AWG). Tellabs 8660 smart router R2 subrack fed with PIM utilizes 16 mm 2 power cable and max. current 62.5 A (16 mm 2 is approximately 5 AWG). Make sure that the cables and circuit breakers from rectifiers to Tellabs 8660 smart router R2 subrack with PIMs are correctly dimensioned. The Tellabs 8660 smart router R2 CDC1 to PIM upgrade kit is needed when more power feed capacity than provided by CDC1-A or CDC1-B cards is needed in the Tellabs 8660 smart router R2 subrack. Contents of Tellabs 8660 Smart Router R2 CDC1 to PIM Upgrade Kit (Order Code T8660-R2PIMUPGKIT; Order Code for UK Colored Cables T8660-R2PIMUPGKIGB) Item Quantity DC48 Power Input Modules (PIMs) for Tellabs 8660 smart router R2 2 Power cable for PIM (PS402838117523A, CBL PWR DC OE TRMLBLK 2 16 3m PIM) 2 Grounding cable, 16 mm 2 (PS402838117529A) 1 Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers 76.8600-40039G Hardware Installation Guide © 2012 Tellabs. 100 3 Mechanical Installation Item Quantity CDC1 power connector cover kit 2 Installation Guide 1 Installation Accessories (not included in upgrade kit) Item Quantity Circuit breakers for PIM power cables, 63 A 2 Installation Step 1 Ensure the starting situation: Tellabs 8660 smart router R2 subrack is equipped with 2 CDC1s, both have power cables, both are powered, the battery voltage LED is lit and there are no active battery voltage alarms. Fig. 47 Tellabs 8660 Smart Router R2 Subrack with Two CDC1s 76.8600-40039G Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers © 2012 Tellabs. Hardware Installation Guide 101 3 Mechanical Installation Step 2 Ensure that the needed equipment and accessories are present at the installation site: • 2 pieces DC48 Power Input Modules (PIMs) for Tellabs 8660 smart router R2 Fig. 48 DC48 Power Input Module for Tellabs 8660 Smart Router R2 • 2 pieces power cable for PIM (PS402838117523A, CBL PWR DC OE TRMLBLK 2 16 3m PIM) • 2 pieces circuit breakers (e.g. 63 A) • 2 pieces connectors, i.e. terminal blocks for the thicker 16 mm 2 power cable (if needed) • 1 piece grounding cable, 16 mm 2 (if not installed already) (16 mm 2 is approximately 5 AWG) Step 3 The new 16 mm 2 grounding cable is delivered automatically with each Tellabs 8660 smart router R2 subrack starting June 2012 but in Tellabs 8660 smart router R2 subracks delivered before that it must be checked and most probably the grounding cable has to be replaced from the older 6 mm 2 grounding cable to the new 16 mm 2 grounding cable. (16 mm 2 is approximately 5 AWG and 6 mm 2 is approximately 9 AWG.) Step 4 Install suitable new circuit breakers (63 A) and connectors, i.e. terminal blocks, to the power distribution bar and connect them properly to the battery voltage side (in the rack or cabinet). Cut additional openings in the circuit breaker cover, if needed. Step 5 Ensure that the new circuit breakers (63 A) are in the "OFF" position. Connect the PIM power cable open ends to the circuit breakers and terminal blocks. Mark the cables properly. Fig. 49 Tellabs 8660 Smart Router R2 Power Backplane Assembly Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers 76.8600-40039G Hardware Installation Guide © 2012 Tellabs. 102 3 Mechanical Installation Step 6 Find the screws for the Tellabs 8660 smart router R2 power backplane assembly from the Tellabs 8660 smart router R2 subrack front plate: Remove the Tellabs 8660 smart router R2 Fan Module cover plate. In the early versions of the Tellabs 8660 smart router R2 subrack, below the 3 Tellabs 8660 smart router R2 Fan Modules there is a blue sticker that covers the 2 + 2 mounting screws of the Tellabs 8660 smart router R2 power backplane assembly. Remove the sticker. In later versions of the Tellabs 8660 smart router R2 subrack, below the 3 Tellabs 8660 smart router R2 Fan Modules the 2 + 2 mounting screws of the Tellabs 8660 smart router R2 power backplane assembly are visible. Rightmost PIM installation: Step 7 Turn the circuit breaker or switch on the front panel of the rightmost CDC1 (in Slot 14) to the "OFF" position. Detach the CDC power cable from the CDC front panel connector; open the screws of the connector and detach the connector. Cover the empty CDC power connector of the rightmost CDC1 with a CDC connector cover for this purpose and secure it with its screws. Fig. 50 Disconnecting CDC Power Cable from Tellabs 8660 Smart Router R2 Step 8 Open the 2 mounting screws of the rightmost Tellabs 8660 smart router R2 power backplane assembly. Pull out the rightmost Tellabs 8660 smart router R2 power backplane assembly from the Tellabs 8660 smart router R2 subrack. If needed, pull out with help of e.g. a screw driver. (In later versions of the Tellabs 8660 smart router R2 subrack, in the center of the Tellabs 8660 smart router R2 power backplane assembly, there is a hole for pulling out the assembly.) 76.8600-40039G Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers © 2012 Tellabs. Hardware Installation Guide 103 3 Mechanical Installation Step 9 Install a DC48 Power Input Module, PIM, to the rightmost slot in Tellabs 8660 smart router R2 to replace the Tellabs 8660 smart router R2 power backplane assembly that has just been pulled out. Mount the PIM to the Tellabs 8660 smart router R2 subrack with screws. Use an approximate torque of 0.5 Nm/.68 Lb-Ft for tightening. Step 10 Connect the PIM power cable to the connector on the front of the rightmost PIM in the Tellabs 8660 smart router R2 subrack. Secure the connector by tightening the screws of the connector. Use an approximate torque of 0.5 Nm/.68 Lb-Ft for tightening. Step 11 Turn the circuit breaker (63 A) for the rightmost PIM to the "ON" position. Check that the green LED on the front panel of the PIM is lit. Step 12 Remove the CDC1 power cable of the rightmost CDC1 in Slot 14; disconnect the CDC1 power cable open ends from the circuit breaker (32 A) and the terminal block. Remove the CDC1 power cable from the rack or cabinet. Leftmost PIM installation: Step 13 Turn the circuit breaker or switch on the front panel of the leftmost CDC1 (in Slot 1) to the "OFF" position. Detach the CDC power cable from the CDC front panel connector; open the screws of the connector and detach the connector. Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers 76.8600-40039G Hardware Installation Guide © 2012 Tellabs. 104 3 Mechanical Installation Cover the empty CDC power connector of the leftmost CDC1 with a CDC connector cover for this purpose and secure it with its screws. Step 14 Open the 2 mounting screws of the leftmost Tellabs 8660 smart router R2 power backplane assembly. Pull out the leftmost Tellabs 8660 smart router R2 power backplane assembly from the Tellabs 8660 smart router R2 subrack. If needed, pull out with the help of e.g. a screw driver. (In later versions of the Tellabs 8660 smart router R2 subrack, in the center of the Tellabs 8660 smart router R2 power backplane assembly, there is a hole for pulling out the assembly.) Step 15 Install a DC48 Power Input Module, PIM, to the leftmost slot in Tellabs 8660 smart router R2 subrack to replace the Tellabs 8660 smart router R2 power backplane assembly that has just been pulled out. Mount the PIM to the Tellabs 8660 smart router R2 subrack with screws. Use an approximate torque of 0.5 Nm/.68 Lb-Ft for tightening. Step 16 Connect the PIM power cable to the connector on the front of the leftmost PIM in the Tellabs 8660 smart router R2 subrack. Secure the connector by tightening the screws of the connector. Use an approximate torque of 0.5 Nm/.68 Lb-Ft for tightening. Step 17 Turn the circuit breaker (63 A) for the leftmost PIM to the "ON" position. Check that the green LED on the front panel of the PIM is lit. Step 18 Remove the CDC1 power cable of the leftmost CDC1 in Slot 1; disconnect the CDC1 power cable open ends from the circuit breaker (32 A) and the terminal block. 76.8600-40039G Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers © 2012 Tellabs. Hardware Installation Guide 105 3 Mechanical Installation Remove the CDC1 power cable from the rack or cabinet. General: Step 19 Disconnect the excess circuit breakers and terminal blocks from the battery voltage side and remove them from the power distribution bar (from the rack or cabinet). Step 20 Re-install the Tellabs 8660 smart router R2 Fan Module cover plate and tighten the screws with a screwdriver. Step 21 Secure the PIM power cables (e.g. by mounting them to the rack or cabinet with cable ties) so that they do not block cooling air flow and do not prevent changing the air filter, fan modules, etc. Step 22 Verify that power or voltage alarms are not present in the NE. Step 23 If you have ESW FP4.0 or higher in the NE, secure that the NE has the new PIMs in the inventory and no related alarms are present. Add the PIMs in the inventory with the CLI command: router# hw-inventory slot 14 add module <module #> type pim2296dc48V Check the inventory with the CLI command: router# show hw-inventory slot 14 Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers 76.8600-40039G Hardware Installation Guide © 2012 Tellabs. 106 3 Mechanical Installation Fig. 51 Equipped Tellabs 8660 Smart Router R2 Subrack with ELC1s and PIMs Both power slots at the bottom of the Tellabs 8660 smart router R2 subrack always have to be equipped; either with a DC48 Power Input Module (PIM) when PIMs are used for powering the subrack or with a Tellabs 8660 smart router R2 power backplane assembly when CDCs are used for powering the subrack. 3.1.2 Tellabs 8660 Smart Router R1 Fan Module Upgrade Kit General The Tellabs 8660 smart router R1 fan module upgrade kit is needed when ELC1 cards are to be installed in the Tellabs 8660 smart router subrack V3.0 or V3.1. 76.8600-40039G Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers © 2012 Tellabs. Hardware Installation Guide 107 3 Mechanical Installation Subrack Order Code Tellabs 8660 smart router subrack V3.1 81.86S-8660-R6 Rev. A Tellabs 8660 smart router subrack V3.0 81.86S8660SUBRA-R5 Rev. A, B Contents of Tellabs 8660 Smart Router R1 Fan Module Upgrade Kit (Order Code T8660-R1FANUPGKIT; Order Code for UK Colored Cables T8660-R1FANUPGKIGB) Item Quantity Fan module cover plate 1 Fan modules 3 Fan module power cables (open ends: copper, 2 x 1.5 mm 2 , MSK) 2 Installation Guide 1 Installation Accessories (not included in upgrade kit) Item Quantity Circuit breakers for fan module power cables, 6 A 2 Terminal blocks for fan module power cables 2 Installation Keep away from moving fan blades during operation. The fan propeller will continue rotating momentarily after extraction. Be careful not to touch the propeller before rotation has stopped. Install the fan module properly into the subrack before you connect the power cable to it. Instructions for fan module replacement on site: Ensure, that you have a replacement fan module ready to be installed before removing the former module. Make sure that you have the needed tools available, too. Install the new fan module immediately (within 2 minutes) after removing the existing fan module. In case of higher ambient temperature and higher power consumption in the network element, the replacement requires faster actions. Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers 76.8600-40039G Hardware Installation Guide © 2012 Tellabs. 108 3 Mechanical Installation Fig. 52 Example of Finished Tellabs 8660 Smart Router R1 Fan Module Cabling Step 1 Install 6A circuit breakers and fan module power cables. • The fan modules are to be fed by battery voltage. Install suitable circuit breakers and ter- minal blocks to the power distribution bar and connect them properly to the battery voltage side. • Connect the fan module power cable open ends to the circuit breakers and terminal blocks. • Cut additional openings in the circuit breaker cover if needed. 76.8600-40039G Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers © 2012 Tellabs. Hardware Installation Guide 109 3 Mechanical Installation Step 2 Remove the existing fan module cover plate from the subrack. • Open the fan module cover plate screws with a screwdriver. • Remove the existing fan module cover plate by opening and dismounting it. • Bend the plate downwards from the middle so that a hinge is released. Fig. 53 Removing Existing Fan Cover Plate Step 3 Install the new fan module cover plate from the upgrade kit. • Bend the plate slightly from the middle. Avoid damaging the cover plate. • Place first one hinge and then the other. Do not close the fan module cover plate yet. Step 4 Remove the existing leftmost fan module. • Pull the fan module first out only by 2 cm or so. Wait for a moment to let the fan propeller rotation stop (to avoid finger injury). Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers 76.8600-40039G Hardware Installation Guide © 2012 Tellabs. 110 3 Mechanical Installation Step 5 Install the new fan module from the upgrade kit to the leftmost fan module slot. Fig. 54 Installing Tellabs 8660 Smart Router R1 Fan Module 76.8600-40039G Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers © 2012 Tellabs. Hardware Installation Guide 111 3 Mechanical Installation Step 6 Connect the fan module power cable connectors from both cables to the connectors of the installed fan module. • Connect both power cables to the fan module (for redundancy). • Check that the fans start rotating and the green LED is lit. Fig. 55 Connecting Power Cables to Installed Tellabs 8660 Smart Router R1 Fan Module Step 7 Repeat steps 4–6 to replace all three fan modules. Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers 76.8600-40039G Hardware Installation Guide © 2012 Tellabs. 112 3 Mechanical Installation Step 8 Close the fan module cover plate and tighten the screws with a screwdriver. Fig. 56 Finished Installation Step 9 Secure the fan module power cables so that they do not block cooling air flow and do not prevent changing the air filter, fan modules, CDC or line cards. Never have the new fan module power cable connectors connected to the new fan module when the fan module is not fully seated in its position inside the Tellabs 8660 smart router subrack. 3.1.3 Interface Module Assembly The IFC line card is delivered with the interface module(s) (IFM) that are already installed in their places. 76.8600-40039G Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers © 2012 Tellabs. Hardware Installation Guide 113 3 Mechanical Installation TELLABS WARRANTY SHALL BE VOID, AND TELLABS SHALL HAVE NO WARRANTY OR OTHER LIABILITY FOR DAMAGES OF ANY KIND, FOR TELLABS HARDWARE OR SOFTWARE THAT HAS NOT BEEN HANDLED, INSTALLED OR OPERATED IN ACCORDANCE WITH TELLABS´ SPECIFICATIONS AND OPERATING PROCEDURES. IF THE HARDWARE OR SOFTWARE HAS BEEN REPAIRED, MODIFIED OR REPLACED OTHER THAN BY TELLABS OR PERSON AUTHORIZED BY TELLABS, THE WARRANTY OF THE PRODUCT, AND OF ALL OTHER EQUIPMENT CONTAINED IN THE SYSTEM INTO WHICH THE PRODUCT IS INSTALLED, ARE VOID. The IFM may not be removed, replaced, or a new IFM added, by any party other than Tellabs or person authorized by Tellabs. There may be emergency situations or critical, exceptional circumstances in which the user or owner of the system decides, however, to remove, replace or add an IFM itself or by another party than Tellabs. The below specified instructions are provided for such exceptional cases and circumstances and for informative purposes only. The decision to perform any of these tasks and performance thereof shall constitute agreement of the warranty becoming null as set forth above. The IFC line cards of the Tellabs 8600 system have a modular structure consisting of an interface module concentrator (IFC) and one or two interface modules (IFM). The power supply is integrated into the IFC. Each IFM has its own front panel assembled into the module. The IFC and the IFMs make up a continuous front panel. An IFM is electrically connected to the IFC by three press-fit board-to-board connectors. From a mechanical point of view all IFMs fit both interface places. The figure below shows the structure of an IFC line card with two IFMs. To add or replace an IFM, the IFC line card must be removed from the NE. Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers 76.8600-40039G Hardware Installation Guide © 2012 Tellabs. 114 3 Mechanical Installation Fig. 57 IFC Line Card with Two IFMs Be careful not to scratch the surface of the printed circuit boards and not to damage any components. Do not bend the printed circuit board. Step 1 Remove the cover plates from the empty slots. Store the covers for possible future use. 76.8600-40039G Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers © 2012 Tellabs. Hardware Installation Guide 115 3 Mechanical Installation Step 2 Mount the IFM to the IFC. • Make sure all the connector pins on the IFC are upright and in a straight line. • Align the three board-to-board connectors in the IFCand IFMopposite each other. Carefully press them together viewing the connectors simultaneously to ensure that none of the pins are bent. Make sure the lower edge of the IFM front panel goes into the notch in the front edge of the baseboard. • The screw holes in the IFM should now be opposite the IFC assembly screw holes. • Secure the eight fastening screws (M2.5x6). Be careful not to apply too much force. First tighten all the screws lightly and after that make the final tightening. Step 3 Make sure possible empty IFM slots are covered with an EMC cover plate. Do not leave the empty IFM slots without the cover plate. Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers 76.8600-40039G Hardware Installation Guide © 2012 Tellabs. 116 3 Mechanical Installation The IFM slots in IFC line cards are identified by the terms M0 (upper) and M1 (lower) according to the front view shown in Fig. 59. This identification is also used in the embedded software (ESW). 3.1.4 Line Card and CDC Assembly with New Captive Screws and New Ejector Levers This chapter applies for CDC1-A V4.1 or higher, CDC1-SEC-B V2.5, CDC1-B V4.1 or higher, ELC1, IFC1-A V2.2 or higher, and IFC1-B V1.2 or higher, their part numbers are listed below. These cards can be identified from the new caption screws and new ejector levers, see figure below. CDC, ELC1 and IFC HW Versions with New Captive Screws and New Ejector Levers Order Code Card 82.86CDC1A00000-R5 Rev. C (or higher) CDC1-A V4.1 or higher 81.86CDC1B00000-R5 Rev. B (or higher) CDC1-SEC-B V2.5 82.86CDC1B00000-R5 Rev. C (or higher) CDC1-B V4.1 or higher 81.86L-1GE14SX-R6 Rev. A (or higher) ELC1 all versions 81.86IFC1A02024-R5 Rev. B (or higher) IFC1-A V2.2 or higher 81.86IFC1B02225-R5 Rev. B (or higher) IFC1-B V1.2 or higher 81.86L-IFC2B-R6 Rev. A (or higher) IFC2-B V1.0 or higher Fig. 58 New (on the left) and Old (on the right) Caption Screws and Ejector Levers for Line Card and CDC If you are going to remove the CDC from Tellabs 8660 smart router/Tellabs 8630 smart router, first turn off the power switch, then detach the power cable and only after these actions, remove the CDC. Never keep the power cable connected to the CDC while it is out of its slot. Otherwise the CDC may cause bodily injury or damage to the part that it is touching. 76.8600-40039G Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers © 2012 Tellabs. Hardware Installation Guide 117 3 Mechanical Installation Insert the cards only after the subrack has been installed in the cabinet or rack. Before inserting cards the subrack must be properly grounded. Always use an ESD wristband connected to the grounded network element or cabinet when plugging in the cards. Within one network element only the same type (A or B) of both CDC1 and IFC1 cards is supported. IFC2-B can however be used together with any type of CDC1 and IFC1, but if the port protection features on IFC2-B are used, both interfaces in the protecting group must be IFC2-B. When a CDC card (CDC1-A or CDC1-B) is replaced by another card, the HW Major.Minor (e.g. 2.0.x) version of a new CDC card base board (CBB2026 or CBB2224) should be at least equal to the HW version of the previous card. After replacement, the HW version of the new CDC card base board is saved as an expected HW version. If the replacement CDC card base board is of an older HW version than the previous card, start permission of the replacement card is denied. In most cases it is possible to accept an older HW version in inventory by using a “hw-inventory slot X force-accept hw-version” CLI command. For more information refer to Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers Equipment Management Configuration Guide. ELC1 Requirements for Tellabs 8660 Smart Router and Tellabs 8630 Smart Router Subracks The ELC1 line card consumes more power, and thus dissipates more heat than IFC1 or IFC2 line cards (IFC+IFM). More air flow is needed through ELC1 line cards than through IFC1 and IFC2 line cards. It has a number of smaller heat sinks and one larger to which the main components are attached. It is important to ensure that adequate cooling is used when an ELC1 card is installed in a subrack. Tellabs 8630 smart router subrack V1.0 and V1.1 and Tellabs 8660 smart router subrack V3.0 and V3.1 need to be updated with more powerful fan modules, see table below. Note that Tellabs 8660 smart router R2 subrack already has the more powerful fan module. The software will verify that the installation is acceptable for the ELC1 card; if it is not, the power-save mode for the card will be activated. Requirements for Fan Modules When ELC1 Is in Subrack Subrack Where ELC1 Is Used Required Fan Module Tellabs 8630 smart router subrack V1.0 and Tellabs 8630 smart router subrack V1.1 (81.86S-8630-R6) Tellabs 8630 smart router Fan Module 81.86F8630FANMD-R6 Rev. D Tellabs 8660 smart router subrack V3.0 (81.86S8660SUBRA-R5) and Tellabs 8660 smart router subrack V3.1 (81.86S-8660-R6) Tellabs 8660 smart router R1 Fan Module 81.86F-8660-R6 Tellabs 8660 smart router R2 subrack (82.86S-8660-R6) Tellabs 8660 smart router R2 Fan Module 82.86F-8660-R6 Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers 76.8600-40039G Hardware Installation Guide © 2012 Tellabs. 118 3 Mechanical Installation The maximum amount of ELC1 cards that can be installed in Tellabs 8660 smart router or Tellabs 8630 smart router varies. The number of supported ELC1s in Tellabs 8660 smart router can be found in the table below. Tellabs 8630 smart router subrack supports installation of a maximum of four ELC1 cards at up to +45 °C if the altitude is less than 1 km; in higher altitudes (above 1 km) the maximum temperature is +40 °C. All empty line card slots have to be shielded with blank cover plates. When ELC1 cards are present in Tellabs 8660 smart router R2 subrack or Tellabs 8660 smart router subrack V3.0 or V3.1, the blank cover plates with the air guide (part number 81.86B-LCBLANK-R6 “LC Blank Cover with Air Guide”) must be used. The blank cover plates will cover the front plane and guide the air flow through other cards neighboring the empty slots. The usage of this type of blank cover plates is always recommended in installations when using the more powerful fan modules. It also increases the air flow through other cards than ELC1. Number of Supported ELC1s in Different Tellabs 8660 Smart Router HW Configurations Subrack Version CDC Version Power Feed Number of ELC1s Supported 2 Tellabs 8660 smart router subrack 3.0 and 3.1 (81.86S-8660-R6 Rev. A) CDC1-A V3.1 or earlier via CDCs 6 Tellabs 8660 smart router subrack 3.0 and 3.1 (81.86S-8660-R6 Rev. A) CDC1-B V2.1 or earlier via CDCs 6 Tellabs 8660 smart router subrack 3.0 and 3.1 (81.86S-8660-R6 Rev. A) CDC1-A V4.0 or higher via CDCs 6 Tellabs 8660 smart router subrack 3.0 and 3.1 (81.86S-8660-R6 Rev. A) CDC1-B V2.5 or higher via CDCs 6 Tellabs 8660 smart router R2 subrack (82.86S-8660-R6 Rev. A) CDC1-A V3.1 or earlier via CDCs 5 Tellabs 8660 smart router R2 subrack (82.86S-8660-R6 Rev. A) CDC1-B V2.1 or earlier via CDCs 5 Tellabs 8660 smart router R2 subrack (82.86S-8660-R6 Rev. A) CDC1-A V4.0 or higher via CDCs 6 Tellabs 8660 smart router R2 subrack (82.86S-8660-R6 Rev. A) CDC1-B V2.5 or higher via CDCs 6 Tellabs 8660 smart router R2 subrack (82.86S-8660-R6 Rev. A) any via DC48 Power Input Modules (82.86P-8660-R6) 12 2 The number of supported ELC1s is valid when only ELC1s are in use in the network element. When the configuration consists of a mix of IFC1, IFC2 with different IFMs and ELC1 cards, the maximum supported configuration must be calculated on the basis of the power consumption figures for all cards and modules in the specific NE. 76.8600-40039G Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers © 2012 Tellabs. Hardware Installation Guide 119 3 Mechanical Installation Installing Line Card and CDC There is a total of 12 slots in Tellabs 8660 smart router and 4 slots in Tellabs 8630 smart router available for line cards with user traffic interfaces. The two outermost slots 1 and 14 are for CDCs. Only CDCs have a fixed location. The CDC in slot 14 is mandatory in all configurations. Equipping slot 1 with another CDC depends on protection needs; it is highly recommended, however. Install the line cards in any of the slots 2–13 in Tellabs 8660 smart router or in any of the slots 6–9 in Tellabs 8630 smart router. Protection needs, however, may require the line card to be installed in a certain slot. In a protected system a line card situated in the higher slot number is regarded as the working card, and the protecting card is installed on the left side of the working card in Tellabs 8660 smart router or in the upper slot position in Tellabs 8630 smart router. When the 1x10GBASE-R R2 IFM is equipped in the IFC2 based line card, the other IFM slot can contain one of the following IFMs: 4xSTM-1/OC-3 ATM IFM, 1xchSTM-1/chOC-3 Multiservice IFM, 24xchE1/chT1 Multiservice IFM or none. Fig. 59 Tellabs 8660 Smart Router Card Placement and Interface Numbering Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers 76.8600-40039G Hardware Installation Guide © 2012 Tellabs. 120 3 Mechanical Installation Fig. 60 Tellabs 8630 Smart Router Card Placement and Interface Numbering 76.8600-40039G Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers © 2012 Tellabs. Hardware Installation Guide 121 3 Mechanical Installation Follow the steps below when inserting cards: Step 1 Make sure the ejectors are in the open position as shown in the figure below. Step 2 Guide the card into the subrack by carefully placing it between the upper/right and lower/left guides of the selected slot in Tellabs 8630 smart router or Tellabs 8660 smart router and slide the card until it stops. The card stops sliding when the ejectors make contact with the subrack. Be careful not to damage the EMC gasket on the left/upper side of the card. Step 3 Insert the card into the back plane by depressing both ejectors simultaneously. Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers 76.8600-40039G Hardware Installation Guide © 2012 Tellabs. 122 3 Mechanical Installation Step 4 Tighten the captive screws on the upper/right and lower/left of the card. The type of the screw can be Torx TX10 or Pozidriv PZ2. First tighten both of the screws lightly and after that make the final tightening. Use an approximate torque of 0.5 Nm/.68 Lb-Ft for tightening. Excessive tightening will damage the screw. Step 5 Assemble the blank faceplates to the empty line card slots. The EMC gasket must always be on the left/upper side of the blank faceplate. Blank faceplates and IFM cover plates serve three important functions: • They prevent exposure to the voltages inside the subrack and on the other hand they protect the device from short circuits caused by a person. • They prevent electromagnetic interference (EMI). • They direct the flow of cooling air through the subrack. Do not operate the system unless all blank faceplates and IFM cover plates are in place. Be sure to tighten the captive screws. The captive screws will secure that the cards will stay properly seated in case of vibration or shake. With ELC1 cards in Tellabs 8660 smart router subracks use blank cover plates part number 81.86B-LCBLANK-R6 “LC Blank Cover with Air Guide”. 76.8600-40039G Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers © 2012 Tellabs. Hardware Installation Guide 123 3 Mechanical Installation Fig. 61 Inserting Cards into Tellabs 8660 Smart Router Subrack V3.0 and V3.1 Fig. 62 Card Locations and Slot Numbering in Tellabs 8660 Smart Router Subrack Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers 76.8600-40039G Hardware Installation Guide © 2012 Tellabs. 124 3 Mechanical Installation Fig. 63 Inserting Cards into Tellabs 8630 Smart Router Subrack Fig. 64 Card Locations and Slot Numbering in Tellabs 8630 Smart Router Subrack Removing Line Card Step 1 If the NE is running FP3.0 or higher ESW, use the "esw-shutdown slot <slot#>" CLI command and wait until the red (Local Alarm) and yellow (Remote Alarm) LEDs are blinking in the target card (for details see chapter 7.1 ESW Shutdown before Removing Card(s) or Switching NE Power off)! Step 2 Loosen the fastening screws located at the upper/right and lower/left of the line card front panel in Tellabs 8660 smart router or Tellabs 8630 smart router. The type of the screw can be Torx TX10 or Pozidriv PZ2. Step 3 Remove the line card by raising the upper/right and lower/left ejector handles simultaneously. Step 4 Carefully slide the line card out of the subrack. Step 5 Place the line card on an antistatic surface or in a bag. 76.8600-40039G Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers © 2012 Tellabs. Hardware Installation Guide 125 3 Mechanical Installation Step 6 Cover the empty slot with a blank faceplate or reinsert a line card as instructed in chapter 3.1.4 Line Card and CDC Assembly with New Captive Screws and New Ejector Levers. Fig. 65 Blank Faceplates for Line Card Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers 76.8600-40039G Hardware Installation Guide © 2012 Tellabs. 126 3 Mechanical Installation Fig. 66 Line Card Blank Cover with Air Guide Fig. 67 Removing Blank Faceplates without Ejector Levers 76.8600-40039G Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers © 2012 Tellabs. Hardware Installation Guide 127 3 Mechanical Installation Removing CDC Before starting the operation, make sure that the CDC that you want to extract is not active: Step 1 Insert a PC with a serial port terminal, for instance Hyperterminal on Windows XP, to the active CDC management port. The active CDC is indicated by the green CDC status/Master LED in the front panel. Step 2 Alternatively, you can check the active CDC with a console using the following command: router# show hw Example: UK_8630# show hw This is node 0 of type 8660 3.0 and subrack address 0. Control unit 1 is active. unit in slot 1 is part of inventory and UP AND RUNNING Step 3 If needed, switch CDC activity using the CLI command: router# protection manual-switchover In the following example card 1 is extracted and it is active; the active CDC is moved to slot 14. UK_8630# protection manual-switchover unit cdc slot 14 Step 4 Now move the console port to the active CDC. Step 5 If the NE is running FP3.0 or higher ESW, use the "esw-shutdown slot 1" CLI command and wait until the red (Local Alarm) and yellow (Remote Alarm) LEDs are blinking in the target card (for details see chapter 7.1 ESW Shutdown before Removing Card(s) or Switching NE Power off)! Now you can proceed to remove the CDC: Step 1 Switch off the power of the CDC that you are going to extract. Step 2 Remove the clock signal cable from the SCI port. Step 3 Remove the DC power cable from the CDC. Step 4 Use a Torx TX10 or Pozidriv PZ2 screwdriver to unfasten the card screws. Step 5 Turn the blue latches outbound, placed on the upper/right and the lower/left of the card, to extract the card. Step 6 Remove the CDC from the shelf. Replacing CDC Step 1 Insert the CDC into the shelf. Step 2 Turn the blue latches placed on the upper/right and lower/left of the card inbound to fix the card. Step 3 Use a Torx TX10 or Pozidriv PZ2 screwdriver to fasten the card screws. Use an approximate torque of 0.5 Nm/.68 Lb-Ft for tightening. Excessive tightening will damage the screw. Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers 76.8600-40039G Hardware Installation Guide © 2012 Tellabs. 128 3 Mechanical Installation Step 4 Insert the clock signal cable to the SCI port. Step 5 Insert the DC power cable to the CDC and fasten the screws tightly. Step 6 Switch ON the power of the CDC. After having replaced the CDC, you can optionally check that it is booting. Type the following command: UK_8630# show hw If the CDC was part of the inventory in the network element you will see: unit in slot 1 is MISSING from node but part of inventory the expected unit type is cbb2026–CDC1–A(2026) timing module has expected type cmt2228-timing active type none existing type none The new CDC will sequentially go through the following steps: unit in slot 1 is part of inventory and STARTING BOOT SEQUENCE unit in slot 1 is part of inventory and BOOTING UP unit in slot 1 is part of inventory and UP AND RUNNING Now the card is available. It will take some minutes to synchronize the NE configuration with the active CDC. This activity is indicated by the blinking CDC status/RMTalm LED. The NE will be consistent when the LED is stable. 3.1.5 IFC1 Line Card and CDC1 Assembly with Old Captive Screws and Old Ejector Levers This chapter applies for CDC1-A V4.0 or earlier, CDC1-B V4.0 or earlier (excluding CDC1-SEC-B V2.5), IFC1-A V2.1 or earlier, and IFC1-B V1.1 or earlier, their part numbers are listed below. These cards can be identified from the old caption screws and old ejector levers, see figure below. CDC1 and IFC1 HW Versions with Old Captive Screws and Old Ejector Levers Order Code Card 81.86CDC1A00000-R5 all revisions, 82.86CDC1A00000-R5 Rev. B or earlier CDC1-A V4.0 or earlier 81.86CDC1B00000-R5 Rev. A or earlier, 82.86CDC1B00000-R5 Rev. B or earlier CDC1-B V4.0 or earlier (excluding CDC1-SEC-B V2.5) 81.86IFC1A02024-R5 Rev. A or earlier IFC1-A V2.1 or earlier 81.86IFC1B02225-R5 Rev. A or earlier IFC1-B V1.1 or earlier 76.8600-40039G Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers © 2012 Tellabs. Hardware Installation Guide 129 3 Mechanical Installation Fig. 68 New (on the left) and Old (on the right) Caption Screws and Ejector Levers for Line Card and CDC If you are going to remove the CDC from Tellabs 8660 smart router/Tellabs 8630 smart router, first turn off the power switch, then detach the power cable and only after these actions, remove the CDC. Never keep the power cable connected to the CDC while it is out of its slot. Otherwise the CDC may cause bodily injury or damage to the part that it is touching. Insert the cards only after the subrack has been installed in the cabinet or rack. Before inserting cards the subrack must be properly grounded. Always use an ESD wristband connected to the grounded network element or cabinet when plugging in the cards. Within one network element only the same type (A or B) of both CDC1 and IFC1 cards is supported. IFC2-B can however be used together with any type of CDC1 and IFC1, but if the port protection features on IFC2-B are used, both interfaces in the protecting group must be IFC2-B. When a CDC card (CDC1-A or CDC1-B) is replaced by another card, the HW Major.Minor (e.g. 2.0.x) version of a new CDC card base board (CBB2026 or CBB2224) should be at least equal to the HW version of the previous card. After replacement, the HW version of the new CDC card base board is saved as an expected HW version. If the replacement CDC card base board is of an older HW version than the previous card, start permission of the replacement card is denied. In most cases it is possible to accept an older HW version in inventory by using a “hw-inventory slot X force-accept hw-version” CLI command. For more information refer to Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers Equipment Management Configuration Guide. There is a total of 12 slots in Tellabs 8660 smart router and 4 slots in Tellabs 8630 smart router available for line cards with user traffic interfaces. The two outermost slots 1 and 14 are for CDCs. Only CDCs have a fixed location. The CDC in slot 14 is mandatory in all configurations. Equipping slot 1 with another CDC depends on protection needs; it is highly recommended, however. Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers 76.8600-40039G Hardware Installation Guide © 2012 Tellabs. 130 3 Mechanical Installation Install the line cards in any of the slots 2–13 in Tellabs 8660 smart router or in any of the slots 6–9 in Tellabs 8630 smart router. Protection needs, however, may require the line card to be installed in a certain slot. In a protected system a line card situated in the higher slot number is regarded as the working card, and the protecting card is installed on the left side of the working card in Tellabs 8660 smart router or in the upper slot position in Tellabs 8630 smart router. In order to ease fully populated Tellabs 8660 smart router subrack assembly, insert first line cards to slots 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12 and tighten the captive screws and after that assemble the rest of the line cards to slots 3, 5, 7, 9, 11 and 13. Otherwise the EMC gaskets will push the line cards to the other end and will make settings of the screws more difficult. Tellabs 8660 smart router and Tellabs 8630 smart router card placement and interface numbering data is available in chapter 3.1.4 Line Card and CDC Assembly with New Captive Screws and New Ejector Levers. Follow the steps below when inserting cards: Step 1 Make sure the ejectors are in the open position as shown in the figure below. 76.8600-40039G Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers © 2012 Tellabs. Hardware Installation Guide 131 3 Mechanical Installation Step 2 Guide the card into the subrack by carefully placing it between the upper/right and lower/left guides of the selected slot in Tellabs 8660 smart router or Tellabs 8630 smart router and slide the card until it stops. The card stops sliding when the ejectors make contact with the subrack. Be careful not to damage the EMC gasket on the left/upper side of the card. Step 3 Insert the card into the back plane by depressing both ejectors simultaneously. Step 4 Tighten the captive screws on the upper/right and lower/left of the card by using a size 10 Torx key. First tighten both of the screws lightly and after that make the final tightening. Use an approximate torque of 0.5 Nm/.68 Lb-Ft for tightening. Step 5 Use a firm push to the middle of the front plate of the card to secure that the card is properly seated to the subrack. Re-tighten the caption screws. Use an approximate torque of 0.5 Nm/.68 Lb-Ft for tightening. Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers 76.8600-40039G Hardware Installation Guide © 2012 Tellabs. 132 3 Mechanical Installation Excessive tightening will damage the screw. Step 6 Assemble the blank faceplates to the empty line card slots. The EMC gasket must always be on the left/upper side of the blank faceplate. Blank faceplates and IFM cover plates serve three important functions: • They prevent exposure to the voltages inside the subrack and on the other hand they protect the device from short circuits caused by a person. • They prevent electromagnetic interference (EMI). • They direct the flow of cooling air through the subrack. Do not operate the system unless all blank faceplates and IFM cover plates are in place. It is of utmost importance that the line cards and CDCs are soundly pressed to their places and their captive screws are tightened. Failing to do so will cause a network element malfunction. 76.8600-40039G Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers © 2012 Tellabs. Hardware Installation Guide 133 3 Mechanical Installation Fig. 69 Inserting Cards into Tellabs 8660 Smart Router Subrack V3.0 and V3.1 Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers 76.8600-40039G Hardware Installation Guide © 2012 Tellabs. 134 3 Mechanical Installation Fig. 70 Card Locations and Slot Numbering in Tellabs 8660 Smart Router Subrack Fig. 71 Inserting Cards into Tellabs 8630 Smart Router Subrack 76.8600-40039G Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers © 2012 Tellabs. Hardware Installation Guide 135 3 Mechanical Installation Fig. 72 Card Locations and Slot Numbering in Tellabs 8630 Smart Router Subrack Removing Line Card Step 1 If the NE is running FP3.0 or higher ESW, use the "esw-shutdown slot <slot#>" CLI command and wait until the red (Local Alarm) and yellow (Remote Alarm) LEDs are blinking in the target card (for details see chapter 7.1 ESW Shutdown before Removing Card(s) or Switching NE Power off)! Step 2 Loosen the fastening screws located at the upper/right and lower/left of the line card front panel in Tellabs 8660 smart router or Tellabs 8630 smart router. The type of the screw can be Torx TX10 or Pozidriv PZ2. Step 3 Remove the line card by raising the upper/right and lower/left ejector handles simultaneously. Step 4 Carefully slide the line card out of the subrack. Step 5 Place the line card on an antistatic surface or in a bag. Step 6 Cover the empty slot with a blank faceplate or reinsert a line card as instructed in chapter 3.1.5 IFC1 Line Card and CDC1 Assembly with Old Captive Screws and Old Ejector Levers. Fig. 73 Blank Faceplate for CDC1 and IFC1 Line Card Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers 76.8600-40039G Hardware Installation Guide © 2012 Tellabs. 136 3 Mechanical Installation Removing CDC Before starting the operation, make sure that the CDC that you want to extract is not active: Step 1 Insert a PC with a serial port terminal, for instance Hyperterminal on Windows XP, to the active CDC management port. The active CDC is indicated by the green CDC status/Master LED in the front panel. Step 2 Alternatively, you can check the active CDC with a console using the following command: router# show hw Example: UK_8630# show hw This is node 0 of type 8660 3.0 and subrack address 0. Control unit 1 is active. unit in slot 1 is part of inventory and UP AND RUNNING Step 3 If needed, switch CDC activity using the CLI command: router# protection manual-switchover In the following example card 1 is extracted and it is active; the active CDC is moved to slot 14. UK_8630# protection manual-switchover unit cdc slot 14 Step 4 Now move the console port to the active CDC. Step 5 If the NE is running FP3.0 or higher ESW, use the "esw-shutdown slot 1" CLI command and wait until the red (Local Alarm) and yellow (Remote Alarm) LEDs are blinking in the target card (for details see chapter 7.1 ESW Shutdown before Removing Card(s) or Switching NE Power off)! Now you can proceed to remove the CDC: Step 1 Switch off the power of the CDC that you are going to extract. Step 2 Remove the clock signal cable from the SCI port. Step 3 Remove the DC power cable from the CDC. Step 4 Use a Torx TX10 or Pozidriv PZ2 screwdriver to unfasten the card screws. Step 5 Turn the blue latches outbound, placed on the upper/right and the lower/left of the card, to extract the card. Step 6 Remove the CDC from the shelf. Replacing CDC Step 1 Insert the CDC into the shelf. Step 2 Turn the blue latches placed on the upper/right and the lower/left of the card inbound to fix the card. Step 3 Use a Torx TX10 or Pozidriv PZ2 screwdriver to fasten the card screws. Use an approximate torque of 0.5 Nm/.68 Lb-Ft for tightening. Excessive tightening will damage the screw. 76.8600-40039G Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers © 2012 Tellabs. Hardware Installation Guide 137 3 Mechanical Installation Step 4 Insert the clock signal cable to the SCI port. Step 5 Insert the DC power cable to the CDC and fasten the screws tightly. Step 6 Switch ON the power of the CDC. After having replaced the CDC, you can optionally check that it is booting. Type the following command: UK_8630# show hw If the CDC was part of the inventory in the network element you will see: unit in slot 1 is MISSING from node but part of inventory the expected unit type is cbb2026–CDC1–A(2026) timing module has expected type cmt2228-timing active type none existing type none The new CDC will sequentially go through the following steps: unit in slot 1 is part of inventory and STARTING BOOT SEQUENCE unit in slot 1 is part of inventory and BOOTING UP unit in slot 1 is part of inventory and UP AND RUNNING Now the card is available. It will take some minutes to synchronize the NE configuration with the active CDC. This activity is indicated by the blinking CDC status/RMTalm LED. The NE will be consistent when the LED is stable. 3.1.6 Inserting Pluggable Transceivers SFP is static electricity-sensitive. Use an ESD wristband connected to the grounded network element or cabinet when handling the SFP. SFP is also dust-sensitive. Keep the protective cap on when not in use. Insert the SFPs only after the NE is installed in the cabinet or rack. Before inserting SFPs the NE must be properly grounded. To avoid eye injury do not look at an operating SFP connector. The SFP installation procedure is the same for all Tellabs 8600 network elements and for all interfaces. Step 1 First identify the following parts on the SFP: • Contacts in the SFP circuit board • Cable connectors in front. The cable connectors are protected with a dust cover • Locking mechanism Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers 76.8600-40039G Hardware Installation Guide © 2012 Tellabs. 138 3 Mechanical Installation Step 2 Hold the SFP so that the contacts in the SFP circuit board are visible on the upper side (Tellabs 8620 smart router) or on the right/lower side (Tellabs 8660 smart router/Tellabs 8630 smart router) and the cable connector with the protective cap and locking mechanism are towards you. Fig. 74 Inserting SFP Step 3 Insert the SFP into the socket in the interface. The SFP should slide smoothly into the interface. If the SFP does not slide smoothly, check that the orientation is correct. Do not force the SFP into the socket. The retaining clip can be in open or closed position during insertion. If it is closed, the SFP should click in its place. Step 4 Verify that the retaining clip is in the closed position. Make sure the SFP is correctly seated by pulling it gently. The SFP should not come loose without releasing the locking. Step 5 An empty SFP slot may be furnished with an optional SFP plug (160.0637). The SFP module installed for each interface is automatically detected by the interface. Information about the SFP can be verified by using the following CLI command: router# show hw-inventory details For more information about SFPs and laser safety, refer to chapters 1.11 Pluggable Transceivers and 2 Prerequisites. Removing SFP You can replace the SFP without disabling the interfaces or removing the line card. The power can either be on or off. Step 1 Disconnect the cables from the SFP on the interface. Furnish the cable connectors with a protective cap. Depending on the model, furnish the SFP with a protective cap before or after releasing the locking. Step 2 Release the SFP locking and pull it out of the slot. Do not force the SFP out of the socket. Step 3 Place the SFP on an antistatic surface or bag. Step 4 An empty SFP slot may be furnished with an optional SFP plug (160.0637). 76.8600-40039G Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers © 2012 Tellabs. Hardware Installation Guide 139 3 Mechanical Installation Fig. 75 SFP Plug 3.2 Tellabs 8620 Smart Router Installation To comply with the EMC requirements, install Tellabs 8620 smart router to a cabinet or a rack. Use the NE only at locations which fulfill class 1 or class 2 of the ETSI TR 101 651 properties. Connect the NE to the cabinet grounding bar with a separate grounding cable included in the delivery. 3.2.1 Installation in a Cabinet or Rack Install the Tellabs 8620 smart router in a rack using the two side adapters. The side adapters are provided with several mounting points to allow horizontal installation adjustment. In order to prevent the network element from overheating make sure that • adequate cooling and ventilation openings are provided in case of an enclosed cabinet, • there is sufficiently free space around both the air intake and the outgoing air openings of Tellabs 8620 smart router, • the cabling does not block the free airflow of Tellabs 8620 smart router, • other equipments do not blow their outgoing air to the air intake opening of Tellabs 8620 smart router. Step 1 Mount the cage nuts to the correct points in the rack. Use the side adapters to determine the points for the cage nuts. Step 2 Mount the side adapters to Tellabs 8620 smart router so that you leave at least 80–90 mm/3.15–3.54 in free space for cabling in front. Step 3 Connect the lug end of the ground wire to the grounding point of the network element enclosure. • You can use any of the NE side adapter mounting screws or the grounding point provided in the backside as a grounding point. • Insert a star washer under the mounting screw to ensure electrical continuity. • Mark the grounding point with a grounding sticker included in the NE installation acces- sories. Step 4 Lift the enclosure to its place and fasten it using the M6x15 screws. Step 5 Connect the ground wire to the rack grounding bar. Adequate clearance must be provided on both sides of Tellabs 8620 smart router for ambient airflow to ensure normal operation. Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers 76.8600-40039G Hardware Installation Guide © 2012 Tellabs. 140 3 Mechanical Installation Make sure that the ambient temperature meets the operating conditions to prevent elevated temperatures. This is important especially when the NE is installed in an enclosed cabinet. Fig. 76 Hot Surface Warning Tellabs 8620 smart router can be used at up to +65° C/+149° F ambient temperature, in which case the temperature of the enclosure will be high too. A marking required by safety standard [IEC60950-1] for surfaces exceeding +70° C/+158° F is attached to such equipment that may exceed this limit. Tellabs 8620 smart router must be installed in a location which is accessible only to service personnel or specially trained users (restricted access location as defined in [IEC60950-1]). It must be ensured that unauthorized persons cannot access the installation. The table below lists the installation accessories supplied with Tellabs 8620 smart router. Installation Accessories Item Quantity Side adapter for 19” installation 2 M6x15 mounting screw 4 M6 cage nut 4 M6.5 plastic washer 4 M4 star washer, DIN 6798A 1 Grounding cable (Ring Terminal - Open, 1.0 m) 1 Grounding sticker 1 3.2.2 Interface Module Installation Tellabs 8620 smart router is delivered with the interface modules that are already installed in their places. If you are going to remove the power input module from Tellabs 8620 smart router, first turn off the power switch, then detach the power cable and only after these actions, remove the power module. Never keep the power cable connected to the power module while it is out of its slot. Otherwise the power module may cause bodily injury or damage to the part that it is touching. 76.8600-40039G Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers © 2012 Tellabs. Hardware Installation Guide 141 3 Mechanical Installation TELLABS WARRANTY SHALL BE VOID, AND TELLABS SHALL HAVE NO WARRANTY OR OTHER LIABILITY FOR DAMAGES OF ANY KIND, FOR TELLABS HARDWARE OR SOFTWARE THAT HAS NOT BEEN HANDLED, INSTALLED OR OPERATED IN ACCORDANCE WITH TELLABS´ SPECIFICATIONS AND OPERATING PROCEDURES. IF THE HARDWARE OR SOFTWARE HAS BEEN REPAIRED, MODIFIED OR REPLACED OTHER THAN BY TELLABS, THE WARRANTY OF THE PRODUCT, AND OF ALL OTHER EQUIPMENT CONTAINED IN THE SYSTEM INTO WHICH THE PRODUCT IS INSTALLED, ARE VOID. The IFM may not be removed, replaced, or a new IFM added, by any party other than Tellabs. There may be emergency situations or critical, exceptional circumstances in which the user or owner of the system decides, however, to remove, replace or add an IFM itself or by another party than Tellabs. The below specified instructions are provided for such exceptional cases and circumstances and for informative purposes only. The decision to perform any of these tasks and performance thereof shall constitute agreement of the warranty becoming null as set forth above. Tellabs 8620 smart router must be disconnected from the mains supply before removing the cover as high voltages are present inside the case. Make sure you are using an ESD wrist strap. Try to avoid touching the components on the printed circuit boards. The IFM slots in Tellabs 8620 smart router are identified by slot numbers M0 and M1 according to the front view shown in the figure below. Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers 76.8600-40039G Hardware Installation Guide © 2012 Tellabs. 142 3 Mechanical Installation Fig. 77 Tellabs 8620 Smart Router IFM Slot and Interface Numbering Removal of Tellabs 8620 smart router from the cabinet or rack is not required when adding or replacing an IFM. Step 1 Disconnect the power cable in the back of the NE in case it is connected. Step 2 Remove the fan module cover plate. Step 3 Remove the seven assembly screws from the front panel and the D-9 connector captive screws. Step 4 Remove the two D-9 connector fixing screws and the two nuts and washers from the Timing Module if it exists. Step 5 Remove the front panel. Step 6 Extract the air filter framework in the left side of the fan module. 76.8600-40039G Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers © 2012 Tellabs. Hardware Installation Guide 143 3 Mechanical Installation Step 7 Pull the baseboard assembly out of the enclosure and place it on an antistatic surface. Fig. 78 Extracting Tellabs 8620 Smart Router Assembly Fig. 79 Cover Removed Step 8 Remove possible covers from the empty slots. Store the covers for possible future use. Fig. 80 IFM Removed Step 9 Mount the new IFM to the baseboard. • Make sure all the connector pins on the baseboard are upright and in a straight line. • Keep the IFM horizontally in relation to Tellabs 8620 smart router. Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers 76.8600-40039G Hardware Installation Guide © 2012 Tellabs. 144 3 Mechanical Installation • Align the three board-to-board connectors in the baseboard and IFM opposite each other and carefully press them together. The connectors are best viewed from the back or right side of Tellabs 8620 smart router. Be careful not to bend any connector pins. • The screw holes on the top surface of the IFM should now be opposite the baseboard and enclosure screw holes. • Secure the seven fastening screws (M2.5x6). Be careful not to apply too much force. First tighten all the screws lightly and after that make the final tightening. Fig. 81 Inserting IFM Step 10 Make sure the possible empty IFM slots are covered with blank cover plates. Do not operate Tellabs 8620 smart router without the IFM slot cover plates. Step 11 Slide the baseboard assembly inside the enclosure. • Align the edges in each corner of the baseboard frame to the ducts in the Tellabs 8620 smart router housing. • Make sure the edge in the middle of the frame slides in between all three clamps in the housing. Step 12 Reinstall the air filter framework. The grid must be facing towards the fans. Step 13 Reinstall the front panel and the seven assembly screws. Step 14 Reinstall the D-9 connector captive screws. Step 15 Reinstall the two nuts and washers and the two D-9 connector fixing screws of the Timing Module if it exists. Step 16 Reinstall the fan module cover plate. 76.8600-40039G Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers © 2012 Tellabs. Hardware Installation Guide 145 3 Mechanical Installation 3.3 Tellabs 8605 Smart Router, Tellabs 8607 Smart Router, Tellabs 8609 Smart Router and Tellabs 8611 Smart Router Installation These instructions apply to Tellabs 8605 smart router, Tellabs 8607 smart router, Tellabs 8609 smart router and Tellabs 8611 smart router network elements. Tellabs 8611 smart router is shipped with a plate held in place with screws which covers the front of the enclosure to strengthen and prevent damage during shipment. Remove the screws and discard the shipping plate after mounting the switch before modules are installed. Fig. 82 Tellabs 8611 Smart Router Shipped with Shipping Plate 3.3.1 Installation in Cabinet Install the network element in a rack using two side adapters. The side adapters are provided with two mounting points to allow horizontal installation adjustment. In order to prevent the network element from overheating make sure that • Adequate cooling and ventilation openings are provided in case of an enclosed cabinet. • There is sufficiently free space around the network element, on all sides and for Tellabs 8605 smart router also on the top. • Cabling does not block the free airflow of the network element. • Other equipment do not blow their outgoing air to the openings of the network element. The DC variants of Tellabs 8605 smart router, Tellabs 8607 smart router, Tellabs 8609 smart router and Tellabs 8611 smart router can be used at ambient temperature range from -40°C to +65°C (-40°F to +149°F). When the equipment is started up, the ambient temperature shall be -20°C (-4°F) or warmer. The operational temperature range of the whole Tellabs 8607 smart router, Tellabs 8609 smart router and Tellabs 8611 smart router is determined on the narrowest operating temperature of the line modules used. For Tellabs 8605 smart router there are also limitations in the installations in high temperatures. When the Tellabs 8605 smart router enclosure is installed into the rack and the ambient is over +45°C (113°F), there has to be approximately 1U (=44.45 mm) free space below and above the enclosure to maintain adequate cooling of the equipment. Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers 76.8600-40039G Hardware Installation Guide © 2012 Tellabs. 146 3 Mechanical Installation Do not cover the ventilation holes on the left/right side nor on top of the enclosure. For Tellabs 8605 smart router, in the installations ambient below +45°C (113°F) leave approximately 10 mm/0.40 in free space above the top perforation for the cooling air. Step 1 Mount the cage nuts to the correct points in the rack. Use the side adapters to determine the points for the cage nuts. Step 2 Mount the side adapters to the network element using a size 10 Torx key. At least 80–90 mm/3.0–3.5 in free space must be provided for cabling in the front side of the enclosure. • Mount the 19” to 23” extension adapters (available as a separate option) to the 19” adapters if you are installing the network element to a 23” rack. Fig. 83 Tellabs 8607 Smart Router with 23” Extension Adapters Installed Step 3 Connect the lug end of the ground wire to the grounding point of the network element enclosure. The grounding point is situated on the left side of the enclosure. Step 4 Lift the enclosure to its place and fasten it using the M6x15 screws. Step 5 Connect the ground wire to the rack grounding bar. Fig. 84 Tellabs 8605 Smart Router and Tellabs 8607 Smart Router with Side Adapter Installed and Grounding Point 76.8600-40039G Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers © 2012 Tellabs. Hardware Installation Guide 147 3 Mechanical Installation Fig. 85 Tellabs 8611 Smart Router with Side Adapter Installed and Grounding Point The table below shows the installation accessories that are included in the delivery. Installation Accessories Item Quantity Side adapter for 19” installation 2 M3x6 mounting screw, Torx 8 M6x15 mounting screw 4 M6 cage nut 4 M6.5 plastic washer 4 M4 star washer, DIN 6798A 1 Grounding cable (Ring Terminal – Open, 1.0 m) 1 Mounting screw for grounding cable, M5x12 2 Grounding sticker 1 Locking latch for AC power cable (AC power model only) 1 Make sure that the ambient temperature meets the operating conditions to prevent elevated temperatures. This is important especially when the NE is installed in an enclosed cabinet. Adequate clearance must be provided around the ventilation openings of the network element for ambient airflow to ensure normal operation. Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers 76.8600-40039G Hardware Installation Guide © 2012 Tellabs. 148 3 Mechanical Installation Fig. 86 Hot Surface Warning Tellabs 8605 smart router Tellabs 8607 smart router, Tellabs 8609 smart router and Tellabs 8611 smart router can be used at up to +65°C/+149°F ambient temperature (except the Tellabs 8605 smart router AC-powered variants), in which case the temperature of the enclosure will be high too. A marking required by safety standard [IEC60950-1] for surfaces exceeding +70°C/+158°F is attached to such equipment that may exceed this limit. Tellabs 8605 smart router, Tellabs 8607 smart router, Tellabs 8609 smart router and Tellabs 8611 smart router must be installed in a location which is accessible only to service personnel or specially trained users (restricted access location as defined in [IEC60950-1]). It must be ensured that unauthorized persons cannot access the installation. 3.3.2 Installation on Wall Tellabs 8605 smart router and Tellabs 8607 smart router can be installed also on the wall. You can use the regular set of installation accessories. The installation requirements are as in the rack installation. See chapter 3.3.1 Installation in Cabinet for more information on the installation accessories and installation requirements. The two side adapters must be mounted next to the front panel. Install the network element on the wall facing to the right to maintain adequate cooling. Do not cover the ventilation holes on the left/right side nor on top of the enclosure. 76.8600-40039G Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers © 2012 Tellabs. Hardware Installation Guide 149 3 Mechanical Installation Fig. 87 Tellabs 8605 Smart Router Installed on Wall 3.3.3 Tellabs 8605 Smart Router Interface Numbering The following figure presents Tellabs 8605 smart router interface numbering. It also shows the legal module positions for the supported modules. Fig. 88 Tellabs 8605 Smart Router IF Numbering Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers 76.8600-40039G Hardware Installation Guide © 2012 Tellabs. 150 3 Mechanical Installation 3.3.4 Tellabs 8607 Smart Router Power Module Installation If you are going to remove the power module from Tellabs 8607 smart router, detach the power cable and only after these actions, remove the power module. Never keep the power cable connected to the power module while it is out of its slot. Otherwise the power module may cause bodily injury or damage to the part that it is touching. Make sure that the power supply cable is not connected when installing the power module. The same installation procedure applies for the power modules as for the line module installation. In Tellabs 8607 smart router the lower module is the working one and the upper is the protecting one. In case the NE will not be redundant, install the only DC power module to the lower slot. Fig. 89 Inserting Power Module in Tellabs 8607 Smart Router 76.8600-40039G Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers © 2012 Tellabs. Hardware Installation Guide 151 3 Mechanical Installation 3.3.5 Tellabs ® 8607 Smart Router Fan Module Installation The fan module must be installed to ensure a proper cooling of Tellabs 8607 smart router. Terminology: • A fan module is a module consisting of two or more fans, the mechanics and possibly the control electronics. • A fan is one fan in a fan module. Time to change fan module Single fan failure Less than 72 hours More than one fan failure Within three hours Step 1 Open the fastening screw from the filter framework cover plate on the left side of the Tellabs 8607 smart router front panel using a size 1 Pozidriv or #2 Phillips. Step 2 Remove the filter framework by pulling it from the fastening screw in the front plate. Step 3 Install the fan framework by sliding it to its place. Push the PCB framework of the fan module all the way to the bottom so that the power connectors are firmly pressed together. Do not push the fan itself. Step 4 Install the filter framework by sliding it to its place with the grid facing the fans. Step 5 Tighten the filter framework fastening screw. Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers 76.8600-40039G Hardware Installation Guide © 2012 Tellabs. 152 3 Mechanical Installation Fig. 90 Installing Fan Module in Tellabs 8607 Smart Router 3.3.6 Tellabs ® 8607 Smart Router Line Module Installation Tellabs 8607 smart router must be disconnected from the mains supply before installing the line modules. Make sure you are using an ESD wrist strap. Try to avoid touching the components on the printed circuit boards. The operational temperature range of the whole Tellabs 8607 smart router is determined on the narrowest operating temperature of the line modules and high speed modules used. The LM slots in Tellabs 8607 smart router are identified by slot numbers M0–3 according to the front view shown in the figure below. 76.8600-40039G Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers © 2012 Tellabs. Hardware Installation Guide 153 3 Mechanical Installation Fig. 91 Tellabs 8607 Smart Router LM Slot and Interface Numbering All empty line module and power module slots must be covered with blank cover plates. The test interface of 2xADSL LM is disabled and only for Tellabs internal use! Line Module Equipping Recommendation Principles Supported by Tellabs 8607 Smart Router Line Module Type Maximum Number Limitations 4xSHDSL 3 None 2xADSL 1 Can be used only in slot M0. 8x10/100BASE-TX 1 None 8xchE1/chT1 2 None Empty 3 None 2xADSL LM can be used only in slot M0 in Tellabs 8607 smart router! In 2xADSL LM both the DSL1 and DSL2 lines are available in the same connector. Step 1 Make sure that the power supply cable is not connected and that the network element is properly grounded. Step 2 Guide the line module into the enclosure by carefully placing it between the left and right guides of the selected slot and slide the card until it stops. Step 3 Press the line module to the bottom until the line module faceplate is level with the enclosure. Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers 76.8600-40039G Hardware Installation Guide © 2012 Tellabs. 154 3 Mechanical Installation Step 4 Tighten the captive screws on the left and right of the line module by using a size 1 Pozidriv or #2 Phillips key. First tighten both of the screws lightly and after that make the final tightening. Use an approximate torque of 0.5 Nm/.68 Lb-Ft for tightening. Excessive tightening will damage the screw. Step 5 Cover all the empty slots with a blank faceplate. Fig. 92 Inserting Line Module in Tellabs 8607 Smart Router 3.3.7 Tellabs 8609 Smart Router and Tellabs 8611 Smart Router Power Module Installation If you are going to remove the power module from Tellabs 8609 smart router and Tellabs 8611 smart router, detach the power cable and only after these actions, remove the power module. Never keep the power cable connected to the power module while it is out of its slot. Otherwise the power module may cause bodily injury or damage to the part that it is touching. Make sure that the power supply cable is not connected when installing the power module. In the installation of Tellabs 8609 smart router and Tellabs 8611 smart router, the power wires must be twisted (e.g. 16 rounds per meter). Untwisted DC power wiring is not allowed! The Tellabs 8609 smart router and Tellabs 8611 smart router supported power modules are: 76.8600-40039G Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers © 2012 Tellabs. Hardware Installation Guide 155 3 Mechanical Installation • DC power module (support for both -48 Vdc and +24 Vdc nominal input voltages): The NE provides a slot for a single dual input DC power module. If redundant power feeding is required, it is achieved by connecting two independent power feeds to the A input and B input of the power module. • DC48 power module (support for -48 Vdc nominal input voltage): The NE provides two slots for a dual half-height DC48 power module. If fully redundant power feeding is required, it is achieved by installing a DC48 power module in both slots, however, a single supply can be used if redundancy is not required. Step 1 Make sure that the power supply cable is not connected and that the network element is properly grounded. Step 2 Guide the power module into the enclosure by carefully placing it between the left and right guides of the selected slot and slide the card until it stops. Make sure to keep the power module level during insertion. If any abnormal resistance is felt during insertion, pull back the module and restart the insertion. Step 3 Press the power module to the bottom until the power module faceplate is level with the enclosure. Step 4 Secure connector with screws after plugging it in to the power module. Step 5 Tighten the captive screws on the left and right of the power module by using a size 1 Pozidriv or #2 Phillips key. First tighten both of the screws lightly and after that make the final tightening. Use an approximate torque of 0.5 Nm/.68 Lb-Ft for tightening. Excessive tightening will damage the screw. Step 6 Cover all the empty slots with a blank cover plate. Fig. 93 Inserting DC Power Module in Tellabs 8609 Smart Router Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers 76.8600-40039G Hardware Installation Guide © 2012 Tellabs. 156 3 Mechanical Installation Fig. 94 Inserting DC48 Power Modules in Tellabs 8611 Smart Router 3.3.8 Tellabs ® 8609 Smart Router Fan Module Installation The fan module must be installed to ensure a proper cooling of Tellabs 8609 smart router. Terminology: • A fan module is a module consisting of two or more fans, the mechanics and possibly the control electronics. • A fan is one fan in a fan module. Time to change fan module Fan failure Replace within three hours Step 1 Open the fastening screw from the filter framework cover plate on the left side of the Tellabs 8609 smart router front panel using a size 1 Pozidriv or #2 Phillips. Step 2 Remove the filter framework by pulling it from the fastening screw in the front plate. Step 3 Install the fan framework by sliding it to its proper orientation, that is, with the Printed Circuit Board to the Right when the fan module is inserted. Also ensure that the fan module is inserted so that the fans are to the right of the metal guide that the filter framework slides into. Push the PCB framework of the fan module all the way to the bottom so that the power connectors are firmly pressed together. Do not exert more than finger tip pressure to get the fan module properly installed. If the fan module resists insertion, remove it and make sure it is properly aligned and the backplane pins are not bent. The fan module has a guide pin that will properly align the fan module to the connector if the fan module is properly inserted in the slot. Step 4 Install the filter framework by sliding it to its place with the grid facing the fans. Step 5 Tighten the filter framework fastening screw. 76.8600-40039G Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers © 2012 Tellabs. Hardware Installation Guide 157 3 Mechanical Installation Fig. 95 Installing Fan Module in Tellabs 8609 Smart Router Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers 76.8600-40039G Hardware Installation Guide © 2012 Tellabs. 158 3 Mechanical Installation 3.3.9 Tellabs ® 8611 Smart Router Fan Module Installation The fan module must be installed to ensure a proper cooling of Tellabs 8611 smart router. Terminology: • A fan module is a module consisting of two or more fans, the mechanics and possibly the control electronics. • A fan is one fan in a fan module. Time to change fan module Fan failure Replace within three hours Step 1 Open the fastening screw from the filter framework cover plate on the left side of the Tellabs 8611 smart router front panel using a size 1 Pozidriv or #2 Phillips. Step 2 Remove the filter framework by pulling it from the fastening screw in the front plate. Step 3 Install the fan framework by sliding it to its proper orientation, that is, with the printed circuit board to the right when the fan module is inserted. Also ensure that the fan module is inserted so that the fans are to the right of the metal guide that the filter framework slides into. Push the PCB framework of the fan module all the way to the bottom so that the power connectors are firmly pressed together. Do not exert more than finger tip pressure to get the fan module properly installed. If the fan module resists insertion, remove it and make sure it is properly aligned and the backplane pins are not bent. The fan module has a guide pin that will properly align the fan module to the connector if the fan module is properly inserted in the slot. Step 4 Install the filter framework by sliding it to its place with the grid facing the fans. Step 5 Tighten the filter framework fastening screw. 76.8600-40039G Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers © 2012 Tellabs. Hardware Installation Guide 159 3 Mechanical Installation Fig. 96 Installing Fan Module in Tellabs 8611 Smart Router Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers 76.8600-40039G Hardware Installation Guide © 2012 Tellabs. 160 3 Mechanical Installation 3.3.10 Tellabs 8611 Smart Router SCM Installation Tellabs 8611 smart router should have power removed before initially installing the SCM modules. Make sure you are using an ESD wrist strap. Try to avoid touching the components on the printed circuit boards. If only one SCM is to be used, it shall be installed in slot 2. When an SCM module is replaced by another module, the HW Major.Minor (e.g. 2.0.x) version of the new SCM module (SCM2265) should be at least equal to the HW version of the previous module. After replacement, the HW version of the new SCM module is saved as an expected HW version. If the replacement SCM module is of an older HW version than the previous card, the start permission of the replacement module is denied. In most cases it is possible to accept an older HW version in the inventory by using a “hw-inventory slot X force-accept hw-version” CLI command. In the Tellabs 8611 smart router, the Switching and Control Module (SCM) slots are located in the middle row of the enclosure, and the SCM slots are identified by slot numbers SCM1–2 according to the front view shown in Fig. 98. Step 1 Verify power is not applied and the network element is properly grounded. Step 2 Guide the SCM into the enclosure by carefully placing it into the card guides of the selected slot and push it in until the module contacts the enclosure backplane connector. Step 3 Press the SCM into the enclosure backplane connector until the faceplate is level with the enclosure. Step 4 Tighten the captive screws on the left and right of the high speed module by using a size 1 Pozidriv or #2 Phillips key. First tighten both of the screws lightly and after that make the final tightening. Use an approximate torque of 0.5 Nm/.68 Lb-Ft for tightening. Excessive tightening will damage the screw. Step 5 Repeat the above steps for the other SCM. If only one SCM is to be used, then install a blank cover plate in slot 1. 76.8600-40039G Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers © 2012 Tellabs. Hardware Installation Guide 161 3 Mechanical Installation Fig. 97 Installing Tellabs 8611 Smart Router SCM 3.3.11 Tellabs 8609 Smart Router and Tellabs 8611 Smart Router Physical Line Module Installation Tellabs 8609 smart router and Tellabs 8611 smart router should have power removed before installing the line modules and high speed modules. Make sure you are using an ESD wrist strap. Try to avoid touching the components on the printed circuit boards. The operational temperature range of the whole Tellabs 8609 smart router and Tellabs 8611 smart router is determined on the narrowest operating temperature of the line modules and high speed modules used. In the Tellabs 8611 smart router, the High Speed Module (HM) slots are located in the top row, the Switching and Control Module (SCM) slots are located in the middle row and the Line Module (LM) slots in the bottom row of the enclosure. The HM slots are identified by slot numbers M4–6, the LM slots by slot numbers M0–3, and the SCM slots by slot numbers SCM1–2 according to the front view shown in the figure below. Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers 76.8600-40039G Hardware Installation Guide © 2012 Tellabs. 162 3 Mechanical Installation Fig. 98 Tellabs 8611 Smart Router HM, SCM and LM Slot and Interface Numbering In Tellabs 8609 smart router, the fixed GE interfaces on the left side belong to the logical LM module slots 0..2. The two right-most pluggable line module (LM) slots are numbered 3..4. The LM slots in Tellabs 8609 smart router are identified by slot numbers M0–4 according to the front view shown in the figure below. Fig. 99 Tellabs 8609 Smart Router LM Slot and Interface Numbering All empty physical line module and power module slots must be covered with blank cover plates. 76.8600-40039G Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers © 2012 Tellabs. Hardware Installation Guide 163 3 Mechanical Installation High Speed Module Installation Step 1 Verify power is not applied and the network element is properly grounded. Step 2 Guide the high speed module into the enclosure by carefully placing it into the card guides of the selected slot and push it in until the module contacts the enclosure backplane connector. Step 3 Press the high speed module into the enclosure backplane connector until the high speed module faceplate is level with the enclosure. Step 4 Tighten the captive screws on the left and right of the high speed module by using a size 1 Pozidriv or #2 Phillips key. First tighten both of the screws lightly and after that make the final tightening. Use an approximate torque of 0.5 Nm/.68 Lb-Ft for tightening. Excessive tightening will damage the screw. Step 5 Cover all the empty slots with a blank cover plate. Fig. 100 Inserting High Speed Module in Tellabs 8611 Smart Router Line Module Installation Step 1 Verify power is not applied and that the network element is properly grounded. Step 2 Guide the line module into the enclosure by carefully placing it between the left and right guides of the selected slot and slide the card until it stops. Step 3 Press the line module to the bottom until the line module face plate is level with the enclosure. Step 4 Tighten the captive screws on the left and right of the line module by using a size 1 Pozidriv or #2 Phillips key. First tighten both of the screws lightly and after that make the final tightening. Use an approximate torque of 0.5 Nm/.68 Lb-Ft for tightening. Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers 76.8600-40039G Hardware Installation Guide © 2012 Tellabs. 164 3 Mechanical Installation Excessive tightening will damage the screw. Step 5 Cover all the empty slots with a blank cover plate. 76.8600-40039G Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers © 2012 Tellabs. Hardware Installation Guide 165 4 Grounding 4 Grounding Grounding of Tellabs 8600 network elements shall be done according to the international and/or local installation standards, regulations and recommendations, e.g. Tellabs equipment shall be grounded like telecommunications equipment generally. Complete the following procedure before connecting power cables or switching the power of the network element on. Tellabs 8660 smart router R2 subrack uses the 16 mm 2 grounding cable (starting June 2012), all other Tellabs 8600 network elements use the 6 mm 2 grounding cable. There are two options available for the connector of the grounding cable; 1-hole terminal ring or 2-hole terminal lug. A one-meter grounding cable with a 1-hole terminal ring is delivered with the equipment by default. The grounding cable with the 2-hole terminal must be ordered separately. The order code for the 6 mm 2 grounding cable with 2-hole terminal is PS402838117426A and for the 16 mm 2 grounding cable with 2-hole terminal PS402838117530A. The grounding cable attachment screw is of size M5. Fig. 101 2-Hole Terminal Lug and 1-Hole Terminal Ring Ground each Tellabs 8600 network element individually with a green/yellow grounding cable. The grounding of the network elements must be done in a star-like fashion. Do not connect the network elements together in a chain. The leads should be as short as possible with as few connection points as possible. Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers 76.8600-40039G Hardware Installation Guide © 2012 Tellabs. 166 4 Grounding Ground also all the accessories of the cabinet/rack (doors, side/top/bottom plates, shielded connector panels etc.). Possible cable shields must be grounded in every cabinet/rack. Ensure proper contact. Make sure there is no dirt or paint in the connection points. Step 1 Connect the lug end of the ground wire to the grounding point of the network element subrack/enclosure. Insert a star washer under the mounting screw to ensure electrical continuity. You can use the grounding points as follows: Tellabs 8660 smart router, subrack V3.1 and older • both sides, side adapter screws • right side, two-hole grounding point (1-hole terminal ring can be mounted to either screw at this point as well) Tellabs 8660 smart router, R2 subrack • left side, two-hole grounding point (1-hole terminal ring can be mounted to either screw at this point as well) Tellabs 8630 smart router and Tellabs 8620 smart router • both sides, side adapter screws • back, two-hole grounding point (1-hole terminal ring can be mounted to either screw at this point as well) Tellabs 8605 smart router, Tellabs 8607 smart router, Tellabs 8609 smart router and Tellabs 8611 smart router • left side, two-hole grounding point (1-hole terminal ring can be mounted to either screw at this point as well) Step 2 Mark the grounding point with a grounding sticker included in the NE installation accessories. Step 3 Cut the cable as short as possible. Use a stripping tool to remove around 15 mm of cable sheath at the other end. Step 4 Connect the grounding cable to the cabinet/rack grounding bar. Route the cable via the shortest path so that it runs close to the metalwork of the cabinet/rack, preferably vertically. 76.8600-40039G Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers © 2012 Tellabs. Hardware Installation Guide 167 4 Grounding Step 5 Connect each cabinet/rack grounding bar individually to the appropriate common ground bar. (The connection is often done with at least 16 mm 2 copper wire with green-yellow insulation.) Fig. 102 Tellabs 8600 Grounding Fig. 103 Grounding Sticker Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers 76.8600-40039G Hardware Installation Guide © 2012 Tellabs. 168 4 Grounding 4.1 Grounding FTP Cabling In case the entire transmission line must be shielded, the cable shields of each line must be grounded in every distributor. Careful cable handling during installation and proper termination of the shields to the connectors together with connecting the cable shield to the building ground are a prerequisite for adequate EMC properties. Connect the cable shields to the grounding of the building, complying with the following principles: • The cable shield must be constant from NE to NE throughout the entire transmission line. The shield must be terminated to a shielded connector at both ends of each cable. There may not be any openings whatsoever in the cable shield. • The cable shield must make a 360° contact to the body of a shielded connector. Terminating only the ground wire does not provide sufficient protection. • Every patch panel must be grounded. • The connector shields must have a reliable contact to a patch panel and the panel in turn to the installation frame. Cable shield connector body patch panel installation frame telesite grounding bar. Use a 6 mm 2 grounding cable within the installation frame. The best result is achieved in a telesite with 5-conductor (TN-S) power system where the grounding can be connected to the closest group distribution board. Otherwise grounding to the group distribution board should be avoided and the connection should be made straight to the main distribution board. 76.8600-40039G Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers © 2012 Tellabs. Hardware Installation Guide 169 5 Power Installation 5 Power Installation 5.1 DC Power Installation 5.1.1 Tellabs 8660 Smart Router and Tellabs 8630 Smart Router Connect the cabinet/rack and the network element to protective earthing before connecting the power! It is recommended to use a single multi-conductor cable for all power supply purposes. When running the cables, check, if possible, that they are on a different side of the cable conduit than the electrical data cables. The power feed architecture is realized by distributing -48 Vdc to each line card via the Tellabs 8660 smart router and Tellabs 8630 smart router backplane. CDC provides an input interface for the -48 Vdc and feeds the voltage to the backplane. Each line card has its own embedded dc/dc converter on the IFC and ELC1 to create all voltages needed by the card. CDC has its own dc/dc converter and also a converter for powering the fan modules, if needed. CDC provides polarity protection, overcurrent protection, transient overvoltage protection and EMI filtering as well as hold-up time. The DC48 Power Input Module (PIM) can be used in Tellabs 8660 smart router R2 as an alternative input interface for the -48 Vdc in the Tellabs 8660 smart router R2 subrack. The PIM provides polarity protection, overcurrent protection, transient overvoltage protection and EMI filtering as well as hold-up time. The overcurrent protection is realized with an integrated circuit breaker in CDC. It switches the battery negative line to OFF in case of overcurrent. To reactivate the tripped circuit breaker, turn the power switch on again. The power switch shield prevents accidental switch-off. When PIMs are used in the Tellabs 8660 smart router R2, the fuses are located inside the PIM. External circuit breakers are to be used in the feeding end of the power cable. Although CDC and PIM provide the overcurrent protection functionality, it is advisable to furnish the dc input cable with a circuit breaker. This circuit breaker must be in the power feeding end of the cable to protect the cable. The circuit breaker must be dimensioned according to the local installation standards or regulations, e.g. to be in accordance with the cross-sectional area of the power cable conductors for CDC or PIM. The ambient temperature of the installation environment and other installation factors (e.g. other cables in vicinity, air circulation) must be taken into account in dimensioning of the circuit breaker. If fuses are used, the dimensioning guidelines may vary. The figure below illustrates the general cabling principle. In this example it is assumed that there are two CDCs in one network element (Tellabs 8660 smart router). The same principles can be used for Tellabs 8630 smart router and for Tellabs 8660 smart router R2 with PIMs. Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers 76.8600-40039G Hardware Installation Guide © 2012 Tellabs. 170 5 Power Installation Fig. 104 General DC Cabling of Redundant Tellabs 8660 Smart Router 76.8600-40039G Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers © 2012 Tellabs. Hardware Installation Guide 171 5 Power Installation Fig. 105 Redundant Power Cabling The input power D-connector presented in Fig. 106 is located on the front panel of CDC. The positive pole of the battery voltage is connected to CDC power connector pin 2 and the negative voltage to pin 3. Power D Connector Pin Signal 3 Battery negative, -48 V 2 Battery positive, 0 V 1 — Fig. 106 Battery Voltage Connector of CDC Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers 76.8600-40039G Hardware Installation Guide © 2012 Tellabs. 172 5 Power Installation Fig. 107 Battery Voltage Connector of DC48 Power Input Module (PIM) for Tellabs 8660 Smart Router R2 Tellabs 8660 Smart Router The cross-sectional area of the wires of the standard power cable for Tellabs 8660 smart router, with CDC as the powering interface, is 4.0 mm 2 (the 2.5 mm 2 cable can be used for CDC versions older than 4.0 when the power consumption is less than 1000 W). The cross-sectional area of the wires of the PIM power cable for Tellabs 8660 smart router R2, with PIM as the powering interface, is 16 mm 2 . The maximum current consumption of a fully equipped Tellabs 8660 smart router with CDC versions 4.0 or higher is stated to be 30 A (at minimum voltage -40.5 Vdc). The recommended circuit breaker rating is 32 A. The maximum current consumption of a fully equipped Tellabs 8660 smart router with CDC versions older than 4.0 is stated to be 23.5 A (at minimum voltage -40.5 Vdc). The recommended circuit breaker rating is 25 A. In installations where the power consumption may exceed 1000 W, the recommended circuit breaker rating is 32 A also for CDC versions older than 4.0. The maximum current consumption of a fully equipped Tellabs 8660 smart router R2 with PIM as the powering interface is stated to be 62.5 A (at minimum voltage -40.5 Vdc). The recommended circuit breaker rating is 63 A. Lower rated circuit breakers can be used if wanted, e.g. if the NE is equipped with low power cards and modules and thus the power and current consumption is much lower than the capacity of the NE. However, consider the future needs. One circuit breaker has to be capable to carry the current for the NE. In order to fulfill EMC requirements with protected powering even with one power line switched OFF, it is recommended (even though it is not a must) to use circuit breakers that switch both the negative and positive poles of the power feeding ON and OFF simultaneously, i.e. two-pole circuit breakers. The power line connected to one CDC or PIM must be able to supply the whole current needed by Tellabs 8660 smart router. Tellabs 8630 Smart Router The cross-sectional area of the wires of the standard power cable for Tellabs 8630 smart router is 2.5 mm 2 . 76.8600-40039G Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers © 2012 Tellabs. Hardware Installation Guide 173 5 Power Installation The maximum current consumption of a fully equipped Tellabs 8630 smart router with 8630 fan modules 81.86F8630FANMD-R6 Rev. C or earlier is stated to be 14.4 A (at minimum voltage -40.5 Vdc). The recommended circuit breaker rating is 16 A. The maximum current consumption of a fully equipped Tellabs 8630 smart router with 8630 fan modules 81.86F8630FANMD-R6 Rev. D is stated to be 19 A (at minimum voltage -40.5 Vdc). The recommended circuit breaker rating is 20 A. Lower rated circuit breakers can be used if wanted, e.g. if the NE is equipped with low power cards and modules and thus the power and current consumption is much lower than the capacity of the NE. However, consider the future needs. One circuit breaker has to be capable to carry the current for the NE. In order to fulfill EMC requirements with protected powering even with one power line switched OFF, it is recommended (even though it is not a must) to use circuit breakers that switch both the negative and positive poles of the power feeding ON and OFF simultaneously, i.e. two-pole circuit breakers. The power line connected to one CDC must be able to supply the whole current needed by Tellabs 8630 smart router. 5.1.2 Tellabs 8620 Smart Router DC48 The power feed architecture is realized by utilizing one or two Tellabs 8620 smart router DC48 Power Input Modules and a fixed Power Module inside Tellabs 8620 smart router DC48. The Power Input Module provides an input interface for the -48 Vdc and feeds the voltage to the Power Module. The Power Input Module provides polarity protection, overcurrent protection, transient overvoltage protection and EMI filtering as well as hold-up time. The Power Module makes the actual dc/dc power conversion. The 3-pin power D-connector is located on the front panel of Tellabs 8620 smart router DC48. The positive pole of the battery voltage is connected to power connector pin 2 and the negative pole to pin 3. The power feed can be duplicated for redundancy by using two power input modules. Power D Connector Pin Signal Voltage 3 Battery negative, -48 V 2 Battery positive, 0 V 1 — Fig. 108 Tellabs 8620 Smart Router DC Power Connector Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers 76.8600-40039G Hardware Installation Guide © 2012 Tellabs. 174 5 Power Installation Although there are fuses inside Tellabs 8620 smart router DC48, it is advisable to furnish the dc input cable with a circuit breaker. This circuit breaker must be in the power feeding end of the cable to protect the cable. The circuit breaker must be dimensioned according to the local installation standards or regulations, e.g. to be in accordance with the cross-sectional area of the power cable conductors. The ambient temperature of the installation environment and other installation factors (e.g. other cables in vicinity, air circulation) must be taken into account in dimensioning of the circuit breaker. If fuses are used, the dimensioning guidelines may vary. The cross-sectional area of the wires of the standard power cable for Tellabs 8620 smart router DC48 is 2.5 mm 2 . The maximum current consumption of a fully equipped Tellabs 8620 smart router DC48 is stated to be 2.6 A (at minimum voltage -40.5 Vdc). The recommended circuit breaker rating is 6 A. Lower rated circuit breakers can be used if wanted, e.g. if the NE is equipped with low power cards and modules and thus the power and current consumption is much lower than the capacity of the NE. However, consider the future needs. One circuit breaker has to be capable to carry the current for the NE. In order to fulfill EMC requirements with protected powering even with one power line switched OFF, it is recommended (even though it is not a must) to use circuit breakers that switch both the negative and positive poles of the power feeding ON and OFF simultaneously, i.e. two-pole circuit breakers. A cable with smaller cross-sectional area (than 2.5 mm 2 ) can be used for Tellabs 8620 smart router DC48. However, the rating of the circuit breaker has to be re-evaluated in this case. 5.1.3 Tellabs 8609 Smart Router and Tellabs 8611 Smart Router DC48 and DC Tellabs 8609 smart router and Tellabs 8611 smart router can be powered with either -48 Vdc or +24 Vdc battery voltages. The supported power modules are: • DC power module (support for both -48 Vdc and +24 Vdc nominal input voltages): The NE provides a slot for a single dual input DC power module. If redundant power feeding is required, it is achieved by connecting two independent power feeds to the A input and B input of the power module. • DC48 power module (support for -48 Vdc nominal input voltage): The NE provides two slots for a dual half-height DC48 power module. If fully redundant power feeding is required, it is achieved by installing a DC48 power module in both slots, however, a single supply can be used if redundancy is not required. The power modules consist of an input connector, fuse and a DC/DC converter block with filter and protection circuits (polarity, overcurrent and transient overvoltage protection, EMI filtering and hold-up time). The input connector is located on the front side of the module. The power supply input is protected against over-current with a fuse. The protection fuse is located inside the DC power module and is not user serviceable. The module must be returned to the Tellabs Repair Center for fuse replacement. 76.8600-40039G Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers © 2012 Tellabs. Hardware Installation Guide 175 5 Power Installation Tellabs 8609 smart router and Tellabs 8611 smart router remain powered until both supply cables are disconnected. Power Connector For -48 V Operation For +24 V Operation 1 -48 V Battery return (0 V) 2 Battery return (0 V) +24 V Fig. 109 Tellabs 8609 Smart Router and Tellabs 8611 Smart Router DC and DC48 Power Connector on the Front Panel Although there are fuses inside Tellabs 8609 smart router and Tellabs 8611 smart router, it is advisable to furnish the dc input cable(s) with a circuit breaker(s) or fuse(s). The circuit breaker or fuse must be in the power feeding end of the cable to protect the cable. It must be installed in the non-grounded line of the battery voltage feeding, i.e. to the negative line of the -48 Vdc system and to the positive line of the +24 Vdc system. The circuit breaker or fuse must be dimensioned according to the local installation standards or regulations, e.g. to be in accordance with the cross-sectional area of the power cable conductors. The ambient temperature of the installation environment and other installation issues (e.g. other cables in vicinity, air circulation) must be taken into account in dimensioning of the circuit breaker. If fuses are used, the dimensioning guidelines may vary. Lower rated circuit breakers can be used if wanted, e.g. if the NE is equipped with low power cards and modules and thus the power and current consumption is much lower than the capacity of the NE. However, consider the future needs. One circuit breaker has to be capable to carry the current for the NE. In the installation of Tellabs 8609 smart router and Tellabs 8611 smart router, the power wires must be twisted (e.g. 16 rounds per meter). Untwisted DC power wiring is not allowed! The recommended power wire size for Tellabs 8609 smart router and Tellabs 8611 smart router is 1.5 mm 2 (/14 AWG). The maximum power wire size for Tellabs 8609 smart router and Tellabs 8611 smart router power connector is 2.5 mm 2 . When using -48 Vdc battery voltage the maximum current consumption of Tellabs 8609 smart router is 2.93 A (at minimum voltage -40.0 Vdc). The recommended circuit breaker/fuse rating is 4 A. When using +24 Vdc battery voltage the maximum current consumption of Tellabs 8609 smart router is 6.26 A (at minimum voltage +19.0 Vdc). The recommended circuit breaker/fuse rating is 10 A. Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers 76.8600-40039G Hardware Installation Guide © 2012 Tellabs. 176 5 Power Installation When using -48 Vdc battery voltage the maximum current consumption of Tellabs 8611 smart router is 4.5 A (at minimum voltage -40.0 Vdc). The recommended circuit breaker/fuse rating is 10 A. When using +24 Vdc battery voltage the maximum current consumption of Tellabs 8611 smart router is 9.0 A (at minimum voltage +20.0 Vdc). The recommended circuit breaker/fuse rating is 16 A. 5.1.4 Tellabs 8607 Smart Router In Tellabs 8607 smart router the DC power module supports both the -48 Vdc and +24 Vdc nominal input voltages. The power feed can be duplicated for redundancy by using two power modules. The power module consists of an input connector, fuses and a DC/DC converter block with filter and protection circuits (polarity protection, overcurrent protection, transient overvoltage protection, EMI filtering and hold-up time). The input connector is located on the front side of the module. The power supply input is protected against over-current with fuses. The fuses are located inside the DC power module and only Tellabs Repair Center is allowed to replace them. Tellabs 8607 smart router remains powered until both supply cables are disconnected. Power Connector Pin Signal Voltage -48 V Signal Voltage +24 V 1 — — 2 Battery positive, 0 V Battery positive, +24 V 3 Battery negative, -48 V Battery negative, 0 V Fig. 110 Tellabs 8607 Smart Router DC Power Connector on the Front Panel Fig. 111 Tellabs 8605 Smart Router and Tellabs 8607 Smart Router DC Power Cable 76.8600-40039G Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers © 2012 Tellabs. Hardware Installation Guide 177 5 Power Installation Although there are fuses inside Tellabs 8607 smart router, it is advisable to furnish the dc input cable(s) with a circuit breaker(s). The circuit breaker must be in the power feeding end of the cable to protect the cable. It must be installed in the non-grounded line of the battery voltage feeding, i.e. to the negative line of the -48 Vdc system and to the positive line of the +24 Vdc system. The circuit breaker must be dimensioned according to the local installation standards or regulations, e.g. to be in accordance with the cross-sectional area of the power cable conductors. The ambient temperature of the installation environment and other installation issues (e.g. other cables in vicinity, air circulation) must be taken into account in dimensioning of the circuit breaker. If fuses are used, the dimensioning guidelines may vary. Lower rated circuit breakers can be used if wanted, e.g. if the NE is equipped with low power cards and modules and thus the power and current consumption is much lower than the capacity of the NE. However, consider the future needs. One circuit breaker has to be capable to carry the current for the NE. In order to fulfill EMC requirements with protected powering even with one power line switched OFF, it is recommended (even though it is not a must) to use circuit breakers that switch both the negative and positive poles of the power feeding ON and OFF simultaneously, i.e. two-pole circuit breakers. The cross-sectional area of the wires of the standard DC power cable for Tellabs 8607 smart router is 1.0 mm 2 /18 AWG. When using -48 Vdc battery voltage the maximum current consumption of Tellabs 8607 smart router is stated to be 1.6 A (at minimum voltage -40.0 Vdc). The recommended circuit breaker rating is 3 A. When using +24 Vdc battery voltage the maximum current consumption of Tellabs 8607 smart router is stated to be 3.5 A (at minimum voltage +20.0 Vdc). The recommended circuit breaker rating is 4 A. 5.1.5 Tellabs 8605 Smart Router DC48, DC24 and DC There are three Tellabs 8605 smart router variants available for DC voltage operation: • Tellabs 8605 smart router DC48 • Tellabs 8605 smart router DC24 • Tellabs 8605 smart router DC (support for both -48 Vdc and +24 Vdc nominal input voltages) The power module consists of two input connectors, fuses (A and B inputs, in battery negative line), EMI filter, protection circuits (polarity protection, transient overvoltage protection and hold-up time) and a single DC/DC converter. The input connectors and fuses are located on the front side of the enclosure. The power supply inputs are protected against over-current with fuses. Tellabs 8605 smart router remains powered until both supply cables are disconnected. Power Connector Pin Signal Voltage -48 V Signal Voltage +24 V 1 — — Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers 76.8600-40039G Hardware Installation Guide © 2012 Tellabs. 178 5 Power Installation Pin Signal Voltage -48 V Signal Voltage +24 V 2 Battery positive, 0 V Battery positive, +24 V 3 Battery negative, -48 V Battery negative, 0 V Fig. 112 Tellabs 8605 Smart Router DC Power Connector on the Front Panel Fig. 113 Tellabs 8605 Smart Router and Tellabs 8607 Smart Router DC Power Cable Although there are fuses inside the DC variants of Tellabs 8605 smart router, it is advisable to furnish the dc input cable(s) with a circuit breaker(s). The use of circuit breakers is mandatory in Tellabs 8605 smart router when using +24 Vdc powering. This circuit breaker must be in the power feeding end of the cable to protect the cable. It must be installed in the non-grounded line of the battery voltage feeding, i.e. to the negative line of the -48 Vdc system and to the positive line of the +24 Vdc system. The circuit breaker must be dimensioned according to the local installation standards or regulations, e.g. to be in accordance with the cross-sectional area of the power cable conductors. The ambient temperature of the installation environment and other installation issues (e.g. other cables in vicinity, air circulation) must be taken into account in dimensioning of the circuit breaker. If fuses are used, the dimensioning guidelines may vary. The cross-sectional area of the wires of the standard power cable for the DC variants of Tellabs 8605 smart router is 1.0 mm 2 /18 AWG. The maximum current consumption of Tellabs 8605 smart router when using -48 Vdc battery voltage is stated to be 1.0 A (at minimum voltage -40.0 Vdc). The recommended circuit breaker rating is 3 A. The maximum current consumption of Tellabs 8605 smart router when using +24 Vdc battery voltage is stated to be 2.0 A (at minimum voltage +20.0 Vdc). The recommended circuit breaker rating is 4 A. 76.8600-40039G Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers © 2012 Tellabs. Hardware Installation Guide 179 5 Power Installation 5.1.6 General DC Power Cabling and Power Accessory Assembly Information Defining Cross-Sectional Area of DC Power Cables (Long Cabling) In a redundant system there is no active current sharing between the two input ports for the battery voltage. However, the current will be quite equally divided between the ports by nature. The circuit breakers and cabling of both lines A and B shall be rated so that they have the capacity to carry the total current to the network element in case of power failure in one line. There are many ways of arranging the cabling at the telecom center. One possible way is presented below. To define the cross-sectional area of the power supply cables, proceed as follows: Step 1 Define the distance between the Tellabs 8600 NE and the power distribution field (PDF) near the battery (the long cabling). Step 2 Define the maximum power consumption, P max of this installation. • To calculate the power consumption, add up the maximum power consumption of all cards and IFMs used in the network element. Refer to the Reference Manual of the Tellabs 8600 smart router in question for the power consumption of each component. Also consider future power consumption needs and add themas well if needed. If you want to calculate according to the worst case, use the maximum power consumption value for the switch in question. Step 3 Define the minimum possible value for the battery voltage. It is the lowest voltage, U min with which the network element is specified to operate. This value is usually 40.5 V. However, the minimum voltage might differ from the value above if there are other means of restricting the minimum voltage in the installation, for example, a battery deep discharge protection device. If it is absolutely sure that the site power supply voltage cannot be lower than e.g. 45 V, use the 45 V as U min . Step 4 Calculate the corresponding maximum current, I max . I max = P max / U min Step 5 Check the length and cross-sectional area of the NE power cable (near cabling). L = 2 x the length of the NE power cable (near cabling) A = cross-sectional area of the NE power cable (near cabling) Step 6 Define the voltage drop in the NE power cable, U NE . U NE = R x I; R = r x L / A, so U NE = I x r x L / A; where I = the current to one NE = I max (R = resistance of the NE power cable) r = resistivity of copper; r = 1.678 x 10 -8 Ω m; at 20° C and its temperature coefficient is 6.8 10 -3 / K Thus, with 15° C temperature rise the resistivity would be r = (1.678 x 10 -8 + 0.1712 10 -8 ) Ω m = 1.85 x 10 -8 Ω m = 0.0185 Ω mm 2 /m (this value is used below in the example) If the cable temperature is expected to differ greatly from this, recalculate the resistivity. Step 7 Define the maximum allowable total voltage drop U tot in the cables (long and near cabling). Tellabs recommends using 2 V or less for U tot , but one should follow the local regulations and standards to define the correct value Step 8 Define the maximum allowable voltage drop in the long cabling, U l . U l = U tot - U NE Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers 76.8600-40039G Hardware Installation Guide © 2012 Tellabs. 180 5 Power Installation Step 9 Define the needed cross-sectional area of the long cabling, A l . R = r x L / A and R = U / I, so r x L / A = U / I and thus A = r x L x I / U and in this case A l = r x L l x I l / U l where L l = 2 x the distance between the Tellabs 8600 NE and the main power distribution field (from Step 1) Step 10 Find the nearest cable size which is bigger than the result of the calculation, i.e. the final cross-sectional area of the cable, A f . If the result is very close to the nearest cable size, consider using one size larger cable. Step 11 Compare the calculation result with the values in the table below, it is not recommended to exceed the values for current for the specific cross-sectional area of the cable. In order to take into account the resistance of the return path, multiply the resistance value in the table by 2. Nominal Cross- Sectional Area/mm 2 AWG Resistance / Meter in 20° C, mΩ/m Allowed Current in Continuous Use/A In +30° C Allowed Current in Continuous Use/A In +50° C 1.5 14 2.5 13 7.6 32 22.7 4 11 4.71 42 29.8 6 9 3.14 54 38.3 10 7 1.82 73 51.8 16 5 1.16 98 69.6 25 3 0.743 129 91.6 35 1 0.527 158 112 Example of Defining Cross-Sectional Area of dc Power Cables In this example there is one Tellabs 8660 smart router with redundant power feed. Step 1 The distance between Tellabs 8660 smart router and the main power distributor is 8 metres. Step 2 P max = 1200 W Step 3 U min = 40.5 V Step 4 I max = P max / U min = 29.6 A Step 5 The length of the CDC power cable = 3.0 m and the cross-sectional area of the CDC power cable = 4 mm 2 so L = 2 x 3 m = 6 m and A = 4 mm 2 Step 6 So U NE = I max x r x L / A = 29.6 A x 0.0185 (Ω mm 2 /m) x 6 m / 4 mm 2 = 0.821 V Step 7 U tot = 2 V Step 8 U l = U tot - U NE = 2 V - 0.821 V = 1.179 V Step 9 A l = r x L l x I max / U l = 0.0185 (Ω mm 2 /m) x 2 x 8 m x 29.6 A / 1.179 V = 7.43 mm 2 Step 10 The 10 mm 2 cable is the nearest bigger cable, so it is chosen for this installation; A f = 10 mm 2 . Step 11 Comparison of the result with the values in the table shows that a 10 mm 2 cable can be used with the maximum current without problems. Note that if the length increases, the cable diameter must also increase. 76.8600-40039G Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers © 2012 Tellabs. Hardware Installation Guide 181 5 Power Installation The table below lists the maximum power consumption of the Tellabs 8660 smart router, Tellabs 8630 smart router, Tellabs 8620 smart router, Tellabs 8611 smart router, Tellabs 8609 smart router, Tellabs 8607 smart router and Tellabs 8605 smart router. Tellabs 8660 smart router equipped with CDC V4.0 or higher can be used with power consumptions of up to 1200 W. Tellabs 8660 smart router equipped with CDC versions older than V4.0 can be used with power consumptions of up to 1133 W provided that the following conditions are fulfilled: (a) there are two CDC cards installed in the subrack (b) they are both connected to the operating 48 Vdc battery voltage feeding and (c) if there is a failure either in the power feeding or in the CDC card, the failure shall be corrected in three days. Note that these restrictions do not apply to CDC V4.0 or higher. If only one CDC older than V4.0 is used, the maximum power consumption is 940 W. For more information on power consumption calculations in Tellabs 8660 smart router and Tellabs 8630 smart router, refer to Tellabs ® 8630 Smart Router Reference Manual and Tellabs ® 8660 Smart Router Reference Manual. Tellabs 8600 NE Max. Power Consumption Tellabs 8660 smart router • 8660 subrack V3.0 and V3.1 is 1200 W • 8660 R2 subrack is 2500 W Tellabs 8630 smart router • 8630 subrack V1.0 and V1.1 with 8630 Fan Modules 81.86F8630FANMD-R6 Rev. C or earlier is 580 W • 8630 subrack V1.0 and V1.1 with 8630 Fan Modules 81.86F8630FANMD-R6 Rev. D is 740 W Tellabs 8620 smart router 106 W Tellabs 8611 smart router 160 W Tellabs 8609 smart router 100 W Tellabs 8607 smart router 65 W Tellabs 8605 smart router 31 W Power Accessory Assembly Information There are many ways of arranging the circuit breaker and near cabling assembly at the telecom center. Two possible ways are presented below (for -48/24 Vdc, with redundant power feeding). In this example, it is assumed that the NE power cables are standard Tellabs cables for the NE in question. Cabinet Installation Step 1 Install all parts, mentioned below, into groups for the working and protecting power feeding (line A and B). Install two pieces of circuit breakers to the mounting rail for each network element in the cabinet/rack. Find the recommended circuit breaker rating for each NE from the previous chapters. Install two pieces of feed-through modular terminal blocks for each network element in the cabinet/rack to the mounting rail. Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers 76.8600-40039G Hardware Installation Guide © 2012 Tellabs. 182 5 Power Installation Install end clamps to the ends of the mounting rail installation. Install end cover plates, if needed, to the mounting rail to the ends of the feed-through modular terminal block installations. The method is presented in Fig. 114 Step 2 Fasten the mounting rail to the cabinet. Step 3 Connect the input sides (battery side) of the circuit breakers in a group to each other. Do this for both circuit breaker groups. Connect the feed-through modular terminal blocks in a group to each other with cross connectors/jumpers. Do this for both terminal block groups. Step 4 Make sure that all circuit breakers and power switches of the NEs are switched off. Make sure that the main power feed is switched off. Step 5 It is recommended to mark the circuit breakers and both cable ends (near cabling). Thus it is easy to install the cables as designed and later on it is easier to see which circuit breaker and cable is used for which NE. Step 6 Fasten all NE power cable connectors to the corresponding NE power connectors and tighten the screws (if any). Step 7 Connect the NE power cable ends (near cabling) to the circuit breakers and terminal blocks. For -48 Vdc • Connect the negative lead (-48 Vdc) to the circuit breaker. • Connect the positive lead (0 V) to the terminal block. For +24 Vdc • Connect the positive lead (+24 Vdc) to the circuit breaker. • Connect the negative lead (0 V) to the terminal block. Step 8 Connect the power cables (long cabling) to the circuit breakers and terminal blocks according to the principle presented in Fig. 104. In a redundant system line A is connected to the working power input of the NE and line B to the protecting power input of the NE. For -48 Vdc • Connect the negative lead (-48 Vdc) to the circuit breaker. • Connect the positive lead (0 V) to the terminal block. For +24 Vdc • Connect the positive lead (+24 Vdc) to the circuit breaker. • Connect the negative lead (0 V) to the terminal block. Keep the power cables apart from the data cables. Step 9 Make sure all the connections are correctly made and all the screw joints are tightly fixed. Step 10 Switch the power on in the main power supply end. Step 11 Switch the circuit breakers on in the cabinet/rack and switch the power switches of the NEs on (if any). 76.8600-40039G Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers © 2012 Tellabs. Hardware Installation Guide 183 5 Power Installation Fig. 114 Circuit Breaker and Terminal End Installation in Cabinet or Rack with Two NEs Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers 76.8600-40039G Hardware Installation Guide © 2012 Tellabs. 184 5 Power Installation 5.2 AC Power Cabling Tellabs 8620 smart router and Tellabs 8605 smart router have the AC power supply models available. 5.2.1 Tellabs 8620 Smart Router AC Tellabs 8620 smart router AC must be connected to a wall socket outlet with protective earth contact. Secure the power cable using the plastic cable support clamp on the back side of the enclosure to avoid unintentional detaching. The mains inlet (a EN60320 /C13 type appliance connector) of Tellabs 8620 smart router is located on the back panel of the enclosure. The two mains fuses are of delay T1.6 A type (5 x 20 mm). Fig. 115 Tellabs 8620 Smart Router AC Mains Inlet 5.2.2 Tellabs 8605 Smart Router AC Tellabs 8605 smart router AC must be connected to a wall socket outlet with protective earth contact. Secure the power cable connector using a hook to avoid unintentional detaching. The mains inlet (a EN60320 /C13 type appliance connector) of Tellabs 8605 smart router is located on the front panel of the enclosure. Fig. 116 Tellabs 8605 Smart Router AC Mains Inlet 76.8600-40039G Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers © 2012 Tellabs. Hardware Installation Guide 185 6 Cabling 6 Cabling 6.1 General Cabling has an essential role with regard to the performance and reliability of the Tellabs 8600 system. The centric transmission properties of both twisted pair and optical cables are subject to changes caused by mechanical stress and deformation. The electrical as well as shielding characteristics are dependent on the uniformity and coherence of the pair twist. Cable handling during installation has an essential effect on the performance of the complete cabling. Make sure that each individual cabling component, cable and connector truly complies with the specifications of the required category. Route the cables so that they do not restrict ventilation or airflow, and so that the cabling does not complicate access to the cards or regular maintenance. It is recommended to have a few meters of cable in reserve at both ends. With 1+1 or backup links, use an alternative cable route if possible. 6.1.1 Handling Cables When handling cables, make sure that the cable retains its symmetry. There may not be any deformations which could deteriorate cable geometry. This chapter deals with some important circumstances to consider when handling cables. Cable Pulling Tension Do not exceed the cable manufacturer’s specified cable pulling tension. Excessive tension will deform the lay of the pairs in the cable resulting in pair untwist and potential conductor damage. This will severely affect the ability of the cable to reject unwanted noise. Cable Bend Radius During Installation Avoid sharp bends in the cable, as it will alter the lay of the pairs in the cable. Excessive bending may cause pairs to untwist, causing an impedance mis-match and an unacceptable return loss performance. Alternatively, the relationship between the lay of the four pairs within the cable may be altered. Unnecessary bending and too tight cable curves in the installation may also weaken the immunity and emission characteristics. Typically, the minimum cable bend radii during installation is eight times the cable diameter. For optical cabling follow the cable manufacturer’s requirements for the minimum bend radius. If the requirement is not known, the bend radius must be at least 15 times the cable outside diameter for intrabuilding backbone cabling, and 20 times for interbuilding backbone cabling. Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers 76.8600-40039G Hardware Installation Guide © 2012 Tellabs. 186 6 Cabling Cable Bend Radius in Complete Installation In a complete horizontal cabling installation the minimum bend radius for a 4-pair unshielded twisted-pair (UTP) cable should be at least four times the cable diameter and for a 4-pair foiled twisted-pair (FTP) cable should be at least eight times the cable diameter. For multipair backbone cabling the minimum bend radius must be at least 10 times the cable diameter. For optical cabling follow the cable manufacturer’s requirements for the minimum bend radius. If the requirement is not known, the bend radius must be at least 10 times the cable outside diameter. Bending the fibre beyond recommended limits may damage the cable and cause an increase in the fibre attenuation. Cable Compression Make sure the required bundlings do not damage the cable. Compression directed at the cable may disrupt the geometry so that the pitch of the pair twists and the distance of the wires changes, weakening the pair symmetry. Also overtightening the cable bundles deforms the twisted pairs within the cable and affects the performance. Be careful not to tighten the pair and fiber optic cables with cable ties so tightly that the cable sheath is deformed. Apply cable ties loosely to allow the cable bundle to slide inside the cable tie or only tight enough to sufficiently support the cable bundle. It is more advisable to use, for example, Velcro tape instead of cable ties. Cables should be placed so as not to deform the cable sheath. Avoid compression towards sharp edges. If a fibre optic cable is installed in the same tray as the copper ones, always place the copper cables underneath. Cable Kinking When pulling the cables, be conscious of the occasional tendency of the cable to kink. If the cable kinks, it should be regarded as damaged and replaced. Bundling Cables The length of long parallel pair cable runs should be minimized. The best way is to bundle the cables in a random fashion as they lie to avoid any two pairs from different cables lying parallel with each other for any significant length. Avoid ’combing’ out the cables when forming the bundles. A recommended maximum number of CAT5 cables for one bundle is about 50 cables or ’wrist thickness’. Cable Jacket Unsheathing The cable jacket should be removed no more than is absolutely necessary. Removing a minimum amount of jacket ensures that the twist rate and lay of the pairs within the cable are maintained for the transmission path as much as it is practical. 76.8600-40039G Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers © 2012 Tellabs. Hardware Installation Guide 187 6 Cabling Pair Untwisting The twist rate of each pair in the cable should be maintained as close to the point of cable termination as possible. Modifying the twist rate will impair the cable performance. To ensure correct alignment with the connecting hardware, it is better to add a twist than to remove one. Cable Temperature Follow the cable manufacturer’s specifications for the installation temperature. Let the cable adapt to the prevailing circumstances in case it was brought in from cold air. 6.1.2 Maximum Electrical Ethernet Cable Lengths Maximum Equipment Cord Lengths in Campus and Building Distributors The equipment cord lengths in campus and building distributors should not exceed 30 m. The length of the cable used to connect the NE directly to the main or intermediate cross-connect should not exceed 30 m. Maximum Equipment Cable Length in Backbone Cabling The length of category 5 multipair balanced 100-ohm cabling, which supports data applications up to 100 MHz, is limited to a total distance of 100 m. The distance given is for the overall channel length, including backbone cable and equipment cables. Do not exceed the 100 meter total length under any circumstances. To comply with the requirements of the cabling standards, however, the maximum combined length of the equipment cables and patch cables should be calculated in a situation where the total channel length is expected to be close to 100 meters. Use the following formulas to calculate these maximum lengths in backbone (DCE to DCE) cabling: Category Class D Class E CAT5 F = (105 – B) / X CAT6 F = (105 – B – 3) / X where B is the length of the stationary backbone cable. X is a multiple indicating the relation between the attenuation of flexible equipment cable and patch cable and the stationary backbone cable (attenuation of equipment and patch cord / attenuation of stationary backbone cable = e.g. 1.5) F is the total combined length of patch cords and equipment cords in the telecommunications rooms. Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers 76.8600-40039G Hardware Installation Guide © 2012 Tellabs. 188 6 Cabling Maximum Equipment Cord Lengths in Floor Distributors To comply with the cabling standard requirements, the maximum combined equipment cord lengths in horizontal cabling (NE to data terminal equipment) should be calculated in case the total channel length is expected to be close to 100 meters and if the equipment cable attenuation is significantly (e.g. 50%) greater than the backbone cable attenuation. Category Class D Class E CAT5 F = (109 – B) / X CAT6 F = (107 – B – 3) / X where F is the maximum allowed total length of equipment cords and work area cords. Apply the above formula only to a channel with a continuous backbone cable and patch cords at both ends. The effect of a possible consolidation point is excluded from the formulas. 76.8600-40039G Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers © 2012 Tellabs. Hardware Installation Guide 189 6 Cabling 6.2 Electrical Cabling 6.2.1 Ethernet Cables Use a category 5 FTP or higher equipment cable with the RJ-45 connectors to connect the 10/100BASE-TX interface and a category 5e FTP or higher equipment cable with the RJ-45 connectors to connect the 10BASE-T/100BASE-TX/1000BASE-T interface to the external network. Step 1 Insert the RJ-45 connector into the selected port. Fig. 117 shows the 10/100BASE-TX IFM port numbering. Fig. 121 shows the 2+6x10/100/1000BASE-COMBO IFM port numbering. Note the minimum bend radius. Step 2 Plug the other end to an appropriate network connection complying with the principles mentioned in the previous chapters. When you locate the data transmission cables in the cable tray or vault, place them as far from the power cables or other interference source as possible. Place them either on the opposite edge of the cable tray than the power cables or in another cable tray dedicated to transmission cabling. The power and data cables should not reside in the same bundle. The distance to a fluorescent lamp must be no less than 130 mm. The table below presents the 10/100BASE-TX interface connector pinout, which is valid for the CDC management port and for the fixed management port of Tellabs 8620 smart router. Pair RJ-45 Pin Signal 2 1 TX_D1+ 2 2 TX_D1- 3 3 RX_D2+ 1 4 BI_D3+ 1 5 BI_D3- 3 6 RX_D2- 4 7 BI_D4+ 4 8 BI_D4- The table below presents the 8x10/100BASE-TX V1.x module interface connector pinout. Pair RJ-45 Pin Signal 2 1 TX_D1+ 2 2 TX_D1- 3 3 RX_D2+ 1 4 - 1 5 - 3 6 RX_D2- Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers 76.8600-40039G Hardware Installation Guide © 2012 Tellabs. 190 6 Cabling Pair RJ-45 Pin Signal 4 7 - 4 8 - The figure below shows the port numbering of electrical FE interface module 8x10/100BASE-TX V1.x. Fig. 117 8x10/100BASE-TX V1.X Front Panel The table below presents the 8x10/100BASE-TX V2.x module interface connector pinout. The module version 2.x supports MDI-X straight or crossed cable detection. Pair RJ-45 Pin Signal 2 1 RX_D2+ 2 2 RX_D2- 3 3 TX_D1+ 1 4 - 1 5 - 76.8600-40039G Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers © 2012 Tellabs. Hardware Installation Guide 191 6 Cabling 3 6 TX_D1- 4 7 - 4 8 - The figure below shows the port numbering of electrical FE interface module 8x10/100BASE-TX V2.x. Fig. 118 8x10/100BASE-TX V2.X Front Panel Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers 76.8600-40039G Hardware Installation Guide © 2012 Tellabs. 192 6 Cabling The table below presents the interface connector pinout of 8x10/100BASE-TX LM of Tellabs 8607 smart router, Tellabs 8609 smart router and Tellabs 8611 smart router . RJ-45 Pin Map PMA Signals, NIC Type PMA Signals, HUB Type 1 TX_D1+ RX_D1+ 2 TX_D1- RX_D1– 3 RX_D2+ TX_D2+ 4 - - 5 - - 6 RX_D2- TX_D2– 7 - - 8 - - The figure below shows the electrical FE line module 8x10/100BASE-TX of Tellabs 8607 smart router, Tellabs 8609 smart router and Tellabs 8611 smart router. Fig. 119 8x10/100BASE-TX LM Front Panel The table below presents the interface connector pinout of 4x10/100/1000BASE-TX HM of Tellabs 8611 smart router. RJ-45 Connector Pin Map Pin PMA Signal Name (MDI-X) 1 BI_DB+ 2 BI_DB- 3 BI_DA+ 4 BI_DD+ 5 BI_DD- 6 BI_DA- 7 BI_DC+ 8 BI_DC- The figure below shows the electrical 4x10/100/1000BASE-TX HM of Tellabs 8611 smart router. 76.8600-40039G Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers © 2012 Tellabs. Hardware Installation Guide 193 6 Cabling Fig. 120 4x10/100/1000BASE-TX HM Front Panel The table below shows the RJ-45 connector pinouts of the 2+6x10/100/1000BASE-COMBO IFM and 10BASE-T/100BASE-TX/1000BASE-T interface of Tellabs 8605 smart router, Tellabs 8607 smart router, Tellabs 8609 smart router and Tellabs 8611 smart router. In case of 1000BASE-T, all twisted pairs BI_D1...BI_D4 are used, 10/100BASE-T uses pairs BI_D1 and BI_D2 only. Pair Pin Signal 2 1 BI_D1+ 2 2 BI_D1- 3 3 BI_D2+ 1 4 BI_D3+ 1 5 BI_D3- 3 6 BI_D2- 4 7 BI_D4+ 4 8 BI_D4- The figure below shows the port numbering of 2+6x10/100/1000BASE-COMBO. Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers 76.8600-40039G Hardware Installation Guide © 2012 Tellabs. 194 6 Cabling Fig. 121 2+6x10/100/1000BASE-COMBO Front Panel 6.2.2 E1/T1 Cables In E1 applications a 120 Ω shielded twisted pair cable should be used for optimal performance. The maximum allowable line attenuation for the cables is 30 dB @ 1.024 MHz, which defines the maximum cable length. In T1 applications a 100 Ω shielded twisted pair cable should be used for optimal performance. The maximum allowable line attenuation for the cables is 30 dB @ 772 kHz, which defines the maximum cable length. It is an absolute requirement with the 24xchE1/chT1 Multiservice and 24xchE1/chT1 Mobile Optimization IFM to use shielded twisted pair cables to minimize the effect of external disturbances to system performance. Preferably, each twisted pair should be individually shielded. Make sure the shield is continuous throughout the entire transmission line including the connectors. The cable screen must make a 360° contact to the connector shield. Every cable shield and patch panel must be grounded in each rack. 76.8600-40039G Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers © 2012 Tellabs. Hardware Installation Guide 195 6 Cabling For safety reasons, the E1 connectors cannot be connected to the Ethernet interface. Be careful not to misconnect the cables. CAUTION: To reduce the risk of fire, use only the 26 AWG or larger telecommunication line cord in the 8xchE1/chT1 line modules of Tellabs 8607 smart router, Tellabs 8609 smart router and Tellabs 8611 smart router. When you locate the data transmission cables in the cable tray or vault, place them as far from the power cables or other interference source as possible. Place them either on the opposite edge of the cable tray than the power cables or in another cable tray dedicated to transmission cabling. The power and data cables should not reside in the same bundle. The distance to a fluorescent lamp must be no less than 130 mm. The table below presents the chE1/chT1 LM interface of the Tellabs 8607 smart router, Tellabs 8609 smart router and Tellabs 8611 smart router and the chE1/chT1 interface of the Tellabs 8605 smart router connector pinout. Pair RJ-45 Pin Signal 1 1 Receive Ring 1 2 Receive Tip - 3 No connection 2 4 Transmit Ring 2 5 Transmit Tip - 6 No connection - 7 Ground for cable shield - 8 Ground for cable shield The table below presents the 24xchE1/chT1 Multiservice and 24xchE1/chT1 Mobile Optimization interface connector pinout. The pinout is for the first connector of the IFM. Other connectors will have ports 6–11, 12–17 and 18–23 mapped accordingly to Sofix connector pins A1–D6. Sofix Pin Signal A1 Receive Tip – Port 0 B1 Receive Ring – Port 0 A2 Receive Tip – Port 1 B2 Receive Ring – Port 1 A3 Receive Tip – Port 2 B3 Receive Ring – Port 2 A4 Receive Tip – Port 3 B4 Receive Ring – Port 3 A5 Receive Tip – Port 4 Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers 76.8600-40039G Hardware Installation Guide © 2012 Tellabs. 196 6 Cabling Sofix Pin Signal B5 Receive Ring – Port 4 A6 Receive Tip – Port 5 B6 Receive Ring – Port 5 C1 Transmit Tip – Port 0 D1 Transmit Ring – Port 0 C2 Transmit Tip – Port 1 D2 Transmit Ring – Port 1 C3 Transmit Tip – Port 2 D3 Transmit Ring – Port 2 C4 Transmit Tip – Port 3 D4 Transmit Ring – Port 3 C5 Transmit Tip – Port 4 D5 Transmit Ring – Port 4 C6 Transmit Tip – Port 5 D6 Transmit Ring – Port 5 The figures below show the Sofix connector pins when 24xchE1/chT1 Multiservice and 24xchE1/chT1 Mobile Optimization IFM is located in different Tellabs 8600 products. Fig. 122 Sofix Connector Pins when Used in Tellabs 8660 Smart Router Fig. 123 Sofix Connector Pins when Used in Tellabs 8630 Smart Router 76.8600-40039G Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers © 2012 Tellabs. Hardware Installation Guide 197 6 Cabling Fig. 124 Sofix Connector Pins when Used in Tellabs 8620 Smart Router The figure below shows the port numbering of 24xchE1/chT1 Multiservice. Fig. 125 24xchE1/chT1 Multiservice Front Panel The figure below shows the port numbering of 24xchE1/chT1 Mobile Optimization. Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers 76.8600-40039G Hardware Installation Guide © 2012 Tellabs. 198 6 Cabling Fig. 126 24xchE1/chT1 Mobile Optimization Front Panel The figure below shows the port numbering of 8xchE1/chT1 line module of Tellabs 8607 smart router, Tellabs 8609 smart router and Tellabs 8611 smart router. Fig. 127 8xchE1/chT1 Line Module Front Panel 76.8600-40039G Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers © 2012 Tellabs. Hardware Installation Guide 199 6 Cabling 6.2.3 DS3 Cables In Tellabs 8605-D for optimal performance, a 75 Ω shielded coaxial cable should be used with DS3 connectors meeting performance requirements listed in [MIL-C-39012]. The recommended cable transmission characteristics are shown in ANSI [T1.404-2002 Annex C], Figure C.1. Typical implementations use up to 450 feet (137 m) of coaxial cable. 6.2.4 xDSL Cables ADSL Use a 100 Ω twisted pair cable with the RJ-14 connectors to connect the 2xADSL interface to the external network. The table below shows the 2xADSL line module user interface pinout: RJ-14 Line Connector Pin Signal 1 No connection 2 Ring (DSL2) 3 Ring (DSL1) 4 Tip (DSL1) 5 Tip (DSL2) 6 No connection SHDSL Use a 135 Ω shielded twisted pair cable with the RJ-45 connector to connect the 4xSHDSL interface to the external network. The wiring is according to TIA568A. The table below shows the 4xSHDSL line module user interface pinout: Port RJ-45 pin Signal 0 4 Tip 0 5 Ring 1 3 Tip 1 6 Ring 2 1 Tip 2 2 Ring 3 7 Tip 3 8 Ring Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers 76.8600-40039G Hardware Installation Guide © 2012 Tellabs. 200 6 Cabling 6.2.5 Terminating Cables Termination Layout When the same type of a wire termination layout is used at both ends of the channel, a systematic termination of pairs will ensure a pin-to-pin correspondence. It is possible that the site cabling is implemented using a different layout for the termination of the wires. Typically the layouts differ from each other with the color coding and pair allocation of the transmit and receive signals. The table below illustrates this difference between the T568A and T568B layouts. Pair T568A Pinout T568B Pinout Color Coding 1a 5 5 White/Blue 1b 4 4 Blue 2a 3 1 White/Orange 2b 6 2 Orange 3a 1 3 White/Green 3b 2 6 Green 4a 7 7 White/Brown 4b 8 8 Brown It is advisable to utilize such connecting hardware that has both the (T568A and B) termination layouts coded to ease the termination of pair cabling. Follow the connecting hardware manufacturer’s instructions for cable termination. Maintain the structural thread of the twisted pair cable as close to the termination point as possible. 13 mm is the maximum allowed opening of the structural pair twist. Remove the cable jacket as little as possible. Using Shielded Cables The Tellabs 8600 network elements comply with the European electromagnetic compatibility requirements [EN 300 386] 3 . Make sure the shield is continuous throughout the entire transmission line, including connectors. There may not be any opening in the shield at any point of the transmission line. The cable and/or connector shields must have a reliable electrical contact with the connecting hardware. The cable screen must make a 360° contact with the connector shield. Every cable shield and patch panel must be grounded in each rack. 3 EN 300 386 (2008), Electromagnetic compatibility and radio spectrum matters (ERM); Telecommunication network equipment; Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) requirements. Tellabs 8620 smart router fulfils EN 300386:2005 requirements. 76.8600-40039G Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers © 2012 Tellabs. Hardware Installation Guide 201 6 Cabling 6.2.6 Balun Panels When making the 120 Ω to 75 Ω conversion, it is important to use cables and components that are shielded from connector to connector. The cables must be shielded at every point and the cable shield must make a 360° contact to the connector shells at both ends. There are different kinds of balun panels for E1/T1 interfaces available from Tellabs. The panels are listed below with their order codes: • For all Tellabs 8600 products in class A environment • PS404-0001, Balun panel 1RU 24xE1 RJ45-BNC 120-75ohm • PS404-0002, Balun panel 1RU 16xE1 RJ45-BNC 120-75ohm • PS402838117487A, Mini balun cable The BNC connectors are mini baluns that make the 120 ohm to 75 ohm conversion. Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers 76.8600-40039G Hardware Installation Guide © 2012 Tellabs. 202 6 Cabling • For Tellabs 8605 smart router in class B environment • PS404-0007, Balun panel 1RU 42xE1 BNC 120-75ohm The PS404-0007 package includes the following types of panels: BNC panel 2 x 21 for 19 inch rack, mounting hole distance is 465 mm. BNC panel 2 x 21 for ETSI rack, mounting hole distance is 515 mm. • PS402838117487A, Mini balun cable The BNC connectors are mini baluns that make the 120 ohm to 75 ohm conversion. If the E1/T1 cables connected to the balun panel are exposed to overvoltages or earth potential differences, the balun panel must be installed in a location that is accessible only to service personnel or specially trained users (restricted access location as defined in [IEC60950-1]). It must be ensured that unauthorized persons cannot access the installation. 76.8600-40039G Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers © 2012 Tellabs. Hardware Installation Guide 203 6 Cabling 6.3 Optical Cabling Keep the exposed optical fibre ends directed away from skin and eyes. Be careful when you handle the optical cables. Do not exceed the minimum bend radius, nor the maximum tensile load presented by the cable manufacturer. Too tight cable curves in the installation increase attenuation and may damage the cable. Try to minimize the amount of mechanical connections in order to keep the attenuation in the line as low as possible. The performance of the transmission line always weakens at the point of coupling. Therefore, it is essential to perform the coupling carefully. Avoid too short distances between splices and joints in single mode cabling. The recommended minimum distance is two meters. The optical fiber equipment cords must consist of 2-fiber cables, of the same fiber type as the optical fiber channel, terminated with connectors at both ends. Step 1 Remove the protecting caps from the connector and IFM interface. The optical connectors should be equipped with protecting caps which should not be removed until necessary. Whether the caps were on or not, always clean the connectors with a proper cleaning set before connecting them to the adapter or equipment. Step 2 Remove any dust particles inside the transceiver’s cable connector with compressed air before installing the cable. Step 3 Clean the connector faceplate of the optical cable. Step 4 Insert the Rx and Tx connectors to the selected port in the IFM. Always make sure that you insert the connector completely into the socket. The figures below show the port numbering for various interfaces. Step 5 Terminate the other end to an appropriate network connection. Always clean the connecting hardware adapter with an appropriate cleaning rod. When connecting the optical cables, make sure that you press firmly the connector plug into the socket. The edge of the plug must snap into the edge of the socket. You may or may not hear an audible click. Gently pull the plug to confirm whether or not the plug is locked into the socket. To disconnect the plug from the socket, press down the raised portion on the side of the plug (releasing the latch). You should hear an audible click indicating that the latch was released. Carefully pull the plug out of the socket. When you disconnect the fiber-optic cable from the IFM, grip the body of the connector. Do not grip the cable nor the connector jacket-sleeve. Cover the optical connector with a protective cap immediately after disconnecting. The port numbering of the fiber optic interface modules listed here can be seen in the figures further below. • 8x100BASE-X IFM • 2x1000BASE-X IFM • 8x1000BASE-X IFM • 2+6x10/100/1000BASE-COMBO IFM • 8x100/1000BASE-X R2 IFM Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers 76.8600-40039G Hardware Installation Guide © 2012 Tellabs. 204 6 Cabling • 1x10GBASE-R R2 IFM • 1xchSTM-1/chOC-3 Multiservice IFM • 4xSTM-1/OC-3 ATM IFM • 4xchSTM-1/chOC-3 Multiservice IFM • 8xSTM-1/OC-3 POS IFM • 4xSTM-4/OC-12 POS IFM • 1xSTM-16/OC-48 POS IFM • 4x100/1000BASE-X HM For more information on SFP transceivers approved by Tellabs and the Receive (Rx) and Transmit (Tx) directions in them, see chapter 1.11 Pluggable Transceivers. Fig. 128 8x100BASE-X IFM Front Panel 76.8600-40039G Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers © 2012 Tellabs. Hardware Installation Guide 205 6 Cabling Fig. 129 2x1000BASE-X IFM Front Panel Fig. 130 8x1000BASE-X IFM Front Panel Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers 76.8600-40039G Hardware Installation Guide © 2012 Tellabs. 206 6 Cabling Fig. 131 2+6x10/100/1000BASE-COMBO IFM Front Panel Fig. 132 8x100/1000BASE-X R2 IFM Front Panel 76.8600-40039G Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers © 2012 Tellabs. Hardware Installation Guide 207 6 Cabling Fig. 133 1x10GBASE-R R2 IFM Front Panel Fig. 134 1xchSTM-1/chOC-3 Multiservice IFM Front Panel Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers 76.8600-40039G Hardware Installation Guide © 2012 Tellabs. 208 6 Cabling Fig. 135 4xSTM-1/OC-3 ATM IFM Front Panel Fig. 136 4xchSTM-1/chOC-3 Multiservice IFM Front Panel 76.8600-40039G Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers © 2012 Tellabs. Hardware Installation Guide 209 6 Cabling Fig. 137 8xSTM-1/OC-3 POS IFM Front Panel Fig. 138 4xSTM-4/OC-12 POS IFM Front Panel Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers 76.8600-40039G Hardware Installation Guide © 2012 Tellabs. 210 6 Cabling Fig. 139 1xSTM-16/OC-48 POS IFM Front Panel Fig. 140 4x100/1000BASE-X HM Front Panel 6.3.1 Mode Conditioning Patch Cord Due to the dual media (single-mode and multimode) support of the LX transmitter, an offset-launch mode-conditioning patch cord is required at both ends of the link when using 1000BASE-LX in a link implemented with multimode fiber. The multimode fiber, used in the construction of the mode conditioner, should be of the same type as the cabling over which the 1000BASE-LX link is to be operated. If the cabling is 62.5 µm MMF, the fiber used in the construction of the mode conditioner should be of type 62.5 µm MMF. If the cabling is 50 µm MMF, the fiber used in the construction of the mode conditioner should be of type 50 µm MMF. Note the labeling ’To Equipment’ and ’To Cable’. 76.8600-40039G Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers © 2012 Tellabs. Hardware Installation Guide 211 6 Cabling 6.3.2 Attenuators Measure the optical output power from the link (the received power level) to ensure that the power level is within the input power range of the optical interface. In case the maximum receive power level is exceeded, an attenuator or an attenuating patch cable is needed in the transmission line. 6.4 Alarm Cabling 6.4.1 CDC The CDC DB-25 male ALARMS connector provides an external Alarm Interface for NE alarms and user configurable alarms. For each type of alarm, connect the common leads and either the normally open or normally closed leads to the alarm annunciator or other external alarm system. Connect the alarm interface using a shielded cable. The D25 Male Alarm Connector pin order is presented in the table below: Pin Signal Name Pin Signal Name 1 14 Critical (NC) Critical (Com) 11 Input4 2 15 Major (NC) Major (Com) 12 Input5 3 16 Power OFF (NC) Power OFF (Com) 13 Input6 4 17 Minor/Warning (NC) Minor/Warning (Com) 21 Input7 5 6 18 General Out1 (NC) General Out1 (NO) General Out1 (Com) 22 Ground 7 19 20 General Out2 (Com) General Out2 (NC) General Out2 (NO) 23 Ground 8 Input1 24 Ground 9 Input2 25 Input8 10 Input3 Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers 76.8600-40039G Hardware Installation Guide © 2012 Tellabs. 212 6 Cabling Fig. 141 D25 Male Alarm Connector 6.4.2 SCM The connector type of the external alarm interface is RJ-45. The table below shows the alarm interface pinout. Pin Description 1 Input 1 2 Input 2 3 Input 3 4 Input 4 5 Ground 6 Normally Open contact (NO) 7 Common (COM) 8 Normally Closed contact (NC) 6.4.3 Tellabs 8609 Smart Router, Tellabs 8607 Smart Router and Tellabs 8605 Smart Router The connector type of the external alarm interface is RJ-45. The table below shows the alarm interface pinout. Pin Description 1 Input 1 2 Input 2 3 Input 3 4 Input 4 5 Ground 6 Normally Open contact (NO) 76.8600-40039G Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers © 2012 Tellabs. Hardware Installation Guide 213 6 Cabling Pin Description 7 Common (COM) 8 Normally Closed contact (NC) 6.5 Synchronization Cabling 6.5.1 Tellabs 8660 Smart Router, Tellabs 8630 Smart Router and Tellabs 8620 Smart Router The Station Clock Interface (SCI) connects an external reference clock to the NE. The optional Timing Module is a Synchronous Equipment Clock (SEC)/Stratum 3 generator with a station clock interface. The station clock interface supports a G.703 2048 kHz synchronization interface or an interface with Synchronization Status Messages. It is equipped on CDC or Tellabs 8620 smart router. There are two Timing Module types: • ETSI SEC Timing Module supporting only the G.703 2048 kHz clock signal synchronization interface • S3 Timing Module supporting the G.703 2048 kHz clock signal, framed E1 2048 kbps and framed T1 1544 kbps Synchronization Status Message interface Both interface types, unbalanced and balanced, are provided on Timing Module. For Tellabs 8620 smart router the Timing Module is available as an option. The connector type in the 75 Ω synchronization cabling is SMB (50 Ω unbalanced) female and in 100 Ω/120 Ω cabling D9 (balanced) male. The other end is connected to a common clock source giving synchronization to the entire transmission system. The clock source can be a PRC-, SSU- or SEC-level clock and respectively in ANSI networks of Stratum 3 level or better. In Tellabs 8660 smart router and Tellabs 8630 smart router two station clock ports are available when 1+1 (two CDCs) equipment protection is used. Two separate cables are needed. Connect the station clock interface to the common clock source using a shielded cable. Fig. 142 Station Clock Interfaces Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers 76.8600-40039G Hardware Installation Guide © 2012 Tellabs. 214 6 Cabling The 100 Ω/120 Ω Station Clock Interface signals are described in the table below: Pin Description 1 Input B-wire 2 Input A-wire 3 Cable shield, GND 4 Output B-wire 5 Output A-wire 6 Cable shield, GND 7 Cable shield, GND 8 Cable shield, GND 9 Cable shield, GND Refer to Tellabs ® 8620 Smart Router Reference Manual, Tellabs ® 8630 Smart Router Reference Manual and Tellabs ® 8660 Smart Router Reference Manual for technical specifications. 6.5.2 Tellabs 8611 Smart Router Tellabs 8611 smart router provides SCI and one SCO, which are contained in the same RJ-45 connector on the SCM. The SCI is intended to connect an external reference clock to the NE. If there are two SCMs installed, the NE will choose only one input to Sync from at a time. Any network interface can also be selected as a timing reference source. Connector The station clock interface connector type is a balanced 120/100 Ω E1/T1 interface on an RJ-48c connector. Cabling For optimal performance, 0.326 mm 2 (22 AWG) solid twisted pair individually shielded cabling should be used. 6.5.3 Tellabs 8609 Smart Router Station clock input (SCI) or any network interface can be used as a timing reference source. This includes the Ethernet interfaces and PDH interfaces. Connector The station clock interface connector type is a balanced 120/100 Ω E1/T1 interface on an RJ-48c connector. 76.8600-40039G Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers © 2012 Tellabs. Hardware Installation Guide 215 6 Cabling Cabling For optimal performance, 0.326 mm 2 (22 AWG) solid twisted pair individually shielded cabling should be used 6.5.4 Tellabs 8607 Smart Router Station clock input (SCI) or any network interface can be used as a timing reference source. This includes the Ethernet interfaces, PDH and xDSL interfaces. Connector The station clock interface connector type is SMB (50 Ω unbalanced) female. Cabling For optimal performance, a 75 Ω shielded coaxial cable should be used when using the SCI for the synchronization input. The maximum allowable line attenuation for the cables is 6 dB @ 2.048 MHz. 6.5.5 Tellabs 8605 Smart Router The following physical references are supported in Tellabs 8605 smart router: • Station Clock Input (SCI) supporting: • 2048 kHz synchronization interface (T12) according to [G.703] chapter 13 • 1.544, 5, 10, 15, 20 MHz signals • E1/T1 interface • 1000BASE-X interface • DS3 interface (Tellabs 8605-D) Tellabs 8605-B and Tellabs 8605-D additionally support an PTP slave function which can synchronize with up to four PTP masters concurrently and provides a PTP Virtual Clock Input to the [G.781] clock selection process. Connector The station clock interface connector type is SMB (50 Ω unbalanced) female. Cabling For optimal performance, a 75 Ω shielded coaxial cable (with SMB or Mini-SMB F plug) should be used when using the SCI for synchronization input. The maximum allowable line attenuation for the cables is 6 dB @ 2.048 MHz. Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers 76.8600-40039G Hardware Installation Guide © 2012 Tellabs. 216 6 Cabling 6.6 Communication Link Cabling Communication from the management servers to the Tellabs 8600 network elements can be established through any of the 10/100BASE-T Ethernet interfaces. Also other Ethernet IFMs can be used. It is, however, advantageous to use the management Ethernet port (MFE) for communication purposes. One Communication Server can be connected to one or more network elements. These connections are called communication links. The MFE port of Tellabs 8660 smart router and Tellabs 8630 smart router must be connected to an Ethernet switch. A hub is not supported. Use a cross LAN cable when you connect the MFE port of Tellabs 8630 smart router / Tellabs 8660 smart router CDC or Tellabs 8620 smart router straight to the Communication Server. In case you prefer to have an Ethernet switch in between, use straight LAN cabling. Connect the Route Master server to the selected 8x10/100BASE-TX IFM port using a cross LAN cable or straight LAN cable if there is an Ethernet switch in between. The requirement for MFE patch cable is category 5 FTP or higher. The maximum total length of the communication link cabling is up to 100 meters, including equipment cords. The automatic MDI/MDI-X crossover is not supported with the MFE port of Tellabs 8630 smart router / Tellabs 8660 smart router CDC or Tellabs 8620 smart router. 6.6.1 Tellabs 8660 Smart Router and Tellabs 8630 Smart Router Asynchronous Serial Port CDC has one external asynchronous serial port with RS-232, [TIA/EIA-232-E] an interface for CLI local management purposes. This interface is provided via the front panel D9 female connector. The baud rate for this interface is 38400 bps. You can use this serial port to perform the initial configuration for the NE. For the asynchronous serial management interface there is no protection scheme. Asynchronous Communication Port Signals Pin Name I/O 1 Carrier Detect (CD) O 2 Transmit Data (TxD) O 3 Receive Data (RxD) I 4 Data Set Ready (DSR) I 5 Ground - 6 Data Terminal Ready (DTR) O 7 Clear To Send (CTS) I 76.8600-40039G Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers © 2012 Tellabs. Hardware Installation Guide 217 6 Cabling Pin Name I/O 8 Request To Send (RTS) O 9 N.C. - The required service computer cable (D9 female–D9 male) pin assignments are the following: Service Computer Cable Pin Assignments (8660 and 8630) Connector Type: D9M Pin Assignment (8600 NE Side) Signal Name Signal Name Connector Type: D9F Pin Assignment (Service Computer Side) 1 CD CD 1 2 TxD RxD 2 3 RxD TxD 3 4 DSR DTR 4 5 GND GND 5 6 DTR DSR 6 7 CTS RTS 7 8 RTS CTS 8 9 9 Fast Ethernet Port One external Ethernet port with the 10/100BASE-TX interface with a RJ-45 connector is provided on the CDC front panel. This MFE port supports auto-negotiation for speed selection and for half/full duplex control. There are two status LEDs (both green ones) indicating the link status and transmission activity. In a protected system you can connect the Ethernet ports of both CDCs, for example, via an external switch. Protection of Management Ethernet In this section the “Management Fast Ethernet interface” means the Ethernet interface on the CDC in Tellabs 8660 smart router or in Tellabs 8630 smart router. Protection of the MFE is optional. The MFEs of both CDCs are connected to an external switch. Both interfaces share the same IP address, but only the active CDC communicates through the interface. Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers 76.8600-40039G Hardware Installation Guide © 2012 Tellabs. 218 6 Cabling Fig. 143 Protected Management Ethernet 6.6.2 Tellabs 8620 Smart Router Asynchronous Communication Link Tellabs 8620 smart router has one asynchronous port with RS-232, a [TIA/EIA-232-E] interface providing a CLI local management connection. This D9 female connector is located on the front panel. The baud rate for this interface is 38400 bps. The interface type is V.24 / V.28. You can use this serial port to perform the initial configuration for the NE. Ethernet Interface The fixed Ethernet port or any of the IFM 10/100BASE-TX ports of Tellabs 8620 smart router can be used as a communication link. Use the fixed Ethernet port for communication purposes only if the traffic is terminated in the NE. If the traffic is not terminated in Tellabs 8620 smart router, use one of the 10/100 Ethernet ports in the IFM for the communication link. For the communication link there is no protection scheme. 6.6.3 Tellabs 8611 Smart Router Asynchronous Serial Port The asynchronous serial interface (console) for CLI local management is according to [EIA/TIA-232-E]. The baud rate for this interface is 38400 bps. The connector type is RJ-45. RJ-45 Console Connector Pin Map (8611) Pin Signal Name 1 — 76.8600-40039G Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers © 2012 Tellabs. Hardware Installation Guide 219 6 Cabling Pin Signal Name 2 — 3 TxD 4 Ground 5 Ground 6 RxD 7 — 8 — 6.6.4 Tellabs 8609 Smart Router, Tellabs 8607 Smart Router and Tellabs 8605 Smart Router Asynchronous Serial Port The asynchronous serial interface (console) for CLI local management is according to [EIA/TIA-232-E]. The baud rate for this interface is 38400 bps. The connector type is RJ-45. The order code for a console cable (RJ45 - D9, 2 m) is PS402838117422A. The table below shows the CLI interface pinout. Service Computer Cable Pin Assignments (8605, 8607 and 8609) Connector Type: RJ-45 Pin Assignment (8600 NE Side) Signal Name Signal Name Connector Type: D9F Pin Assignment (Service Computer Side) 1 2 3 TxD RxD 2 4 GND GND 5 5 6 RxD TxD 3 7 8 Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers 76.8600-40039G Hardware Installation Guide © 2012 Tellabs. 220 7 Maintenance 7 Maintenance This chapter describes the maintenance procedures of the Tellabs 8600 hardware. Always use an antistatic wrist strap when handling electrostatic discharge sensitive devices. Before removing a card: If the NE is running FP3.0 or higher ESW, use the "esw-shutdown slot <slot#>" CLI command and wait until the red (Local Alarm) and yellow (Remote Alarm) LEDs are blinking in the target card (for details see chapter 7.1 ESW Shutdown before Removing Card(s) or Switching NE Power off)! Before switching the power off: If the NE is running FP3.0 or higher ESW, use the "esw-shutdown whole-ne" CLI command and wait until the red (Local Alarm) and yellow (Remote Alarm) LEDs are blinking in all cards (for details see chapter 7.1 ESW Shutdown before Removing Card(s) or Switching NE Power off)! 76.8600-40039G Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers © 2012 Tellabs. Hardware Installation Guide 221 7 Maintenance 7.1 ESW Shutdown before Removing Card(s) or Switching NE Power off In Tellabs 8630 smart router and Tellabs 8660 smart router, use the "esw-shutdown" CLI command only if the NE is running FP3.0 or higher ESW! After the shutdown command, power off is needed for the target card(s) to resume normal operation. Management connection to the NE is lost if the inband management connection goes through the target card, and always in case of shutdown of the whole NE! The "esw-shutdown" CLI command is used before removing card(s) or switching the NE power off. The shutdown is used to: • Confirm all configurations are flushed to the non-volatile and backup memory. • Avoid disturbance of other cards in case one card is removed. The CLI command: router# esw-shutdown { whole-ne | slot <slot#> } Wait until the red (Local Alarm) and yellow (Remote Alarm) LEDs are blinking in all target cards before switching the power off or removing the card. 7.2 Replacing CDC, SCM or Line Cards If you are going to remove the CDC from Tellabs 8660 smart router/Tellabs 8630 smart router, first turn off the power switch, then detach the power cable and only after these actions, remove the CDC. Never keep the power cable connected to the CDC while it is out of its slot. Otherwise the CDC may cause bodily injury or damage to the part that it is touching. Before removing a card: If the NE is running FP3.0 or higher ESW, use the "esw-shutdown slot <slot#>" CLI command and wait until the red (Local Alarm) and yellow (Remote Alarm) LEDs are blinking in the target card (for details see chapter 7.1 ESW Shutdown before Removing Card(s) or Switching NE Power off)! Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers 76.8600-40039G Hardware Installation Guide © 2012 Tellabs. 222 7 Maintenance When a CDC card (CDC1-A or CDC1-B) is replaced by another card, the HW Major.Minor (e.g. 2.0.x) version of a new CDC card base board (CBB2026 or CBB2224) should be at least equal to the HW version of the previous card. After replacement, the HW version of the new CDC card base board is saved as an expected HW version. If the replacement CDC card base board is of an older HW version than the previous card, start permission of the replacement card is denied. In most cases it is possible to accept an older HW version in inventory by using a “hw-inventory slot X force-accept hw-version” CLI command. For more information refer to Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers Equipment Management Configuration Guide. In CDC 1+1 equipment protection both CDCs must be of the same variant type (CDC1-A or CDC1-B). In CDC 1+1 equipment protection CDCs may have different types of Timing Modules, i.e. ETSI SEC Timing Module (cmt2017-etsi-timing) and S3 Timing Module (cmt2228-timing). However, in this case the expected type of Timing Module must be configured to cmt2017-etsi-timing and only the features of the cmt2017-etsi-timing can be used. Use the CLI command “hw-inventory slot 14 add module 1000 type cmt2017-etsi-timing”. Also “reload-sw” might be needed for one or both CDCs, before the CLI command takes effect. Remove and replace the card from the subrack as instructed in chapter 3.1.4 Line Card and CDC Assembly with New Captive Screws and New Ejector Levers or 3.1.5 IFC1 Line Card and CDC1 Assembly with Old Captive Screws and Old Ejector Levers depending on the hardware version in use. When a card is replaced by another card of the same type with the same type of modules, the new card (replacement card) will get the configuration of the old card and will start operating as part of the network element without any need to manually configure it. 7.2.1 Replacing Line Card with No Protection Groups If the Tellabs 8660 smart router or Tellabs 8630 smart router line card that needs to be replaced has no protection groups (MSP1+1, APS1+1 or ELP) configured in it, no Tellabs 8000 intelligent network manager steps are needed. 7.2.2 Replacing Line Card with Protection Groups If a line card with protection groups (MSP1+1, APS1+1 or ELP) configured needs to be replaced, the following Tellabs 8000 intelligent network manager steps are required for each of the protection groups in the card to make sure that no traffic is lost. Notice that the replacement line card needs to have the same HW type and be equipped with the same line modules than the faulty line card. Step 1 Click the network element with the Node Manager tool in the network window of Network Editor. 76.8600-40039G Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers © 2012 Tellabs. Hardware Installation Guide 223 7 Maintenance Step 2 In the Node Manager node window open the Protection Group menu option for the card that needs to be replaced. The Protection Group dialog will open. Fig. 144 Protection Group Menu Option in Node Manager Node Window Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers 76.8600-40039G Hardware Installation Guide © 2012 Tellabs. 224 7 Maintenance Step 3 If you are replacing the card where the Working Interface of the protection group is, assuming that the Working Interface is the active interface, activate the Protecting Interface, by ticking the Manual to Protecting or Forced to Protecting radio button and click Update. When there are no errors in the protecting interface, use Manual to Protecting. If case of errors in the protecting interface or the Manual to Protecting does not work, use Forced to Protecting; take into account that, when using the forced option, traffic might be lost. Fig. 145 Protection Group Dialog In this example the line card in slot 13 (U13) can now be removed. 76.8600-40039G Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers © 2012 Tellabs. Hardware Installation Guide 225 7 Maintenance If you are replacing the card containing the Protecting Interface of the protection group, there is no need to switch the traffic but you still might want to check the status of the interface in Tellabs 8000 intelligent network manager before removing the line card from the subrack. Step 4 Remove and replace the line card as instructed in chapter 3.1.4 Line Card and CDC Assembly with New Captive Screws and New Ejector Levers or 3.1.5 IFC1 Line Card and CDC1 Assembly with Old Captive Screws and Old Ejector Levers depending on the hardware version in use. Step 5 When the replacement line card has been physically installed back in the Tellabs 8600 network element, wait for an appropriate time. In the Node Manager node window, select the Equipment Information menu option. Check that the replacement card is in UP AND RUNNING state. You can keep the Equipment Information dialog open through the procedure to monitor the status of the network element. Use the Refresh button to get the updated information. Fig. 146 Equipment Information Menu Option in Node Manager Node Window Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers 76.8600-40039G Hardware Installation Guide © 2012 Tellabs. 226 7 Maintenance Fig. 147 Equipment Information Dialog Shows Replacement Card in UP AND RUNNING State Step 6 After the replaced line card is in UP AND RUNNING state, in the Protection Group dialog check that the Working Interface state is OK and change the working interface back to the active state by clicking the Manual to Working button. Click Update. The same procedure applies when replacing a Tellabs 8600 system ELP or APS1+1 protected line card. 76.8600-40039G Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers © 2012 Tellabs. Hardware Installation Guide 227 7 Maintenance 7.2.3 Replacing CDC or SCM When replacing a CDC or SCM card, the following Tellabs 8000 intelligent network manager steps are needed. Step 1 Click the network element with the Node Manager tool in the network window of Network Editor. Step 2 In the Node Manager node window open the Control Card Protection… menu option. The Control Card 1+1 Protection dialog will open. Fig. 148 CDC Protection Switch in Control Card 1+1 Protection Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers 76.8600-40039G Hardware Installation Guide © 2012 Tellabs. 228 7 Maintenance Step 3 If you are replacing the Working Control Card, assuming that it is acting as the active card, change the control card and management interface from the working to the protecting. • In the Control Card tab, change the Switch State from the Working to the Protecting Con- trol Card by clicking the Switch to Protecting button. Make sure that the correct CDC card is active. Fig. 149 CDC Switch in Control Card Tab • In the Management Interface tab, change the Switch State from the Working to the Pro- tecting Management IF by clicking the Switch to Protecting button. 76.8600-40039G Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers © 2012 Tellabs. Hardware Installation Guide 229 7 Maintenance This step is required only if you are using the management interface in the control card. Fig. 150 CDC Management Interface Tab If you are replacing the Protecting Control Card, assuming that it is not acting as the active card, there is no need to change the CDC or SCM activity status but you still might want to check the status of the CDC or SCM in Tellabs 8000 intelligent network manager before removing it from the subrack. Step 4 Remove and replace the CDC card as instructed in chapter 3.1.4 Line Card and CDC Assembly with New Captive Screws and New Ejector Levers or 3.1.5 IFC1 Line Card and CDC1 Assembly with Old Captive Screws and Old Ejector Levers depending on the hardware version in use. Only the control card that is not active should be removed from the network element. Step 5 When the replacement card has been physically installed in the Tellabs 8600 network element, wait for an appropriate time and open the Equipment Information dialog. Check that the replacement CDC or SCM card is in UP AND RUNNING state. Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers 76.8600-40039G Hardware Installation Guide © 2012 Tellabs. 230 7 Maintenance You can keep the Equipment Information dialog open through the procedure to monitor the status of the network element. Use the Refresh button to get the updated information. Fig. 151 Check that Replacement CDC Card Is in UP AND RUNNING State Step 6 After the replaced CDC or SCM is in UP AND RUNNING state, in the Control Card 1+1 Protection dialog check that the working and protecting CDC cards state is OK. Click Refresh. Step 7 In the Control Card 1+1 Protection dialog change the control card and management interface back from the protecting to the working side to recover the management interface and CDC/SCM activity after switchover. • In the Management Interface tab, click the Switch to Working button. • In the Control Card tab, change the Switch State from the Protecting to the Working Con- trol Card by clicking the Switch to Working button. 7.3 Replacing Interface Modules Make sure you are using an ESD wrist strap. An empty IFM slot must always be covered with a covering plate. 76.8600-40039G Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers © 2012 Tellabs. Hardware Installation Guide 231 7 Maintenance TELLABS WARRANTY SHALL BE VOID, AND TELLABS SHALL HAVE NO WARRANTY OR OTHER LIABILITY FOR DAMAGES OF ANY KIND, FOR TELLABS HARDWARE OR SOFTWARE THAT HAS NOT BEEN HANDLED, INSTALLED OR OPERATED IN ACCORDANCE WITH TELLABS´ SPECIFICATIONS AND OPERATING PROCEDURES. IF THE HARDWARE OR SOFTWARE HAS BEEN REPAIRED, MODIFIED OR REPLACED OTHER THAN BY TELLABS OR PERSON AUTHORIZED BY TELLABS, THE WARRANTY OF THE PRODUCT, AND OF ALL OTHER EQUIPMENT CONTAINED IN THE SYSTEM INTO WHICH THE PRODUCT IS INSTALLED, ARE VOID. The IFM may not be removed, replaced, or a new IFM added, by any party other than Tellabs or person authorized by Tellabs. There may be emergency situations or critical, exceptional circumstances in which the user or owner of the system decides, however, to remove, replace or add an IFM itself or by another party than Tellabs. The below specified instructions are provided for such exceptional cases and circumstances and for informative purposes only. The decision to perform any of these tasks and performance thereof shall constitute agreement of the warranty becoming null as set forth above. 7.3.1 Tellabs 8660 Smart Router and Tellabs 8630 Smart Router Step 1 Remove the IFC line card from the subrack as instructed in chapters 3.1.4 Line Card and CDC Assembly with New Captive Screws and New Ejector Levers and 3.1.5 IFC1 Line Card and CDC1 Assembly with Old Captive Screws and Old Ejector Levers. Step 2 Place the IFC line card onto an antistatic surface, the IFM fastening screws facing upwards. Step 3 Remove all the fastening screws of the IFM. There is a total of eight screws on the top surface of the IFM. Step 4 Now the board-to-board connector assemblies keep the IFM and the baseboard together. • Detach the IFM by carefully lifting it apart from the baseboard. This requires a considerable degree of force. • Grab the IFM from the edge closest to the connector assembly to avoid excessive bending of the cards. • Keep the IFM parallel to the IFC. Do not twist the IFM. Step 5 Assemble a new IFM. An empty IFM slot must always be covered with a covering plate. It is of utmost importance that the IFC line cards and CDCs are soundly pressed to their places and their captive screws are tightened. Failing to do so will cause a network element malfunction. Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers 76.8600-40039G Hardware Installation Guide © 2012 Tellabs. 232 7 Maintenance 7.4 Replacing SCM Before removing a card: use the "esw-shutdown slot <slot#>" CLI command and wait until the red (Local Alarm) and yellow (Remote Alarm) LEDs are blinking in the target card (for details see chapter 7.1 ESW Shutdown before Removing Card(s) or Switching NE Power off)! When an SCM module is replaced by another module, the HW Major.Minor (e.g. 2.0.x) version of the new SCM module (SCM2265) should be at least equal to the HW version of the previous module. After replacement, the HW version of the new SCM module is saved as an expected HW version. If the replacement SCM module is of an older HW version than the previous card, the start permission of the replacement module is denied. In most cases it is possible to accept an older HW version in the inventory by using a “hw-inventory slot X force-accept hw-version” CLI command. When a module is replaced by another module of the same type, the new module (replacement module) will get the configuration of the old module and will start operating as part of the network element without any need to manually configure it. Step 1 Verify that the SCM to be replaced is the passive SCM. If the SCM is not passive, switch SCMs using the Tellabs 8000 intelligent network manager or CLI. The procedure with the Tellabs 8000 intelligent network manager is described in chapter 7.2.3 Replacing CDC or SCM. Step 2 Enter the CLI command NE# esw-shutdown slot x (where x is the slot of the SCM to be replaced) Step 3 Label and remove any cables connected to the SCM to be replaced. Step 4 Loosen the captive screws on the left and right of the SCM faceplate by using a size 1 Pozidriv or #2 Phillips. Step 5 Remove the SCM from the enclosure by pulling on the handle mounted to the faceplate and carefully guide the module until it clears the card guides and enclosure. Step 6 Guide the replacement SCM into the enclosure by carefully placing it into the card guides of the slot and push it in until the module contacts the enclosure backplane connector. Step 7 Press the SCM into the enclosure backplane connector until the SCM faceplate is level with the enclosure. Step 8 Tighten the captive screws on the left and right of the high speed module by using a size 1 Pozidriv or #2 Phillips key. First tighten both of the screws lightly and after that make the final tightening. Use an approximate torque of 0.5 Nm/.68 Lb-Ft for tightening. Excessive tightening will damage the screw. Step 9 Replace cables that were removed per the labeling. 76.8600-40039G Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers © 2012 Tellabs. Hardware Installation Guide 233 7 Maintenance Fig. 152 Replacing Tellabs 8611 Smart Router SCM 7.5 Replacing Tellabs 8611 Smart Router, Tellabs 8609 Smart Router and Tellabs 8607 Smart Router Physical Line Modules 7.5.1 Replacing High Speed Module with Same Type Step 1 Label and remove any cables connected to the HM to be replaced. Step 2 Loosen the captive screws on the left and right of the HM faceplate by using a size 1 Pozidriv or #2 Phillips. Step 3 Remove the HM from the enclosure by pulling on the screws on the left and right of the faceplate and carefully guide the module until it clears the card guides and enclosure. Step 4 Guide the replacement HM into the enclosure by carefully placing it into the card guides of the slot and push it in until the module contacts the enclosure backplane connector. Step 5 Press the HM into the enclosure backplane connector until the faceplate is level with the enclosure. Step 6 Tighten the captive screws on the left and right of the HM faceplate by using a size 1 Pozidriv or #2 Phillips key. First tighten both of the screws lightly and after that make the final tightening. Use an approximate torque of 0.5 Nm/.68 Lb-Ft for tightening. Excessive tightening will damage the screw. Step 7 Make sure that all the empty slots are covered with a blank faceplate. Step 8 Re-connect cables that were removed per the labeling. Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers 76.8600-40039G Hardware Installation Guide © 2012 Tellabs. 234 7 Maintenance Fig. 153 Inserting High Speed Module in Tellabs 8611 Smart Router 7.5.2 Replacing High Speed Module with Different Type Step 1 Remove cables connected to the HM to be replaced. Step 2 Remove all provisioning associated with the HM from the running-configuration. Step 3 Remove the HM from HW inventory with CLI or the Tellabs 8000 intelligent network manager. CLI command: NE# hw-inventory slot 2 remove module <module slot> Step 4 Loosen the captive screws on the left and right of the HM faceplate by using a size 1 Pozidriv or #2 Phillips. Step 5 Remove the HM from the enclosure by pulling on the screws on the left and right of the faceplate and carefully guide the module until it clears the card guides and enclosure. Step 6 Guide the replacement HM into the enclosure by carefully placing it into the card guides of the slot and push it in until the module contacts the enclosure backplane connector. Step 7 Press the HM into the enclosure backplane connector until the faceplate is level with the enclosure. Step 8 Tighten the captive screws on the left and right of the HM faceplate by using a size 1 Pozidriv or #2 Phillips key. First tighten both of the screws lightly and after that make the final tightening. Use an approximate torque of 0.5 Nm/.68 Lb-Ft for tightening. Excessive tightening will damage the screw. Step 9 Place the new module into HW inventory with CLI or the Tellabs 8000 intelligent network manager. CLI command: NE# hw-inventory slot 2 add module <module slot> type <module type> <ansi/etsi> Step 10 Reload the passive SCM with CLI or the Tellabs 8000 intelligent network manager. CLI command: NE# reload-sw slot <slot#> 76.8600-40039G Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers © 2012 Tellabs. Hardware Installation Guide 235 7 Maintenance Step 11 Wait until the “Protection degraded“ fault state is cleared for slots 1 and 2 before continuing. Step 12 Switch SCMs with CLI or the Tellabs 8000 intelligent network manager. CLI command: NE# protection manual-switchover unit scm slot <passive SCM slot> Step 13 Wait until the “Protection degraded“ fault state is cleared for slots 1 and 2 before continuing. Step 14 Switch SCMs with CLI or the Tellabs 8000 intelligent network manager. CLI command: NE# protection manual-switchover unit scm slot <passive SCM slot> Step 15 Wait until the “Protection degraded“ fault state is cleared for slots 1 and 2 before continuing. Step 16 Provision the HM as required. 7.5.3 Replacing Line Module with Same Type Line modules in Tellabs 8607 smart router, Tellabs 8609 smart router and Tellabs 8611 smart router are not hot-swappable. It is of utmost importance that the network element has to be turned totally “OFF” before removing, installing or replacing any line modules physically, either by removing power from each of the network element power inputs by turning the circuit breakers to the “OFF” position or removing the fuse on the power distribution unit or detaching the power cable connectors from the power modules connectors. In Tellabs 8607 smart router the 2xADSL line module can be used only in slot M0! Step 1 Enter the CLI command NE# esw-shutdown whole-ne (for 8611) NE# esw-shutdown (for 8607, 8609) Step 2 Remove power from each of the power modules by turning the circuit breaker to the "OFF" position or removing the fuse on the power distribution unit. Step 3 Label and remove any cables connected to the LM to be replaced. Step 4 Loosen the captive screws on the left and right of the LM faceplate by using a size 1 Pozidriv or #2 Phillips. Step 5 Remove the LM from the enclosure by pulling on the screws on the left and right of the faceplate and carefully guide the module until it clears the card guides and enclosure. Step 6 Guide the replacement LM into the enclosure by carefully placing it into the card guides of the slot and push it in until the module contacts the enclosure backplane connector. Step 7 Press the LM into the enclosure backplane connector until the line module faceplate is level with the enclosure. Step 8 Tighten the captive screws on the left and right of the line module by using a size 1 Pozidriv or #2 Phillips key. First tighten both of the screws lightly and after that make the final tightening. Use an approximate torque of 0.5 Nm/0.68 Lb-Ft for tightening. Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers 76.8600-40039G Hardware Installation Guide © 2012 Tellabs. 236 7 Maintenance Excessive tightening will damage the screw. Step 9 Make sure that all the empty slots are covered with a blank faceplate. Step 10 Replace cables that were removed per the labeling. Step 11 Reapply power to the network element. Fig. 154 Inserting Line Module in Tellabs 8607 Smart Router 7.5.4 Replacing Line Module with Different Type Step 1 Remove cables connected to the LM to be replaced. Step 2 Remove all provisioning associated with the LM from the running-configuration. Step 3 Remove the LM from HW inventory with CLI or the Tellabs 8000 intelligent network manager. CLI commands: NE# hw-inventory slot 2 remove module <module slot> (for 8611) NE# hw-inventory remove module <module slot> (for 8607, 8609) Step 4 Place the new module into HW inventory with CLI or the Tellabs 8000 intelligent network manager. CLI commands: NE# hw-inventory slot 2 add module <module slot> type <module type> <ansi/etsi> (for 8611) NE# hw-inventory add module <module slot> type <module type> <ansi/etsi> (for 8607, 8609) Step 5 Shutdown the ESW to prepare to remove power from the network element. NE# esw-shutdown whole-ne (for 8611) NE# esw-shutdown (for 8607, 8609) Step 6 Remove power from the network element. 76.8600-40039G Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers © 2012 Tellabs. Hardware Installation Guide 237 7 Maintenance Step 7 Loosen the captive screws on the left and right of the LM faceplate by using a size 1 Pozidriv or #2 Phillips. Step 8 Remove the LM from the enclosure by pulling on the screws on the left and right of the faceplate and carefully guide the module until it clears the card guides and enclosure. Step 9 Guide the replacement LM into the enclosure by carefully placing it into the card guides of the slot and push it in until the module contacts the enclosure backplane connector. Step 10 Press the LM into the enclosure backplane connector until the faceplate is level with the enclosure. Step 11 Tighten the captive screws on the left and right of the LM faceplate by using a size 1 Pozidriv or #2 Phillips key. First tighten both of the screws lightly and after that make the final tightening. Use an approximate torque of 0.5 Nm/0.68 Lb-Ft for tightening. Excessive tightening will damage the screw. Step 12 Reapply power to the network element. Step 13 In Tellabs 8611 smart router wait until the “Protection degraded“ fault state is cleared. In Tellabs 8607 smart router and Tellabs 8609 smart router wait for the network element to finish booting before continuing. Step 14 Provision the LM as required. 7.6 Maintaining Air Filters Maintain the air filters to ensure a continuous air flow into the subrack. The air flow restricted by dirty air filters may result in an excessive rise of the temperature. Change the Tellabs 8600 network element air filter at least every six months. More frequent replacement is required in case of considerable impurities of the air. Be careful not to touch the rotating fans. 7.6.1 Tellabs 8660 Smart Router R2 Subrack In Tellabs 8660 smart router R2 subrack the air filter is in front of the fan modules. Step 1 Remove the fan module cover plate by loosening the screws on top left and right side. Step 2 Place the cover plate on a flat surface so that the front side of the air filter is down. Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers 76.8600-40039G Hardware Installation Guide © 2012 Tellabs. 238 7 Maintenance Step 3 Remove the air filter holder on top of the air filter by helping with a screwdriver at the sides. Step 4 Remove the air filter, insert a new air filter (82.86A-8660-R6) by placing it on the cover plate. Step 5 Insert the air filter holder on top of the air filter and secure the latches onto the cover plate. Step 6 Mount the fan module cover plate and tighten the screws. Fig. 155 Replacing Air Filter in Tellabs 8660 Smart Router R2 Subrack 76.8600-40039G Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers © 2012 Tellabs. Hardware Installation Guide 239 7 Maintenance 7.6.2 Tellabs 8660 Smart Router V3.0 and V3.1 The air filter is below the fan modules. You can remove it without pulling out any of the fan modules. Step 1 Open the fan module front panel by lifting it up so that the upper edge is released. Subrack V3.0 and higher also has screws to be loosened on the front panel. Step 2 Pull the air filter framework out of the subrack. Step 3 Insert a new air filter (81.86A8660FILTR-R6) to its place. Step 4 Close the fan module front panel and tighten the screws. Fig. 156 Replacing Air Filter in Tellabs 8660 Smart Router Subrack 7.6.3 Tellabs 8630 Smart Router The air filter is on the left side of the subrack and fan modules. The air filter is inside the air filter assembly. You can remove the air filter without pulling out any of the fan modules. Step 1 There are four M3 screws holding the air filter assembly on the left side of the Tellabs 8630 smart router subrack. They need to be unscrewed first. Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers 76.8600-40039G Hardware Installation Guide © 2012 Tellabs. 240 7 Maintenance Step 2 Remove the air filter assembly by pulling it from the handle on the front plate. Because of tight fitting, it must be pulled hard enough. Fig. 157 Removing Air Filter Assembly from Tellabs 8630 Smart Router Subrack Step 3 Hold the air filter assembly so that the front panel is towards you with the texts upside down. Fig. 158 Tellabs 8630 Smart Router Air Filter Assembly Step 4 Slide the filter holder on top of the air filter assembly towards you by helping with a screwdriver at the back, so that the plate slides from under the two perforated latches on the back side of the air filter assembly. Step 5 Now the filter holder can be slid away from you in the opposite direction so that it is released from under the four side latches. 76.8600-40039G Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers © 2012 Tellabs. Hardware Installation Guide 241 7 Maintenance Step 6 Remove the air filter, insert a new air filter (81.86A8630FILTR-R6) by carefully placing it under the six latches. Fig. 159 Removing Air Filter in Tellabs 8630 Smart Router Step 7 Slide the air filter holder back under the side latches from back to front. Make sure that the two drawing holes of the air filter holder are on the back side of the air filter assembly and the drawing is upside. Fig. 160 Air Filter Holder with Drawing Holes Visible Step 8 Slide the air filter holder all the way to the front of the air filter assembly so that you can press the back side of the air filter holder under the perforated latches on the back side of the framework. Then slightly move the air filter holder backwards so that its drawing holes snap into the perforated latches. Step 9 Slide the air filter assembly back into its place. The guide is on the left side of the fan modules. The fitting is tight, so some force is needed. Step 10 Take new standard screws from the air filter package. The old screws should not be used if they are the original self-tapping screws. Otherwise they may damage the threads of the screw holes. Put all four screws on their places and tighten them. Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers 76.8600-40039G Hardware Installation Guide © 2012 Tellabs. 242 7 Maintenance 7.6.4 Tellabs 8620 Smart Router The air filter is in the front of the fan module on the left side of the Tellabs 8620 smart router enclosure. You can replace the Tellabs 8620 smart router air filters without network element service disturbance. Step 1 Remove the fastening screw from the fan module cover plate on the left side of the Tellabs 8620 smart router front panel. Step 2 Remove the cover plate by first opening it slightly from the left side and then pulling it to the left. Step 3 Pull the air filter framework out of the subrack. Step 4 Replace the air filter tissue with a new one (81.86A8620FILTR-R6). Step 5 Replace the air filter framework by sliding it to its place with the grid facing the fans. Step 6 Replace the fan module cover plate. Fig. 161 Replacing Tellabs 8620 Smart Router Air Filter 7.6.5 Tellabs 8611 Smart Router The air filter is on the left side of the enclosure and fan modules. You can replace the air filter without network element service disturbance. Step 1 Open the fastening screw from the fan module cover plate on the left side of the Tellabs 8611 smart router front panel using a size 1 Pozidriv or #2 Phillips key. Step 2 Remove the air filter assembly by pulling it from the fastening screw in the front plate. Step 3 Replace the air filter tissue with a new one (81.86A-8611FILT-R6). Step 4 Replace the air filter framework by sliding it to its place with the grid facing the fans. Step 5 Tighten the fastening screw. 76.8600-40039G Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers © 2012 Tellabs. Hardware Installation Guide 243 7 Maintenance Fig. 162 Replacing Tellabs 8611 Smart Router Air Filter 7.6.6 Tellabs 8609 Smart Router The air filter is on the left side of the enclosure and fan modules. You can replace the air filter without network element service disturbance. Step 1 Open the fastening screw from the fan module cover plate on the left side of the Tellabs 8609 smart router front panel using a size 1 Pozidriv or #2 Phillips key. Step 2 Remove the air filter assembly by pulling it from the fastening screw in the front plate. Step 3 Replace the air filter tissue with a new one (81.86A-8609FILT-R6). Step 4 Replace the air filter framework by sliding it to its place with the grid facing the fans. Step 5 Tighten the fastening screw. Fig. 163 Replacing Tellabs 8609 Smart Router Air Filter Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers 76.8600-40039G Hardware Installation Guide © 2012 Tellabs. 244 7 Maintenance 7.6.7 Tellabs 8607 Smart Router The air filter is on the left side of the enclosure and fan modules. You can replace the air filter without network element service disturbance. Step 1 Open the fastening screw from the fan module cover plate on the left side of the Tellabs 8607 smart router front panel using a size 1 Pozidriv or #2 Phillips key. Step 2 Remove the air filter assembly by pulling it from the fastening screw in the front plate. Step 3 Replace the air filter tissue with a new one (81.86A8607FILTR-R6). Step 4 Replace the air filter framework by sliding it to its place with the grid facing the fans. Step 5 Tighten the fastening screw. Fig. 164 Replacing Tellabs 8607 Smart Router Air Filter 76.8600-40039G Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers © 2012 Tellabs. Hardware Installation Guide 245 7 Maintenance 7.7 Replacing Fan Modules Keep away from moving fan blades during operation. The fan propeller will also continue rotating momentarily after extraction. Be careful not to touch the propeller before rotation has stopped. Make sure you are using an ESD wrist strap. Instructions for fan module replacement on site: Ensure, that you have a replacement fan module ready to be installed before removing the former module. Make sure that you have the needed tools available, too. Install the new fan module immediately (within 2 minutes) after removing the failed fan module. In case of higher ambient temperature and higher power consumption in the network element, the replacement requires faster actions. Terminology: • A fan module is a module consisting of two or more fans, the mechanics and possibly the control electronics. • A fan is one fan in a fan module. The fan modules and air filter can be replaced on the fly without disturbing the data traffic through the NE. In case of failure of one fan in the network element, the other fans will maintain adequate cooling for a limited time. The replacement time of the fan module depends on the ambient temperature and furnishing. Higher temperature and higher power consumption requires faster actions. In case two fans fail in one fan module, the fan replacement requires faster actions. The fan status can be checked from the network element with the CLI command router# show environment fans The temperatures in the network element can be checked from the network element with the CLI command router# show environment temperatures 4 4 Add slot number if applicable. Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers 76.8600-40039G Hardware Installation Guide © 2012 Tellabs. 246 7 Maintenance Time to change fan module Single fan failure • For Tellabs 8611 smart router and Tellabs 8609 smart router: Within three hours • For Tellabs 8660 smart router, Tellabs 8630 smart router, Tellabs 8620 smart router and Tellabs 8607 smart router: Less than 72 hours More than one fan failure • For Tellabs 8611 smart router and Tellabs 8609 smart router: Within three hours • For Tellabs 8660 smart router, Tellabs 8630 smart router, Tellabs 8620 smart router and Tellabs 8607 smart router: Within three hours, or at least within one day In case of more than one fan failure in a single fan module (both fans not running) if ELC1 cards are installed above the fan module, ELC1 card(s) enter the power-save mode after 6 minutes. In power-save mode live traffic going through the card is cut. ELC1 wakes up automatically every 8-10 minutes to check if the fans are running. If the fans are running, ELC1 resumes normal operation automatically. 7.7.1 Tellabs 8660 Smart Router R2 Fig. 165 Tellabs 8660 Smart Router R2 Fan Module Step 1 Remove the fan module cover plate by loosening the screws on the top left and right side. Step 2 Loosen screws on the bottom left and right side. Pull the fan module clear of the subrack and lay it in a safe place. The fan is adhered to the network element subrack by a connector assembly. It will come loose when pulled hard enough. You can use, for instance, a screwdriver when extracting the fan module. Carefully bend from the lower edge. 76.8600-40039G Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers © 2012 Tellabs. Hardware Installation Guide 247 7 Maintenance Replace the fan module as soon as possible. Fig. 166 Replacing Tellabs 8660 Smart Router R2 Fan Module in Tellabs 8660 Smart Router R2 Subrack To replace the fan module, proceed as follows: Step 1 Hold the fan module with the fans on the upper side and the fan status LEDs on the left. Step 2 Place the fan module into the slot with the power connector first so that it rests on the subrack. Align the bottom guide. Step 3 Push the fan module into the slot until the power connector seats in the backplane and tighten the screws. The fan should immediately start rotating, presuming the NE power is on. Step 4 Verify that the green LED is lit at each fan. Step 5 Mount the fan module cover plate and tighten the screws. Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers 76.8600-40039G Hardware Installation Guide © 2012 Tellabs. 248 7 Maintenance 7.7.2 Tellabs 8660 Smart Router V3.0 and V3.1 Fig. 167 Tellabs 8660 Smart Router Fan Module Step 1 Open the front panel by lifting it so that the upper edge is released. Subrack V3.0 and higher also has screws to be loosened on the front panel. Step 2 Optional step for Tellabs 8660 smart router R1 fan module. Remove both power cables to the R1 fan module (for redundancy). Step 3 Pull the fan module clear of the subrack and lay it in a safe place. The fan is adhered to the network element subrack by a connector assembly. It will come loose when pulled hard enough. You can use, for instance, a screwdriver when extracting the fan module. Carefully bend from the lower edge. 76.8600-40039G Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers © 2012 Tellabs. Hardware Installation Guide 249 7 Maintenance Replace the fan module as soon as possible. Fig. 168 Replacing Fan Module in Tellabs 8660 Smart Router Subrack V3.0 and V3.1 To replace the fan module, proceed as follows: Step 1 Hold the fan module with the fans on the upper side and the fan status LEDs on the right. Step 2 Place the fan module into the slot with the power connector first so that it rests on the subrack. Align the bottom guides. Step 3 Push the fan module into the slot until the power connector seats in the backplane. Make sure the sliding base goes under each latch. Make sure, especially when inserting the leftmost fan module, that the wires on the left side of the fan module go in smoothly. The fan should immediately start rotating, presuming the NE power is on. Step 4 Optional step for Tellabs 8660 smart router R1 fan module. Connect both power cables to the R1 fan module (for redundancy). Step 5 Close the fan module front panel and tighten the screws. Step 6 Verify that the green LED is lit at each fan. Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers 76.8600-40039G Hardware Installation Guide © 2012 Tellabs. 250 7 Maintenance 7.7.3 Tellabs 8630 Smart Router Fig. 169 Tellabs 8630 Smart Router Fan Module Step 1 There are four M3 screws holding the air filter assembly on the left side of the Tellabs 8630 smart router subrack. They need to be screwed off first. Step 2 Remove the air filter assembly by pulling it from the handle on the front plate. Because of tight fitting, it must be pulled hard enough. Fig. 170 Removing Air Filter Assembly from Tellabs 8630 Smart Router Subrack 76.8600-40039G Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers © 2012 Tellabs. Hardware Installation Guide 251 7 Maintenance Step 3 Pull the fan module clear of the subrack and lay it in a safe place. The fan module can be pulled out by placing the fingers behind the metal handle in the front of the module having all the version stickers. The fan is adhered to the network element subrack by a connector assembly. It will come loose when pulled hard enough. Replace the fan module as soon as possible. Fig. 171 Removing Fan Module from Tellabs 8630 Smart Router Subrack To replace the fan module, proceed as follows: Step 1 Hold the fan module with the fans on the right side and the fan status LEDs at the bottom. Step 2 Place the fan module into the slot with the power connector first, so that it rests on the subrack. Align the left side guides. Step 3 Push the fan module into the slot until the power connector seats in the backplane. The fan should immediately start rotating presuming the NE power is on. Step 4 Slide the air filter assembly back in its place. The guide is on the left side of the fan modules. The fitting is tight, so some force is needed. Step 5 Take new standard screws from the filter package. The old screws should not be used if they are the original self-tapping screws. Otherwise they may damage the threads of the screw holes. Put all four screws on their places and tighten them. Step 6 Verify that the green LED is lit at each fan. Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers 76.8600-40039G Hardware Installation Guide © 2012 Tellabs. 252 7 Maintenance 7.7.4 Tellabs 8620 Smart Router Fig. 172 Tellabs 8620 Smart Router Fan Module Step 1 Remove the fan module cover plate. Step 2 Extract the air filter framework. Step 3 Remove the fastening screw in the front of the fan module. Now there is only the power connector attaching the fan module to the baseboard. Step 4 Pull the fan module out of the enclosure. • Grab the fan module from the upright edge on the left side. • Pull the fan module 1–2 cm first so that the power connector disengages. 76.8600-40039G Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers © 2012 Tellabs. Hardware Installation Guide 253 7 Maintenance • Wait until all the fans have stopped rotating. • Pull the fan module off the enclosure. Replace the fan module as soon as possible. Fig. 173 Removing Tellabs 8620 Smart Router Fan Module To replace the fan module, proceed as follows: Step 1 Slide the fan module inside the Tellabs 8620 smart router enclosure with the power connector first. • Align the left corners, the fan module attachment flanges and the fixing rail of the Tellabs 8620 smart router assembly. Step 2 Slide the fan module all the way to the bottom. • Watch out for the propellers in case the power is on. Step 3 Fasten the fan module fastening screw. Step 4 Replace the filter framework. Insert the framework to its place so that the grid is facing towards the fans. Step 5 Attach the fan module cover plate. 7.7.5 Tellabs 8611 Smart Router Step 1 Open the fastening screw from the filter framework cover plate on the left side of the Tellabs 8611 smart router front panel using a size 1 Pozidriv or #2 Phillips. Step 2 Remove the filter framework by pulling it from the fastening screw in the front plate. Step 3 There is a hole in the front edge of the fan assembly. Use this hole to pull the fan assembly out of the enclosure. You can e.g. use a screwdriver to carefully lever the fan assembly out. The fan assembly is attached to the enclosure with the power connectors on the PCB and it will come loose when pulled hard enough. Step 4 Replace the fan framework by sliding it to its proper orientation, that is, with the printed circuit board to the right when the fan module is inserted. Also ensure that the fan module is inserted so that the fans are to the right of the metal guide that the filter framework slides into. Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers 76.8600-40039G Hardware Installation Guide © 2012 Tellabs. 254 7 Maintenance Push the PCB framework of the fan module all the way to the bottom so that the power connectors are firmly pressed together. Do not exert more than finger tip pressure to get the fan module properly installed. If the fan module resists insertion, remove it and make sure it is properly aligned and the backplane pins are not bent. The fan module has a guide pin that will properly align the fan module to the connector if the fan module is properly inserted in the slot. Step 5 Replace the filter framework by sliding it to its place with the grid facing the fans. Step 6 Tighten the filter framework fastening screw. Fig. 174 Removing Tellabs 8611 Smart Router Fan Module 7.7.6 Tellabs 8609 Smart Router Step 1 Open the fastening screw from the filter framework cover plate on the left side of the Tellabs 8609 smart router front panel using a size 1 Pozidriv or #2 Phillips. Step 2 Remove the filter framework by pulling it from the fastening screw in the front plate. Step 3 There is a hole in the front edge of the fan assembly. Use this hole to pull the fan assembly out of the enclosure. You can e.g. use a screwdriver to carefully lever the fan assembly out. The fan assembly is attached to the enclosure with the power connectors on the PCB and it will come loose when pulled hard enough. (See Fig. 176 for an example.) Step 4 Replace the fan framework by sliding it to its proper orientation, that is, with the printed circuit board to the right when the fan module is inserted. Also ensure that the fan module is inserted so that the fans are to the right of the metal guide that the filter framework slides into. Push the PCB framework of the fan module all the way to the bottom so that the power connectors are firmly pressed together. Do not exert more than finger tip pressure to get the fan module properly installed. If the fan module resists insertion, remove it and make sure it is properly aligned and the backplane pins are not bent. The fan module has a guide pin that will properly align the fan module to the connector if the fan module is properly inserted in the slot. 76.8600-40039G Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers © 2012 Tellabs. Hardware Installation Guide 255 7 Maintenance Step 5 Replace the filter framework by sliding it to its place with the grid facing the fans. Step 6 Tighten the filter framework fastening screw. Fig. 175 Removing Tellabs 8609 Smart Router Fan Module 7.7.7 Tellabs 8607 Smart Router Step 1 Open the fastening screw from the filter framework cover plate on the left side of the Tellabs 8607 smart router front panel using a size 1 Pozidriv or #2 Phillips. Step 2 Remove the filter framework by pulling it from the fastening screw in the front plate. Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers 76.8600-40039G Hardware Installation Guide © 2012 Tellabs. 256 7 Maintenance Step 3 There is a hole in the front edge of the fan assembly. Use this hole to pull the fan assembly out of the enclosure. You can e.g. use a screwdriver to carefully lever the fan assembly out. The fan assembly is attached to the enclosure with the power connectors on the PCB and it will come loose when pulled hard enough. Fig. 176 Levering Tellabs 8607 Smart Router Fan Module Out with Screwdriver Step 4 Replace the fan module by sliding it to its place. Push the PCB framework of the fan module all the way to the bottom so that the power connectors are firmly pressed together. Do not push the fan itself. Step 5 Replace the filter framework by sliding it to its place with the grid facing the fans. Step 6 Tighten the filter framework fastening screw. 76.8600-40039G Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers © 2012 Tellabs. Hardware Installation Guide 257 7 Maintenance Fig. 177 Removing Tellabs 8607 Smart Router Fan Module 7.8 Replacing Fuses 7.8.1 Tellabs 8660 Smart Router R2 with DC48 Power Input Module (PIM) The optional DC48 Power Input Module (PIM) for Tellabs 8660 smart router R2 has five fuses. Fuses F2-F5 are located near the input connector and those fuses are for the 48 Vdc power feed of the Tellabs 8660 smart router R2 subrack. Fuse F1 is located near the rear connector and it is for the redundancy power feed of the CDC card. When replacing fuses F2-F5, use T25A 6.3 x 32 mm (¼” x 1 ¼”) fuses. When replacing fuse F1, use F4A 2.69 x 6.1 mm surface mount fuses, for example Littelfuse 0453004. The fuse locations are shown in the following figure. All fuses are user replaceable, however you may as well contact Tellabs to have the fuses replaced. Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers 76.8600-40039G Hardware Installation Guide © 2012 Tellabs. 258 7 Maintenance Fig. 178 Fuse Location on DC48 Power Input Module (PIM) for Tellabs 8660 Smart Router R2 7.8.2 Tellabs 8620 Smart Router AC The two mains fuses are located on the power module inside the Tellabs 8620 smart router AC enclosure. Contact Tellabs Repair Center to have the fuse replaced. 7.8.3 Tellabs 8620 Smart Router DC48 Two fuses are located on the DC power input module of Tellabs 8620 smart router DC48. The fuse locations are shown in the following figure. When replacing the fuses, use T6.3A fuses for both F1 and F2. 76.8600-40039G Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers © 2012 Tellabs. Hardware Installation Guide 259 7 Maintenance Fig. 179 Fuse Location on Tellabs 8620 Smart Router DC Power Input Module 7.8.4 Tellabs 8611 Smart Router Tellabs 8611 Smart Router DC In the Tellabs 8611 smart router DC power module the SMD fuses are fixed on the PCB and only Tellabs Repair Center is allowed to replace the fuses. 7.8.5 Tellabs 8609 Smart Router Tellabs 8609 Smart Router DC In the Tellabs 8609 smart router DC power module the SMD fuses are fixed on the PCB and only Tellabs Repair Center is allowed to replace the fuses. 7.8.6 Tellabs 8607 Smart Router Tellabs 8607 Smart Router DC In the Tellabs 8607 smart router DC power module the SMD fuses are fixed on the PCB and only Tellabs Repair Center is allowed to replace the fuses. Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers 76.8600-40039G Hardware Installation Guide © 2012 Tellabs. 260 7 Maintenance 7.8.7 Tellabs 8605 Smart Router Tellabs 8605 Smart Router AC The two mains fuses are located inside the Tellabs 8605 smart router AC enclosure. Contact Tellabs Repair Center to have the fuse replaced. Tellabs 8605 Smart Router DC48 Two fuses are located on the front side of the enclosure. The fuse locations are shown in the following figure. When replacing the fuses for Tellabs 8605 smart router DC48, use T1.6A fuses for both. Fig. 180 Fuse Location on Tellabs 8605 Smart Router DC48 Front Panel Tellabs 8605 Smart Router DC24 Two fuses are located on the front side of the enclosure. The fuse locations are shown in the following figure. When replacing the fuses for Tellabs 8605 smart router DC24, use T3.15A fuses for both. Fig. 181 Fuse Location on Tellabs 8605 Smart Router DC24 Front Panel 76.8600-40039G Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers © 2012 Tellabs. Hardware Installation Guide 261 7 Maintenance Tellabs 8605 Smart Router DC Two fuses are located on the front side of the enclosure. The fuse locations are shown in the following figure. When replacing the fuses for Tellabs 8605 smart router DC, use T3.15A fuses for both. Fig. 182 Fuse Location on Tellabs 8605 Smart Router DC Front Panel 7.9 Replacing DC48 Power Input Modules in Tellabs 8660 Smart Router R2 Replacing DC48 Power Input Modules (PIMs) in Tellabs 8660 smart router R2 is shortly described below. If needed, more detailed information is available in chapter 3.1.1 Upgrading Power Feeding of Tellabs 8660 Smart Router R2 from Protected CDC1 Feeding to Protected PIM Feeding. Step 1 Remove the Tellabs 8660 smart router R2 Fan Module cover plate. Step 2 Turn “OFF” the circuit breaker feeding in the PIM to be replaced. Step 3 Disconnect the PIM power cable from the PIM. Step 4 Open the mounting screws of the PIM. Step 5 Pull the PIM out from the Tellabs 8660 smart router R2 subrack. Step 6 Slide a new PIM into the Tellabs 8660 smart router R2 subrack and mount it with the screws. Step 7 Connect the PIM power cable to the PIM. Step 8 Turn “ON” the circuit breaker feeding in the replacement PIM. Step 9 Re-install the Tellabs 8660 smart router R2 Fan Module cover plate. Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers 76.8600-40039G Hardware Installation Guide © 2012 Tellabs. 262 7 Maintenance 7.10 Replacing Tellabs 8620 Smart Router DC48 Power Input Modules If you are going to remove the power input module from Tellabs 8620 smart router, first turn off the power switch, then detach the power cable and only after these actions, remove the power module. Never keep the power cable connected to the power module while it is out of its slot. Otherwise the power module may cause bodily injury or damage to the part that it is touching. Tellabs 8620 smart router DC48 power input module is hot-swappable. Step 1 Turn the power switch to the “OFF” position. Step 2 Open the screws of the power cable connector and detach the power cable. Step 3 Open the two screws with a screwdriver. Step 4 Pull the module out from the switch by the screws. Fig. 183 Removing Power Input Module from Tellabs 8620 Smart Router DC48 Step 5 Install the new module. Step 6 Tighten the mounting screws of the module with a screwdriver. Step 7 Mount the power cable and tighten its screws. Step 8 Turn the power switch to the “ON” position. If one of the power modules is not used, the power module slot needs to be covered with a blank cover plate. Fig. 184 Power Module Slot Cover Plate 76.8600-40039G Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers © 2012 Tellabs. Hardware Installation Guide 263 7 Maintenance Fig. 185 Tellabs 8620 Smart Router DC48 with Only One Power Input Module Installed 7.11 Replacing Tellabs 8611 Smart Router and Tellabs 8609 Smart Router Power Modules If you are going to remove the power module from Tellabs 8611 smart router and Tellabs 8609 smart router, detach the power cable and only after these actions, remove the power module. Never keep the power cable connected to the power module while it is out of its slot. Otherwise the power module may cause bodily injury or damage to the part that it is touching. It is of utmost importance that the power cable is disconnected from the power module before removing or inserting the module. In the installation of Tellabs 8609 smart router and Tellabs 8611 smart router, the power wires must be twisted (e.g. 16 rounds per meter). Untwisted DC power wiring is not allowed! In a redundant system where two DC power modules are used, one module can be removed while the other one supplies the power. The system will remain in operation provided that the remaining module is operating properly. When replacing a power module the screw terminal connector can be unplugged from the power module with the wire attached, and then reinserted into the power supply once the power module is seated. The replacement power module will come with a new screw terminal connector which can be discarded or used if the old screw terminal connector is damaged or showing signs of age. The tightness of the screw terminal connector should be checked if the connector is reused. Step 1 Turn off the circuit breaker or remove the fuse supplying power to the power module that will be replaced. Step 2 Disconnect the power supply cable from the power module that will be removed. Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers 76.8600-40039G Hardware Installation Guide © 2012 Tellabs. 264 7 Maintenance Step 3 Replace the power module following the same procedure that is presented in chapter 7.5 Replacing Tellabs 8611 Smart Router, Tellabs 8609 Smart Router and Tellabs 8607 Smart Router Physical Line Modules. Step 4 Secure connector with screws after plugging it in to the power module. Step 5 Turn on the circuit breaker or replace the fuse. In a system where only one power module is used, traffic will be lost while the module is being replaced. Perform this procedure during the maintenance window or at a low traffic time to minimize traffic disruption. This procedure will interrupt traffic. Step 1 Turn off the circuit breaker(s) or remove the fuse(s) supplying power to the power module that will be replaced Step 2 Disconnect the power supply cable(s) from the power module that will be removed. Step 3 Replace the power module following the same procedure that is presented in chapter 7.5 Replacing Tellabs 8611 Smart Router, Tellabs 8609 Smart Router and Tellabs 8607 Smart Router Physical Line Modules. Step 4 Secure connector with screws after plugging it in to the power module. Step 5 Turn on the circuit breaker or replace the fuse. Fig. 186 Inserting DC Power Module in Tellabs 8609 Smart Router 76.8600-40039G Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers © 2012 Tellabs. Hardware Installation Guide 265 7 Maintenance Fig. 187 Inserting DC48 Power Modules in Tellabs 8611 Smart Router 7.12 Replacing Tellabs 8607 Smart Router Power Modules If you are going to remove the power module from Tellabs 8607 smart router, detach the power cable and only after these actions, remove the power module. Never keep the power cable connected to the power module while it is out of its slot. Otherwise the power module may cause bodily injury or damage to the part that it is touching. It is of utmost importance that the power cable is disconnected from the power module before removing or inserting the module. In a redundant system where two DC power modules are used, one module can be removed while the other one supplies the power. The system will remain in operation provided that the remaining module is operating properly. Step 1 Disconnect the power supply cable from the power module that will be removed. Step 2 Replace the power module following the same procedure that is presented in chapter 7.5 Replacing Tellabs 8611 Smart Router, Tellabs 8609 Smart Router and Tellabs 8607 Smart Router Physical Line Modules. Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers 76.8600-40039G Hardware Installation Guide © 2012 Tellabs. 266 7 Maintenance Fig. 188 Inserting DC Power Module in Tellabs 8607 Smart Router 76.8600-40039G Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers © 2012 Tellabs. Hardware Installation Guide 267 8 Commissioning 8 Commissioning 8.1 Overview This commissioning chapter describes how to verify a correct Tellabs 8600 hardware installation and how to make the initial NE configuration. Tests related to the Tellabs 8000 intelligent network manager software and acceptance are excluded here as well as building the network. This chapter only describes the CLI configuration steps required to take the NE in use with the Tellabs 8600 system. Commissioning must be completed as soon as possible after the installation of the Tellabs 8600 equipment. The Tellabs 8000 intelligent network manager is not required for any of the procedures listed in this guide. Chapter 8.4 Configuring Tellabs 8600 Network Elements summarizes the main actions that have to be completed. A full checklist is included in Appendix: Commissioning Test Report. After completing the procedures in this chapter, you can start managing and configuring the Tellabs 8600 equipment with Tellabs 8000 intelligent network manager. Instructions on how to take the network elements in use with Tellabs 8000 intelligent network manager are provided in Tellabs ® 8000 Intelligent Network Manager Software Installation Manual. 8.2 Prerequisites • Tellabs 8600 hardware has been installed according to the instructions given in this document and is ready to be powered up. • Network configuration description with the required IP addresses dedicated for network elements and interfaces are available. • A console PC with a serial (COM) port and a LAN adapter is available. 8.3 Mechanical Installation Check 8.3.1 Network Element Installation Verify the following: • Network elements are securely tightened to the cabinet or rack. • Cards are installed in appropriate slots and are pushed all the way to the bottom. • Ejector levers of each line card and CDC are fully closed, parallel to the front panel. • Captive installation screws of each line card and CDC are tightened. • Empty line card, IFM and SFP slots have been covered with cover plates. Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers 76.8600-40039G Hardware Installation Guide © 2012 Tellabs. 268 8 Commissioning • All the other mechanical parts specific to the project are correctly installed. • Pluggable transceivers are properly plugged in and locked. • Adequate ventilation for NEs is provided. 8.3.2 Grounding Check that the NEs are securely grounded to the station earth bar or rack. Also make sure the following parts are grounded: • Doors, side panels, roof and floor of the cabinet or rack. • All the additional panels and project-specific parts inside the cabinet or rack. • Shielded cabling is grounded. • Rack connected to building ground. 8.3.3 Power Installation Verify the following: • Power (-48 Vdc in Tellabs 8660 smart router, Tellabs 8630 smart router, Tellabs 8620 smart router and Tellabs 8605 smart router and Tellabs 8607 smart router DC48) is available. • Power (-48/24 Vdc in Tellabs 8611 smart router, Tellabs 8609 smart router and Tellabs 8605 smart router DC) is available. • Power (100–240 Vac in Tellabs 8620 smart router and Tellabs 8605 smart router AC) is available. • Positive battery voltage is connected to the CDC battery input pin 2 (middle) and the negative voltage to pin 3 (upper) if -48 Vdc is used. • Primary voltage source is connected to the CDC in slot 14. In redundant system the secondary voltage is connected to the CDC in slot 1. This applies to Tellabs 8660 smart router and Tellabs 8630 smart router. • Verify that all -48/24 Vdc power connections are correctly established. Make sure that polarity is not reversed in any connection. • The AC power cord plug is locked to the power input socket using the captive latch in Tellabs 8605 smart router AC. 8.3.4 Cabling Check the following: • Cables are firmly connected to the ports. Check by pulling the connectors gently. • Protective caps are installed on all unused SFPs. • Empty SFP slots may be covered with an optional SFP plug (160.0637). • Excessive compression or pulling tension is not directed at the cabling. 76.8600-40039G Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers © 2012 Tellabs. Hardware Installation Guide 269 8 Commissioning • Minimum bend radius is not exceeded. • Cabling does not block free airflow nor network element maintenance. 8.4 Configuring Tellabs 8600 Network Elements For initial access to the network element, connect a console PC with a terminal emulation program, such as Hyper Terminal, directly to the console port of the NE. This connection allows the use of the command line interface (CLI) to set an IP address to the system. Configure at least the MFE port that will be used for the communication link (outband management), or the port with which the network element is added to the Tellabs 8600 network (inband management). Further actions related to the configuration can be made with Tellabs 8000 intelligent network manager once the network element has been taken in use. 8.4.1 Powering Up Network Element Step 1 Power up the network element (depending on the type of the network element, with the power switch, connecting the power cable or using an external circuit breaker). Step 2 Monitor the LEDs to verify that the system is booting properly. You should hear the system fans assembly immediately begin to operate, and LEDs should start indicating the system states in the startup sequence. Wait until the yellow Remote Alarm LED has stopped blinking in every card to indicate that the boot-up sequence has been completed. The green fan LEDs should be lit, and the red LEDs of each fan should be off. 8.4.2 Initial Network Element Configuration When a console is directly connected to the NE serial port, the system can be configured without an IP address. Once the IP address is configured, the NE can be accessed remotely, using Telnet, for example. In case the IP address of the management port of the NE is known, the Ethernet port can be used for the initial configuration with Telnet from the very beginning. See Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers CLI Commands Manual for additional CLI commands. In this chapter a communication link port refers to the port that is used to take the NE in use. In the outband management the possible options include: • 10/100BASE-TX management port on the CDC of Tellabs 8660 smart router and Tellabs 8630 smart router (mfe<slot>/0) • Fast Ethernet or gigabit Ethernet port on the IFM of Tellabs 8660 smart router and Tellabs 8630 smart router (fe|ge <slot>/<module>/<interface>) or Tellabs 8620 smart router (fe|ge<mod- ule>/<interface>) Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers 76.8600-40039G Hardware Installation Guide © 2012 Tellabs. 270 8 Commissioning • Fixed 10/100BASE-TX management port in Tellabs 8620 smart router (mfe0) The fixed MFE port of Tellabs 8620 smart router is intended for temporary on-site management and should only be used for traffic that is terminated in the network element. With inband management you should use the IFM interface also for the first hop. • 10/100/1000BASE-TX management port on the SCM of Tellabs 8611 smart router (mfe<slot>/0) • Console port is used for making the initial configuration in Tellabs 8605 smart router, Tellabs 8607 smart router, Tellabs 8609 smart router and Tellabs 8611 smart router. In inband management the communication link is one of the line card interfaces. Starting Console Session Step 1 Connect the console PC to the serial port of the NE using a serial RS232 cable. Step 2 Open the Hyper Terminal program on your console PC. Step 3 Make your choices with the connection name and icon, select the correct COM port and the following settings: • Bits per second: 38400 • Data bits: 8 • Parity: None • Stop bits: 1 • Flow control: None Step 4 Click OK. Step 5 Press Enter. Login to the element: user name:superuser password:******** Enter the configuration commands, one per line. Step 6 Enable the configuration mode: Router> enable Router# Telnet Configuration The console PC LAN adapter must be in the same LAN segment as the NE. Step 1 Connect the console PC LAN adapter to the MFE port of the NE using a cross LAN cable. Step 2 Run Telnet from the management console command prompt. Enter the IP address of the interface in question to open the Telnet session. C:\telnet <IP-address> The User Exec prompt appears when the Telnet session to the system is established. Step 3 Login to the element: user name:superuser password:******** Step 4 Enable the configuration mode: router> enable router# 76.8600-40039G Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers © 2012 Tellabs. Hardware Installation Guide 271 8 Commissioning Continue configuring the NE. Creating Tellabs 8660 Smart Router and Tellabs 8630 Smart Router Inventory The hw-inventory contains an expected card type for each card slot in the NE and an expected module type for each module slot in a card. Generally, add-all-units is the first command that is given to the NE after it has been populated with a full set of hardware. After the hw-inventory is created, the NE is operational. By default add-all-units sets the CDC in slot 14 to the active card and the CDC in slot 1 to the protecting card. Step 1 Create a new hw-inventory configuration using the following command, select ETSI or ANSI mode according your needs. ETSI mode is the default mode. router# hw-inventory add-all-units clean-start ? etsi STM-1, E1, etc. interfaces ansi Sonet, T1, etc. interfaces <cr> Accept command router# hw-inventory add-all-units clean-start After a while, the NE is operational. Wait patiently until the Bootup Done message has been displayed for each card and the yellow Remote Alarm LED has stopped blinking in all cards. A green LED will be lit, indicating the card is now online. Step 2 Check that all the cards are part of the inventory, UP AND RUNNING, and that the expected and active module type match the existing type. Check also that the CDC in slot 14 is the active one. A green Master LED should be on in the active CDC. Press Enter and login to the element. router> enable router# show hw-inventory Step 3 Configure the current UTC time and date to the network element. router> enable router# clock set as-utc 06:45:00 29 Aug 2007 Defining Synchronization Clock Input Refer to Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers Synchronization Configuration Guide for an overview of the Tellabs 8600 synchronization and instructions on how to configure the reference clock with a command-line interface (CLI) using a router’s console or remote terminal (Telnet). CDC/SCM 1+1 Equipment Protection Refer to Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers Equipment Management Configuration Guide for an overview and instructions for creating the CDC/SCM protection. Checking Active Faults Make sure there are no other faults in the NE than the following: link is down and loss of signal in each interface that is not receiving a signal. Only the red Critical LED in the CDC and Local Alarm in the line card should be on in addition to the green ones. router# show faults active Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers 76.8600-40039G Hardware Installation Guide © 2012 Tellabs. 272 8 Commissioning Self Tests CDC/SCM During the boot up, the CDC/SCM performs certain self tests to verify it is OK. During normal operation the CPU monitors the following (in the background): • CDC/SCM operating voltages • Temperature inside CDC/SCM • Memory access (DRAMs, FLASHES) • Performance of high speed data links with other cards • Functionality of subrack cooling and fans • Functionality of system interface bus Line Card The self tests performed by the line card include: • Line card operating voltages • Temperature inside the line card • Memory access (SDRAMs, FLASHES) • Performance of high speed data links with other cards • Functionality of system interface bus The CDC, SCM and line cards have a watchdog to reset themselves in case of a fatal failure in the CPU subsystem. 8.5 Configuring Communication Links Once the NE is configured, it is time to create the communication between the NE and Communication Server. 8.5.1 Outband and Inband Management There are three options for creating the communication to the network elements; inband, outband, and a combination of the two. In the case of outband management, the communication link is connected from Communication Server straight to the NE or via an external Fast Ethernet switch. Inband management means that the communication to a NE is established from an existing NE. Proper network management usually requires, depending on the circumstances, much configuration that is not described in this installation guide. See, in particular, Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers Management Communications Configuration Guide. 76.8600-40039G Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers © 2012 Tellabs. Hardware Installation Guide 273 8 Commissioning Fig. 189 Example of Management Communication Configuration 8.5.2 Configuring Outband Management This chapter describes the configuration steps required when establishing the communication to the first NE, between Communication Server and the NE. In this example the communication link is connected to the fixed Ethernet management port of Tellabs 8660 smart router. This configuration example is based on Fig. 189. The IP addresses used in this step are examples. Step 1 Enable configuration mode and check the existing configuration: router> enable router# show running configuration Step 2 Enter the NE hostname and IP address to the communication link port with the following commands: router# configure terminal router(config)# hostname N-PE 10 N-PE 10(config)# interface mfe14/0 N-PE 10(cfg-if)# ip address 192.168.10.10/24 N-PE 10(cfg-if)# description link to Communication Server Step 3 Activate the link: N-PE 10(cfg-if)# no shutdown N-PE 10(cfg-if)# exit A green LED will be lit within the interface in question indicating that the interface is now online. Step 4 Add a static route towards the management LAN by entering the following command: N-PE 10(config)# ip route 172.19.137.0/24 192.168.10.254 (172.19.137.0/24 is an example of the network address of the management LAN. 192.168.10.254 is an example IP address of the communication link dedicated LAN adapter of Communication Server.) Step 5 Test the communication to the NEs with ping: Test communication to the Communication Server with ping: N-PE 10(config)# exit N-PE 10# ping 192.168.10.254 (Communication Server LAN adapter) Step 6 Enter a static route to the node elements in the Workstation: C:\>route add 192.168.10.0 mask 255.255.255.0 172.19.137.254 -p Step 7 Enable the communication between the network element and Communication Server. N-PE 10(config)# bmp-server enable Once the IP address has been assigned to the interfaces and the static routes have been added to the NE and the Workstation, you can communicate remotely by Telnet over an Ethernet network. Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers 76.8600-40039G Hardware Installation Guide © 2012 Tellabs. 274 8 Commissioning 8.5.3 Configuring Inband Management This chapter describes the configuration steps required when establishing the communication to a new network element from an existing NE (between N-PE 20 and N-PE 10). This configuration example is based on Fig. 189. After outband management is configured according to the previous example in N-PE 10, the following configurations must be added in the NEs to enable inband management to N-PE 20 through N-PE 10. In this example OSPF is used and IGP protocol to establish routing connectivity. The Tellabs 8600 system supports also other routing protocols, for example IS-IS, which can be used for route distribution. N-PE 10 Step 1 Enter the loopback IP address: N-PE 10> enable N-PE 10# configure terminal N-PE 10(config)# interface lo0 N-PE 10(cfg-if)# ip address 10.123.100.10/32 N-PE 10(cfg-if)# no shutdown N-PE 10(cfg-if)# exit Step 2 Enter the communication link port IP address: N-PE 10(config)# interface fe9/1/0 N-PE 10(cfg-if)# description link to N-PE 20 N-PE 10(cfg-if)# ip address 10.123.10.1/30 N-PE 10(cfg-if)# no shutdown N-PE 10(cfg-if)# exit Step 3 Configure the OSPF: N-PE 10(config)# router ospf1 N-PE 10(cfg-ospf[1])# ospf router-id 10.123.100.10 N-PE 10(cfg-ospf[1])# network 192.168.10.0/24 area 0.0.0.0 (address of the management network) N-PE 10(cfg-ospf[1])# network 10.123.10.0/30 area 0.0.0.0 (address of the network between the elements) N-PE 10(cfg-ospf[1])# network 10.123.100.10/32 area 0.0.0.0 (NE loopback address) N-PE 10(cfg-ospf[1])# redistribute static N-PE 20 Step 1 Enter the hostname for the NE if not given yet: router(config)# hostname N-PE 20 Step 2 Enter the loopback IP address: N-PE 20> enable N-PE 20# configure terminal N-PE 20(config)# interface lo0 N-PE 20(cfg-if)# ip address 10.123.100.20/32 N-PE 20(cfg-if)# no shutdown N-PE 20(cfg-if)# exit Step 3 Enter the communication link port IP address: N-PE 20(config)# interface fe8/1/0 N-PE 20(cfg-if)# description link to existing element N-PE 10 N-PE 20(cfg-if)# ip address 10.123.10.2/30 76.8600-40039G Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers © 2012 Tellabs. Hardware Installation Guide 275 8 Commissioning N-PE 20(cfg-if)# no shutdown N-PE 20(cfg-if)# exit Step 4 Configure the OSPF: N-PE 20(config)# router ospf1 N-PE 20(cfg-ospf[1])# ospf router-id 10.123.100.20 N-PE 20(cfg-ospf[1])# network 10.123.10.0/30 area 0.0.0.0 (address of the network between the elements) N-PE 20(cfg-ospf[1])# network 10.123.100.20/32 area 0.0.0.0 (NE loopback address) Step 5 Enter a static route to the node elements in the Workstation: C:\>route add 10.123.100.0 mask 255.255.255.0 172.19.137.254 -p Step 6 Enter a static route to the node elements in the Communication Server: C:\>route add 10.123.100.0 mask 255.255.255.0 192.168.10.10 -p Step 7 Now you should be able to ping and Telnet the loopback addresses of both NEs, N-PE 10 and N-PE 20 from a Workstation or the Communication Server. C:\>ping <NE loopback address> Step 8 Enable the communication between the network element and Communication Server. N-PE 20(config)# bmp-server enable 8.5.4 Management Traffic QoS The outgoing management traffic QoS can easily be selected using the command: (config)# mgmt-traffic qos Using this command the operator can select which QoS class outgoing management traffic uses (mgmt-traffic qos affects the following protocols: CLI, BMP, including CCN, SNMP and syslog packets). The default QoS value for management traffic is CS7. Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers 76.8600-40039G Hardware Installation Guide © 2012 Tellabs. 276 8 Commissioning 8.6 Testing Tellabs 8660 Smart Router and Tellabs 8630 Smart Router Protection Switching Execute this test only to a redundant Tellabs 8660 smart router or Tellabs 8630 smart router with two CDCs. 8.6.1 Power Step 1 Disconnect the power in the working CDC or PIM power source by means of e.g. a circuit breaker. Make sure the power disconnection does not affect other network elements. Step 2 Check the network element to determine whether it continues to function or not. Step 3 Re-establish the CLI session to the protecting CDC. When using the PIM, this step is not applicable. Step 4 Communicate with Tellabs 8660 smart router or Tellabs 8630 smart router by using the console PC. For example, read the configuration with Hyper Terminal. • Give the CLI command show running-config or ping to determine whether you are able to communicate with the network element or not. Step 5 Connect the power back on in the working CDC or PIM. See chapter 8.8 Troubleshooting in case of problems. 8.6.2 Management Step 1 Connect the console PC to the same Ethernet switch with the NE. The console PC must be configured to the same LAN segment with the NE. Step 2 Disconnect the LAN cable from the working CDC. Step 3 Communicate with the NE: c:\ping <communication port ip address> You should be able to ping the NE through both, working and protecting, CDCs. The network elements are now ready to be taken in use with Tellabs 8000 intelligent network manager. 76.8600-40039G Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers © 2012 Tellabs. Hardware Installation Guide 277 8 Commissioning 8.7 Testing Tellabs 8611 Smart Router Protection Switching 8.7.1 Power Step 1 Disconnect the primary power source by turning the circuit breaker to the "OFF" position or removing the fuse on the power distribution unit. Step 2 Check the network element to determine whether it continues to function or not. Step 3 Communicate with Tellabs 8611 smart router by using the console PC. For example, read the configuration with Hyper Terminal. • Give the CLI command show running-config or ping to determine whether you are able to communicate with the network element or not. Step 4 Reapply power by turning the circuit breaker to the "ON" position or replacing the fuse on the power distribution unit. See chapter 8.8 Troubleshooting in case of problems. 8.7.2 Management Execute this test only to a redundant Tellabs 8611 smart router with two SCMs. Step 1 Connect the console PC to the same Ethernet switch with the NE. The console PC must be configured to the same LAN segment with the NE. Step 2 Disconnect the LAN cable from the working SCM. Step 3 Communicate with the NE: c:\ping <communication port ip address> You should be able to ping the NE through both, working and protecting, SCMs. The network elements are now ready to be taken in use with Tellabs 8000 intelligent network manager. 8.8 Troubleshooting Problems with the initial startup are often related to a line card, IFM or fan module that is not correctly seated in its place, or to an incorrect power supply installation. Also a wrong cable selection or a configuration error causes problems. 8.8.1 Understanding LEDs The status LEDs on each card will indicate all system states in the startup sequence. By checking the LEDs, you can determine if some of the NE components failed in the startup sequence. The meaning of LEDs is explained in the tables below. Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers 76.8600-40039G Hardware Installation Guide © 2012 Tellabs. 278 8 Commissioning Tellabs 8660 Smart Router and Tellabs 8630 Smart Router CDC LED Name Color States Local Alarm RED ON when CDC itself has a fault or is not in inventory. BLINKING during the following operations: 1) Manually set to forced blinking. 2) If also yellow LED is blinking, the card/NE has reached shutdown state after "esw-shutdown" command and can be removed from NE or power can be switched off. OFF otherwise. Remote Alarm YELLOW ON when online and CDC detects or suspects fault in some other network element or remote site. BLINKING during the following operations: 1) Boot-up sequence. 2) Inventory create. 3) Inventory (backup) restoration. 4) Manually set to forced blinking. 5) If also red LED is blinking, the card/NE has reached shutdown state after "esw-shutdown" command and can be removed from NE or power can be switched off. OFF otherwise. Active/Master GREEN ON when CDC is online (it is “up” meaning successful boot-up sequence finished and start-up permission granted). Note that online CDC may still contain errors. BLINKING when manually set to forced blinking. OFF otherwise. Tellabs 8660 Smart Router and Tellabs 8630 Smart Router ELC1 Line Card LED Name Color States Local Alarm RED ON when card itself has a fault or card is not in inventory. BLINKING during the following operations: 1) Manually set to forced blinking. 2) Unable to detect backplane type (has poor backplane contact?); unable to boot up. 3) If also yellow LED is blinking, the card/NE has reached shutdown state after "esw-shutdown" command and can be removed from NE or power can be switched off. OFF otherwise. Remote Alarm YELLOW ON when error detected in some other card. BLINKING during the following operations: 1) Boot-up sequence. 2) Inventory create. 3) Inventory (backup) restoration. 4) Manually set to forced blinking. 5) If also red LED is blinking, the card/NE has reached shutdown state after "esw-shutdown" command and can be removed from NE or power can be switched off. OFF otherwise. On Line GREEN ON when card is active and in inventory. BLINKING when manually set to forced blinking. OFF otherwise. 76.8600-40039G Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers © 2012 Tellabs. Hardware Installation Guide 279 8 Commissioning Tellabs 8660 Smart Router and Tellabs 8630 Smart Router IFC Line Card LED Name Color States Local Alarm RED ON when card itself has a fault or card is not in inventory. BLINKING during the following operations: 1) Manually set to forced blinking. 2) Unable to detect backplane type (has poor backplane contact?); unable to boot up. 3) If also yellow LED is blinking, the card/NE has reached shutdown state after "esw-shutdown" command and can be removed from NE or power can be switched off. OFF otherwise. Remote Alarm YELLOW ON when error detected in some other card. BLINKING during the following operations: 1) Boot-up sequence. 2) Inventory create. 3) Inventory (backup) restoration. 4) Manually set to forced blinking. 5) If also red LED is blinking, the card/NE has reached shutdown state after "esw-shutdown" command and can be removed from NE or power can be switched off. OFF otherwise. On Line GREEN ON when card is active and in inventory. BLINKING when manually set to forced blinking. OFF otherwise. Tellabs 8620 Smart Router There are three LEDs to indicate the NE status and one for power OK status. Led Name Color States Local Alarm RED ON when NE itself has a fault. BLINKING during the following operations: 1) Manually set to forced blinking. 2) If also yellow LED is blinking, the card/NE has reached shutdown state after "esw-shutdown" command and can be removed from NE or power can be switched off. OFF otherwise. Remote Alarm YELLOW ON when online and NE detects or suspects fault in some other network element or remote site. BLINKING during the following operations: 1) Boot-up sequence. 2) Inventory create. 3) Inventory (backup) restoration. 4) Manually set to forced blinking. 5) If also red LED is blinking, the card/NE has reached shutdown state after "esw-shutdown" command and can be removed from NE or power can be switched off. OFF otherwise. Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers 76.8600-40039G Hardware Installation Guide © 2012 Tellabs. 280 8 Commissioning Led Name Color States Online GREEN ON when NE is online (it is “up”, meaning successful boot-up sequence finished and start-up permission granted). Note that an online NE may still contain errors. BLINKING when manually set to forced blinking. OFF otherwise. Power GREEN ON when NE power is ON. OFF otherwise. Tellabs 8620 Smart Router DC Power Input Module There are two LEDs to indicate the Input voltage OK status. LED Name Color States Power A GREEN ON when Input voltage is ON. OFF otherwise. Power B GREEN ON when Input voltage is ON. OFF otherwise. 8x10/100BASE-TX IFM and MFE There are two green LEDs per each port to indicate the port status. LED Name Color States Link State GREEN ON when link is up. BLINKING when TX or RX or either activity. OFF when link is down/not detected. Online GREEN ON when port is online. OFF when port is in the shutdown state. 8x100BASE-X IFM There are two green LEDs per each port to indicate the port status. LED Name Color States Link State GREEN ON when link is up. BLINKING when TX or RX or either activity. OFF when link is down/not detected. Online GREEN ON when port is online. OFF when port is in the shutdown state. 2x1000BASE-X IFM and 8x1000BASE-X IFM Each port has two green LEDs: one for link state and another for indicating link activation state. 76.8600-40039G Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers © 2012 Tellabs. Hardware Installation Guide 281 8 Commissioning LED Name Color States Link State GREEN ON when link is up. OFF when link is down. Online GREEN ON when port activated from management. OFF when port inactivated from management. 2+6x10/100/1000BASE-COMBO IFM Each port has two green LEDs; one for link state and another for port activation state indication. LED Name Color States Link Activity GREEN ON when link is up. OFF when link is down BLINKING when packets transmitted or received (only in the electrical ports) OnLine GREEN ON when port activated from management. OFF when port is inactivated from management. 8x10/100/1000BASE-TX R2 IFM Each port has two green LEDs; one for link state and another for port activation state indication. LED Name Color States Link Activity GREEN ON when link is up. OFF when link is down BLINKING when packets transmitted or received OnLine GREEN ON when port activated from management. OFF when port is inactivated from management. 8x100/1000BASE-X R2 IFM Each port has two green LEDs; one for combined link state and activity and another for port activation state indication. LED Name Color States Link State/Activity GREEN ON when link is up. OFF when link is down. BLINKING when packets received or transmitted. OnLine GREEN ON when port activated from management. OFF when port is inactivated from management. 1x10GBASE-R R2 IFM Each port has two green LEDs; one for link state and another for port activation state indication. Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers 76.8600-40039G Hardware Installation Guide © 2012 Tellabs. 282 8 Commissioning LED Name Color States Link State GREEN ON when link is up. OFF when link is down OnLine GREEN ON when port activated from management. OFF when port is inactivated from management. 8xSTM-1/OC-3 POS IFM There are two LEDs per each port to indicate port status. The LEDs are located next to the SFP connector. The RED one is the uppermost or, if the IFM lies horizontally, the left one. LED Name Color States Online GREEN ON when the port is active. BLINKING when manually set to forced blinking. OFF when the port is shut down. Alarm RED ON when the port detects an alarm (error or other alarm, local or remote or loop activated). BLINKING when manually set to forced blinking. OFF otherwise. 4xSTM-4/OC-12 POS IFM There are two LEDs per each port to indicate port status. The LEDs locate above the SFP connector. LED Name Color States Alarm RED ON when this physical interface detects an alarm (error or other alarm, local or remote or loop_activated) that is remarkable enough to be indicated with a LED. There may be other alarms (typically of warning severity) that are not indicated with an interface LED. OFF otherwise. BLINKING when manually set to do so. OnLine GREEN ON when this physical interface is online (so it is “up” that means successful bootup sequence finished and startup permission granted and not shut down administratively). Note that online IF may still contain errors. BLINKING when manually set to do so. OFF otherwise, for example when in shutdown state. 1xSTM-16/OC-48 POS IFM There is one tricolor LED to indicate the status of the port. The LED is located next to the SFP connector. LED Name Color States Online GREEN ON when the port is active AND there are no alarms. BLINKING when manually set to forced blinking. 76.8600-40039G Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers © 2012 Tellabs. Hardware Installation Guide 283 8 Commissioning LED Name Color States Remote Alarm AMBER ON when the port receives remote reported alarm (error or other alarm) OR loop is activated in this IF. BLINKING when manually set to forced blinking. Local Alarm RED ON when the port detects a local alarm (error or other alarm). BLINKING when manually set to forced blinking. Inactive/Shut Down OFF All lights are OFF when the unit is inactive or shut down. 4xSTM-1/OC-3 ATM IFM There is one bicolor green/yellow and one red LED per each port to indicate its status. The green and yellow LEDs cannot be lighted/activated simultaneously. LED Name Color States Alarm RED ON when LOCAL ALARM OFF when no errors or IF is in INACTIVE/SHUTDOWN state. Alarm YELLOW ON when REMOTE ALARM or LOOP ACTIVATED. OFF when no errors or IF is in INACTIVE/SHUTDOWN state. Online GREEN ON when IF active and no errors. OFF when IF is in INACTIVE/SHUTDOWN state or yellow LED is on. 1xchSTM-1/chOC-3 Multiservice IFM There are two LEDs for showing IF status. The upper most LED (bicolor) is for Link Alarm state “Alm”. The lower LED is for “Online”. LED Name Color States Alm RED ON when LOCAL ALARM OFF when no errors or IF is in INACTIVE/SHUTDOWN state. Alm YELLOW ON when REMOTE ALARM or LOOP ACTIVATED. OFF when no errors or IF is in INACTIVE/SHUTDOWN state. Online GREEN ON when IF active and no errors. OFF when IF is in INACTIVE/SHUTDOWN state. 4xchSTM-1/chOC-3 Multiservice IFM There are two LEDs per each port to indicate port status. The LEDs locate above the SFP connector. Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers 76.8600-40039G Hardware Installation Guide © 2012 Tellabs. 284 8 Commissioning LED Name Color States Alarm RED ON when this physical interface detects an alarm (error or other alarm, local or remote or loop_activated) that is remarkable enough to be indicated with a LED. There may be other alarms (typically of warning severity) that are not indicated with an interface LED. BLINKING when manually set to do so. OFF otherwise. OnLine GREEN ON when this physical interface is online (so it is “up” that means successful bootup sequence finished and startup permission granted and not shut down administratively). Note that online IF may still contain errors. BLINKING when manually set to do so. OFF otherwise, for example when in shutdown state. 24xchE1/chT1 Multiservice and 24xchE1/chT1 Mobile Optimization IFMs There are red and green LEDs per connector for showing IF status. LED Name Color States Alm RED ON when there is LOCAL ALARM. OFF when there are no errors or the IF is in the INACTIVE/SHUTDOWN state. Online GREEN ON when the IF is active and there are no errors. OFF when the IF is in the INACTIVE/SHUTDOWN state. Tellabs 8660 Smart Router and Tellabs 8630 Smart Router Fan Modules There are three LEDs visible on the front edge of the fan module. LED Name Color States Power ON GREEN ON when module power is OK. OFF otherwise. Alarm, Fan 1 Alarm, Fan 2 RED ON when the fan has failed or is operating incorrectly. OFF otherwise. Tellabs 8611 Smart Router SCM The SCM has four status LEDs, the meaning of which depends on the hosting SCM’s active / passive status as follows: 76.8600-40039G Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers © 2012 Tellabs. Hardware Installation Guide 285 8 Commissioning Indicators in Active SCM LED Name Color States Local Alarm RED ON indicates Major/Critical level NE alarm or that NE is in reset state. BLINKING during the following operations: 1) Command induced verification of Local Alarm LED operation. 2) If the yellow LED is also blinking, the card/NE has reached shutdown state after "esw-shutdown" command and can be removed from the NE or power can be switched off. OFF otherwise. Remote Alarm YELLOW ON indicates Minor/Warning level NE alarm. BLINKING during the following operations: 1) Command induced verification of Remote Alarm LED operation. 2) If the red LED is also blinking, the card/NE has reached shutdown state after "esw-shutdown" command and can be removed from the NE or power can be switched off. OFF otherwise. Ready GREEN ON indicates that SCM is operating normally. BLINKING indicates command induced verification of Ready Status LED operation. OFF otherwise. Master GREEN ON indicates that SCM is operating in the "active" role. BLINKING indicates command induced verification of Active Status LED operation. OFF otherwise. Indicators in Passive SCM LED Name Color States Local Alarm RED BLINKING during the following operations: 1) Command induced verification of Local Alarm LED operation. 2) If the yellow LED is also blinking, the card/NE has reached shutdown state after "esw-shutdown" command and can be removed from the NE or power can be switched off. OFF otherwise. Remote Alarm YELLOW BLINKING during the following operations: 1) Command induced verification of Remote Alarm LED operation. 2) If the red LED is also blinking, the card/NE has reached shutdown state after "esw-shutdown" command and can be removed from the NE or power can be switched off. OFF otherwise. Ready GREEN ON indicates that SCM is operating normally. BLINKING indicates command induced verification of Ready Status LED operation. OFF otherwise. Master GREEN BLINKING indicates command induced verification of Active Status LED operation. OFF otherwise. Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers 76.8600-40039G Hardware Installation Guide © 2012 Tellabs. 286 8 Commissioning 4x10/100/1000BASE-TX HM Each port has two green LEDs: one for link state and another for link activation state indication. LED Name Color States Online GREEN ON when administrative status for Ethernet interface is online. BLINKING when manually set to forced blinking. OFF when administrative status for Ethernet interface is shutdown or Ethernet link is down. Link/Activity GREEN ON when Ethernet link is up. BLINKING when Ethernet link is up and there is transmit or receive activity. OFF when Ethernet link is down or in shutdown state. 4x100/1000BASE-X HM Each port has two green LEDs: one for link state and another for link activation state indication. LED Name Color States Online GREEN ON when administrative status for Ethernet interface is online. BLINKING when manually set to forced blinking. OFF when administrative status for Ethernet interface is shutdown or Ethernet link is down. Link/Activity GREEN ON when Ethernet link is up. BLINKING when Ethernet link is up and there is transmit or receive activity. OFF when Ethernet link is down or in shutdown state. Tellabs 8609 Smart Router and Tellabs 8607 Smart Router There are three LEDs to indicate the NE status and one for the power OK status. LED Name Color States Local Alarm RED ON when NE itself has a fault. BLINKING during the following operations: 1) Manually set to forced blinking. 2) If also yellow LED is blinking, the card/NE has reached shutdown state after "esw-shutdown" command and can be removed from NE or power can be switched off. OFF otherwise. 76.8600-40039G Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers © 2012 Tellabs. Hardware Installation Guide 287 8 Commissioning LED Name Color States Remote Alarm YELLOW ON when online and NE detects or suspects a fault in another NE or remote site. BLINKING during the following operations: 1) Boot-up sequence. 2) Inventory create. 3) Inventory (backup) restoration. 4) Manually set to forced blinking. 5) If also red LED is blinking, the card/NE has reached shutdown state after "esw-shutdown" command and can be removed from NE or power can be switched off. OFF otherwise. OnLine GREEN ON when NE is online (it is “up” meaning successful boot-up sequence finished and startup permission granted). Note that online NE may still contain errors. BLINKING when manually set to forced blinking. OFF otherwise. Power GREEN ON when NE power is ON. OFF otherwise. Tellabs 8611 Smart Router and Tellabs 8609 Smart Router DC Power Module On the DC power module there is a voltage monitor LED for input voltage detection. LED Name Color States Battery voltage GREEN ON when Input voltage is valid OFF otherwise. Tellabs 8611 Smart Router and Tellabs 8609 Smart Router DC48 Power Module On the DC48 power module there is a voltage monitor LED for input voltage detection. LED Name Color States Battery voltage GREEN ON when 12V output voltage is valid. OFF otherwise. Tellabs 8609 Smart Router and Tellabs 8607 Smart Router Ethernet LEDs There are two LEDs to indicate the Ethernet port status. LED Name Color States Link/Activity GREEN ON when Ethernet link is up. BLINKING when Ethernet link is up and there is transmit or receive activity. OFF when Ethernet link is down or in shutdown state. Online GREEN ON when administrative status for Ethernet interface is online. BLINKING when manually set to forced blinking. OFF when administrative status for Ethernet interface is shutdown or Ethernet link is down. Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers 76.8600-40039G Hardware Installation Guide © 2012 Tellabs. 288 8 Commissioning Tellabs 8607 Smart Router DC Power Module There is a LED on the front panel of the power module to indicate the input voltage status. LED Name Color States Input Voltage OK GREEN ON when Input voltage is OK OFF otherwise. Tellabs 8611 Smart Router, Tellabs 8609 Smart Router and Tellabs 8607 Smart Router 8x10/100BASE-TX LM There is one bicolor LED per each interface to indicate its status. LED Color States GREEN ON when link is up on the speed 100 Mbps BLINKING when TX or RX or either activities on the 100 Mbps OFF when administrative status for interface is offline. YELLOW ON when links is up on the speed 10 Mbps BLINKING when TX or RX or either activities on the 10 Mbps OFF when administrative status for interface is offline Alternate Blinking GREEN-YELLOW Link is down and administrative status for interface is online. Tellabs 8611 Smart Router, Tellabs 8609 Smart Router and Tellabs 8607 Smart Router 8xchE1/chT1 LM There are three LEDs to indicate the port status. Physically the LEDs are integrated in the RJ-45 connector. LED Name Color States Alm RED ON when LOCAL ALARM (LOS/LOF/AIS) BLINKING when manually set to forced blinking. OFF when no errors or LM is in INACTIVE/SHUTDOWN state. Online GREEN ON when administrative status for interface is online. BLINKING when manually set to forced blinking. OFF when administrative status for interface is shutdown or PDH link is down. Alm YELLOW ON when REMOTE ALARM (RAI) OFF when no errors or LM is in INACTIVE/SHUTDOWN state. Tellabs 8607 Smart Router 2xADSL LM There is one LED per port showing the interface status. 76.8600-40039G Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers © 2012 Tellabs. Hardware Installation Guide 289 8 Commissioning LED Name Color States DSL1 line GREEN OFF, when the line is unprovisioned or not activated. SLOW BLINKING, when the line is configured and activated but not actively training with the far end modem (activation). FAST BLINKING, when the line is configured, activated and currently in training process with the far end modem (initialization). SOLID GREEN, when the line is in showtime. DSL2 line GREEN OFF, when the line is unprovisioned or not activated. SLOW BLINKING, when the line is configured and activated but not actively training with the far end modem (activation). FAST BLINKING, when the line is configured, activated and currently in training process with the far end modem (initialization). SOLID GREEN, when the line is in showtime. POWER GREEN OFF, when power off or LM not activated. SOLID GREEN when power on and the LM has been activated. ALARM RED SOLID RED, Failing power on diagnostics. LAN GREEN Status of Test Interface. OFF, when there is no Ethernet LAN connection. SOLID GREEN, when Ethernet connection has been established. BLINKING, when data is passing through the port. ACT GREEN Lit, when there is activity between LM and 8607 chassis. Tellabs 8607 Smart Router 4xSHDSL LM There is one bicolor LED per port showing interface statuses. LED Color States OFF OFF when interface is in INACTIVE/SHUTDOWN state. AMBER When interface is configured and activated but not actively trained with the far end modem Blinking AMBER When interface is configured , activated and currently in training process with the far end modem GREEN When interface is configured and the line is in showtime Tellabs 8605 Smart Router There are three LEDs to indicate the NE status and one for the power OK status. LED Name Color States Local Alarm RED ON when NE itself has a fault. BLINKING during the following operations: 1) Manually set to forced blinking. 2) If also yellow LED is blinking, the card/NE has reached shutdown state after "esw-shutdown" command and can be removed from NE or power can be switched off. OFF otherwise. Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers 76.8600-40039G Hardware Installation Guide © 2012 Tellabs. 290 8 Commissioning LED Name Color States Remote Alarm YELLOW ON when online and NE detects or suspects a fault in another NE or remote site. BLINKING during the following operations: 1) Boot-up sequence. 2) Inventory create. 3) Inventory (backup) restoration. 4) Manually set to forced blinking. 5) If also red LED is blinking, the card/NE has reached shutdown state after "esw-shutdown" command and can be removed from NE or power can be switched off. OFF otherwise. OnLine GREEN ON when NE is online (it is “up” meaning successful boot-up sequence finished and start-up permission granted). Note that online NE may still contain errors. BLINKING when manually set to forced blinking. OFF otherwise. Power GREEN ON when NE power is ON. OFF otherwise. Tellabs 8605 Smart Router Ethernet LEDs There are two LEDs to indicate the Ethernet port status. LED Name Color States Link/Activity GREEN ON when Ethernet link is up. BLINKING when Ethernet link is up and there is transmit or receive activity. OFF when Ethernet link is down or in shutdown state. Online GREEN ON when administrative status for Ethernet interface is online. BLINKING when manually set to forced blinking. OFF when administrative status for Ethernet interface is shutdown. Tellabs 8605 Smart Router chE1/chT1 LEDs There are two LEDs to indicate the chE1/chT1 port status. LED Name Color States Alm RED ON when LOCAL ALARM. BLINKING when manually set to forced blinking. OFF when no errors. Online GREEN ON when administrative status for interface is online. BLINKING when manually set to forced blinking. OFF when administrative status for interface is shutdown. Tellabs 8605 Smart Router DS3 LEDs There are two LEDs to indicate the DS3 port status for each port individually. 76.8600-40039G Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers © 2012 Tellabs. Hardware Installation Guide 291 8 Commissioning LED Name Color States Alm RED ON when LOCAL ALARM. BLINKING when manually set to forced blinking. OFF when no errors. Online GREEN ON when administrative status for interface is online. BLINKING when manually set to forced blinking. OFF when administrative status for interface is shutdown. 8.8.2 Power Failures In case the NE does not start properly, the fans do not start operating, and none of the LEDs are lit after the power is turned on in the NE, check the following: • CDC is properly seated in the backplane of the NE. • DC48 Power Input Module (PIM) for Tellabs 8660 smart router R2 is properly seated in the backplane of the NE and the power cords are properly connected. • All the circuit breakers in the power feed line are turned on. • Polarity is correct in the power connector and throughout the entire power feed line. • Power supply voltage, current and power is correct. • The power cord is properly seated in Tellabs 8620 smart router. • Using a voltmeter, measure the dc voltage at the power distribution point to ensure the operation within the range between -40.5 to -60 Vdc. The fuses may have been blown. Please, contact Tellabs to have them replaced. 8.8.3 Fan Module The NE fan module should operate whenever the system power is on. The fan LED should be green (in Tellabs 8660 smart router and Tellabs 8630 smart router only). You should also be able to hear the fan module to determine whether or not it is operating. Step 1 Verify that the fan LED on the fan module is green and none of the red LEDs are on. Step 2 In case the red LED is on or the green LED is not lit, one or more fans in the fan module has failed. Check the following: • The fan module is properly seated in the backplane of the NE. • There are no bent pins in the fan module connectors. To ensure that the fan module is properly seated, remove the fan module and reinstall it as instructed previously in this document. If the fan module is still not operating after performing the procedures described above, the fan may be defective and needs to be replaced. Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers 76.8600-40039G Hardware Installation Guide © 2012 Tellabs. 292 8 Commissioning 8.8.4 Line Cards A green Online LED on each line card and CDC should be lit when the power of the NE is turned on and the card is active and in the inventory. Step 1 If all the card status LEDs are off and the card is not shown in CLI, check the following: • The line card might not be fully seated in its slot. Reseat the line card so that both ejector levers are locked. Tighten the captive installation screws at the top and bottomof the module front panel. • The line card may not be in the inventory. Try removing and reseating the card. Recreate the inventory with CLI. Bad card insertion may also be the cause of other unpredictable behavior. 8.8.5 Interface Modules and Line Modules The LEDs within each interface module and line module indicate the link state: up or down and activity. The green link LED is lit when the cable is plugged, provided the link in the far end is online. If the LED is not lit: • Check that the port is activated. • Try reconnecting the cable. • Make sure there is no dirt in the optical connector face plate or in the IFM/LM connector jack. • Make sure you are using the right type of cables. • Make sure the Ethernet hub or switch has the correct settings. 8.8.6 Commissioning NE Communication Problems with CLI • Make sure you have the correct settings in your console program. • Make sure the communication port you are using in your console PC is enabled and working correctly. • Before entering CLI commands, make sure the NE has completed rebooting. Communication Problems In case ping does not work in the network elements: • Review IP addresses and configurations carefully. • Review the routing tables carefully. • Make sure you are using the right type of cables. • Make sure the cables are not faulty. 76.8600-40039G Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers © 2012 Tellabs. Hardware Installation Guide 293 9 Required Tools 9 Required Tools The telecommunications installer’s basic tools are required to complete the NE installation. This chapter lists the tools that are needed in the most common installations. 9.1 Tellabs 8660 Smart Router and Tellabs 8630 Smart Router Assembly Tool Description Pozidriv screwdriver Sizes 1, 3 Screwdriver Size 2 Allen key (not applicable for Tellabs 8660 smart router R2 subrack) Size 3 Torx screwdriver Size 10 9.2 Tellabs 8620 Smart Router Installation Tool Description Pozidriv screwdriver Sizes 1, 2, 3 Allen key Size 3 Screwdriver Different sizes, depending on the site infrastructure 9.3 Tellabs 8611 Smart Router Installation Tool Description Phillips screwdriver Size 2 Pozidriv screwdriver Sizes 1 ,2, 3 Torx screwdriver Size 10 Screwdriver Various sizes 9.4 Tellabs 8609 Smart Router Installation Tool Description Phillips screwdriver Size 2 Pozidriv screwdriver Sizes 1, 2, 3 Torx screwdriver Size 10 Screwdriver Various sizes Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers 76.8600-40039G Hardware Installation Guide © 2012 Tellabs. 294 9 Required Tools 9.5 Tellabs 8607 Smart Router Installation Tool Description Phillips screwdriver Size 2 Pozidriv screwdriver Sizes 1, 2, 3 Screwdriver Different sizes, depending on the site infrastructure 9.6 Tellabs 8605 Smart Router Installation Tool Description Pozidriv screwdriver Sizes 2, 3 Torx screwdriver Size 10 Screwdriver Different sizes, depending on the site infrastructure 9.7 Grounding and Power Tool Description Pozidriv screwdriver Size 2 Screwdriver Sizes 2, 3 Allen key Size 4 Abico crimp tool For cable clamps Cable stripping tool For .83–13 mm 2 (6–18 AWG) cables Hack saw Soldering iron Side cutters For .83–13 mm 2 (6–18 AWG) cables Knife Voltmeter 76.8600-40039G Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers © 2012 Tellabs. Hardware Installation Guide 295 9 Required Tools 9.8 Cabling Electrical Cabling Tool Description Precision side cutters Stripping tool For 4-pair Cat5 UTP/FTP cable Crimping tool For 4-pair Cat5 UTP/FTP cable Punch down tool Optical Cabling Tool Description Cleaning set for optical connectors A container of clean pressurized air For cleaning the optical connector jacks 9.9 Other Material Item Description Cable ties / Velcro tape At least three different sizes Soldering tin Desoldering braid or tool Label marker For marking the cabling / network elements Power screwdriver ESD wrist strap Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers 76.8600-40039G Hardware Installation Guide © 2012 Tellabs. 296 10 ESW Downloading 10 ESW Downloading The actual executable application ESW must be transferred with FTP/SFTP. See instructions for using SFTP in Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers Management Communications Configuration Guide. Before using FTP/SFTP, the server must be enabled (it is disabled by default). router(config)# ftp-server enable After the ESW download the FTP/SFTP server can be disabled, if required. The following characterizes the FTP/SFTP: • The mode must be bin (i.e. downloading a binary file). • The transfer will fail if the file system is full, if the ESW directory quota is all used or if the number of files in the ESW directory has reached its maximum (10). • In Tellabs 8605 smart router download plain ESW file sbz2729_x.y.z to directory /flash/appl-sw • In Tellabs 8607 smart router download plain ESW file sbz2738_x.y.z to directory /flash/appl-sw • In Tellabs 8609 smart router download plain ESW file sbz2751_x.y.z to directory /flash/appl-sw • In Tellabs 8611 smart router ESW is updated using a software package. A pack- age file pkg_8611_x.y.z is downloaded to directory /flash/appl-sw/slot2 (or /flash/appl-sw/slot1). • In Tellabs 8620 smart router ESW is updated using a software package. A package file pkg_8620_x.y.z is downloaded to directory /flash/appl-sw/. • In Tellabs 8630 smart router and Tellabs 8660 smart router ESWis updated using a software pack- age. Apackage file pkg_8660_x.y.z is downloaded to directory /flash/appl-sw/slot<x> where <x> is the slot number of a CDC, IFC2 or ELC1 card) (e.g. /flash/appl-sw/slot14 for CDC in slot 14). It is also possible to download and activate an individual ESW to a card, but it is not recommended. A software package (PKG) is a file whose name starts with “pkg_” (e.g. pkg_8620_3.1.103). The package may contain several ESWs for several cards, IFMs etc. In the above file names x.y.z refers to the ESW version number, e.g. 1.5.509 for Tellabs 8605 smart router FP1.5 SP2 GA. 10.1 ESW Downloading Using Windows Explorer Step 1 Start Windows Explorer. Step 2 Open an FTP connection to the IP address of the target NE. For example, if the IP address is 172.19.102.155, clear the Explorer address field and type: 76.8600-40039G Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers © 2012 Tellabs. Hardware Installation Guide 297 10 ESW Downloading ftp://172.19.102.155/ Step 3 If user authentication is enabled, fill in the username and password. Otherwise the FTP connection will be disconnected. Step 4 Open the application ESW directory (the directory depends on the NE type, check the appropriate directory from the list in chapter 10 ESW Downloading). Step 5 Open a new Explorer window. Move to the directory where the new application software or PKG file exists. Step 6 Drag the new application software to the FTP connected application software sub-folder. See details on the directory in chapter 10 ESW Downloading. Do not download incompatible application software. Step 7 If the transfer fails, it might indicate that the flash file system is full. In the Telnet session or console you can delete all unused application software versions with the CLI command: router# delete flash: * or router# delete slot * flash: * Repeat the steps from Step 6. Fig. 190 File Structure View in Windows Explorer 10.2 ESW Downloading Using Command Prompt FTP Session Step 1 Start the Command Prompt. Step 2 Go to the directory where the new downloadable application software or PKG file exists. Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers 76.8600-40039G Hardware Installation Guide © 2012 Tellabs. 298 10 ESW Downloading Step 3 Open an FTP connection to the target by typing: ftp 172.19.102.172 Step 4 If user authentication is enabled, fill in the username and password correctly. Otherwise the FTP connection will be disconnected. Step 5 Change the directory to the application software directory (the directory depends on the NE type, check appropriate directory from the list in chapter 10 ESW Downloading). Type e.g. cd /flash/appl-sw/ Do not download incompatible application software. Step 6 Download application software to the target. See details on the directory in chapter 10 ESW Downloading. The following commands are needed. 1. Type bin and press Enter. 2. Optional step. Type hash and press Enter if you want to see how the file transfer pro- gresses. 3. Type put <new PKG or ESW file-name> and press Enter. Step 7 Wait until the transfer is finished. Step 8 If the transfer fails, it might indicate that the flash file system is full. In the Telnet session or console you can delete all unused application software versions with the CLI command: router# delete flash: * or router# delete slot * flash: * Repeat the steps from Step 6. Fig. 191 Software Transference Using FTP in Command Prompt 76.8600-40039G Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers © 2012 Tellabs. Hardware Installation Guide 299 10 ESW Downloading 10.3 Activating Application Software The instructions below can be used when taking a new Tellabs 8600 NE into use. If you are upgrading ESW, see instructions inTellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers Embedded Software Release Notes. Step 1 Connect to the target through a console or Telnet connection. Step 2 If user authentication is enabled, fill in the username and password. Otherwise the connection will be disconnected. Step 3 Enter the Privilege command mode by typing the CLI command router> enable Step 4 Check the existing software by typing the CLI command router# show flash: Step 5 After checking the software, enter the Configure command mode by typing the CLI command router# configure terminal Step 6 Use the “boot system” CLI command to activate and reload ESW to the NE. E.g. Tellabs 8620 smart router: router(config)# boot system flash: pkg_8620_3.1.103 reload E.g. Tellabs 8660 smart router: router(config)# boot system slot 14 flash: pkg_3.1.103_upg reload Step 7 After recovery from the reset enter the Privilege command mode by typing the CLI command router> enable Step 8 Check the active software by typing the CLI command router# show sw-version In Tellabs 8611 smart router, Tellabs 8630 smart router and Tellabs 8660 smart router all cards should have the same ESW version active. Note that the line cards (IFC1, IFC2, ELC1) and control card (CDC1) have different ESW names, but the version number (e.g. 3.1.103) should be the same in all cards. Step 9 Delete unused ESW files. E.g. Tellabs 8620 smart router: router# delete flash: * E.g. Tellabs 8660 smart router: router# delete slot * flash: * Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers 76.8600-40039G Hardware Installation Guide © 2012 Tellabs. 300 10 ESW Downloading Fig. 192 Activating Application Software — Show Flash in Tellabs 8620 Smart Router Fig. 193 Activating Application Software — Show Software Version in Tellabs 8620 Smart Router 76.8600-40039G Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers © 2012 Tellabs. Hardware Installation Guide 301 10 ESW Downloading Fig. 194 Activating Application Software — Show Flash in Tellabs 8630 Smart Router Fig. 195 Activating Application Software — Show Software Version in Tellabs 8630 Smart Router Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers 76.8600-40039G Hardware Installation Guide © 2012 Tellabs. 302 Appendix: Commissioning Test Report Appendix: Commissioning Test Report Commissioning Test Report Site Number Site Name Switch ID Switch Type Tellabs 8605 smart router Tellabs 8607 smart router Tellabs 8609 smart router Tellabs 8611 smart router Tellabs 8620 smart router Tellabs 8630 smart router Tellabs 8660 smart router Number of 8x100BASE-X ports Number of 8x10/100BASE-TX ports Number of 2x1000BASE-X ports Number of 8x1000BASE-X ports Number of 2+6x10/100/1000BASE-COMBO ports Number of 8x10/100/1000BASE-TX R2 ports Number of 8x100/1000BASE-X R2 ports Number of 1x10GBASE-R R2 ports Number of 8xSTM-1/OC-3 POS ports Number of 1xSTM-16/OC-48 POS ports Number of 1xchSTM-1/chOC-3 Multiservice ports Number of 4xchSTM-1/chOC-3 Multiservice ports Number of 4xSTM-1/OC-3 ATM ports Number of 4xSTM-4/OC-12 POS ports Number of 24xchE1/chT1 Multiservice ports Number of 24xchE1/chT1 Mobile Optimization ports Number of 8x10/100BASE-TX ports (Tellabs 8607 smart router, Tellabs 8609 smart router and Tellabs 8611 smart router) Number of 8xchE1/chT1 ports (Tellabs 8607 smart router, Tellabs 8609 smart router and Tellabs 8611 smart router) 76.8600-40039G Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers © 2012 Tellabs. Hardware Installation Guide 303 Appendix: Commissioning Test Report Number of 2xADSL ports (Tellabs 8607 smart router only) Number of 4xSHDSL ports (Tellabs 8607 smart router only) Number of 4x10/100/1000BASE-TX ports (Tellabs 8611 smart router only) Number of 4x100/1000BASE-X ports (Tellabs 8611 smart router only) Other Interfaces General Comments Responsible for Commissioning Testing Name Signature Customer’s Engineer Name Signature Date Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers 76.8600-40039G Hardware Installation Guide © 2012 Tellabs. 304 Appendix: Commissioning Test Report Mechanical Installation Item Description Checked 1 Network elements are securely tightened to the cabinet/rack. 2 Cable ducts have been installed. 3 Cards are installed into the appropriate slots. 4 Pluggable transceivers are properly plugged in and locked. 5 Ejectors are in closed position. 6 Fastening screws of the cards have been tightened. 7 Empty slots have been covered with cover plates. 8 Sufficient ventilation is provided. Grounding Item Description Checked 1 Each network element installed in the cabinet/rack is grounded. 2 Doors of the cabinet are grounded. 3 Side panels of the cabinet are grounded. 4 Roof and floor of the cabinet are grounded. 5 Project-specific mechanical parts are grounded. 6 Cabinet/rack is connected to building ground. Power 1 -48 Vdc power for Tellabs 8620 smart router DC or for the CDC in Tellabs 8660 smart router and Tellabs 8630 smart router, or 100–240 Vac for Tellabs 8620 smart router AC is available. 2 DC input cable is provided with a fuse. 3 Primary voltage source is connected to the CDC in slot 14 and in redundant system the secondary voltage is connected to the CDC in slot 1. 4 Positive DC battery voltage is connected to the CDC battery input pin 2 (middle) and the negative voltage to pin 3 (upper). 76.8600-40039G Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers © 2012 Tellabs. Hardware Installation Guide 305 Appendix: Commissioning Test Report Data Cabling Item Description Checked 1 All the cables have been connected to the correct locations. 2 The maximum bend radius is not exceeded. 3 Excessive compression is not directed at the cabling. 4 Data and power cabling is separated. 5 Cables have been labelled at the switch and the termination point. 6 Protective caps and SFP plugs are installed on all unused pluggable transceivers and interface module connectors. Network Element Parameters Item Description Checked 1 Parameters of all installed network elements have been set. 2 IP addresses have been assigned. 3 The interfaces are in the no shutdown state. 4 The inventory has been created 5 The communication (PING) is working to the NE. Power Protection Switching Item Description Checked 1 In case of redundant power feed, the functionality of using only either one of the two power feeds is verified. Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers 76.8600-40039G Hardware Installation Guide © 2012 Tellabs. 306 Appendix: Conductor Gauge and Dimension Comparison Table Appendix: Conductor Gauge and Dimension Comparison Table AWG CSA/mm 2 ø/mm 32 0.032 0.20 31 0.040 0.23 30 0.051 0.25 29 0.065 0.29 28 0.081 0.32 27 0.103 0.36 26 0.128 0.40 25 0.162 0.45 24 0.210 0.52 23 0.259 0.57 22 0.324 0.64 21 0.412 0.72 20 0.500 0.80 19 0.636 0.90 18 0.826 1.03 17 1.040 1.15 16 1.340 1.31 15 1.680 1.46 14 2.080 1.63 13 2.630 1.83 12 3.310 2.05 11 4.130 2.29 10 5.260 2.59 9 6.600 2.90 8 8.400 3.27 7 10.600 3.67 6 13.000 4.07 5 16.800 4.62 4 21.000 5.17 3 26.200 5.78 2 33.60 6.54 76.8600-40039G Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers © 2012 Tellabs. Hardware Installation Guide 307 Appendix: Site Survey Appendix: Site Survey Overview The purpose of the site survey is to determine the suitability of the available spaces and distributors for NE installation. Following the results of the site survey, possible corrective action can be taken before the actual installation. Environment The installation environment for the Tellabs 8600 system should: • Be dry, relatively dust free, well-ventilated and air-conditioned. • Allow adequate clearance for equipment maintenance and cabling. • Ensure sufficient segregation of power and information technology cabling. • Ensure that the effect of electromagnetic interference is minimized. • Allow simplified routing of cabling. The system generates a significant amount of heat. It is important to provide a balanced environment so that the system performs properly and safely. There must be enough space around the system for adequate ventilation. Inadequate ventilation can cause the system to overheat. The placement of the system to a relatively full or too narrow space must be avoided. Refer to Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers Reference Manuals for acceptable ranges of temperature and humidity. If the equipment is installed in a rack, the floor must be capable of supporting the combined weight of the rack and the installed equipment. Power Verify that the electrical supply meets all AC and DC power requirements. Find out the lowest possible voltage value of the main DC power supply of the site. You can use this value when calculating the cross-sectional area of long cabling. This may help in decreasing the required cross-sectional area. The site is expected to have: Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers 76.8600-40039G Hardware Installation Guide © 2012 Tellabs. 308 Appendix: Site Survey • -48 Vdc power system with 32 A or less circuit breakers capable of providing a maximum of 1200 Watts per each Tellabs 8660 smart router (for CDC versions older than 4.0 the maximum power is 940 Watts and the circuit breaker rating should be 25 A or less). If the DC48 Power Input Modules (PIMs) are used in Tellabs 8660 smart router R2, the maximum power is 2500 Watts and the circuit breaker rating should be 63 A. See chapter 5.1.1 Tellabs 8660 Smart Router and Tellabs 8630 Smart Router for more information. Tellabs 8660 smart router equipped with CDC V4.0 or higher can be used with power consumptions of up to 1200 W. Tellabs 8660 smart router equipped with CDC versions older than V4.0 can be used with power consumptions of up to 1133 W provided that the following conditions are fulfilled: (a) there are two CDC cards installed in the subrack (b) they are both connected to the operating 48 Vdc battery voltage feeding and (c) if there is a failure either in the power feeding or in the CDC card, the failure shall be corrected in three days. Note that these restrictions do not apply to CDC V4.0 or higher. If only one CDC older than V4.0 is used, the maximum power consumption is 940 W. • -48 Vdc power system with 16 A or less circuit breakers capable of providing a maximum of 580 Watts per each Tellabs 8630 smart router. See chapter 5.1.1 Tellabs 8660 Smart Router and Tellabs 8630 Smart Router for more information. • -48 Vdc power system with 6 A or less circuit breakers capable of providing a maximum of 106 Watts per each Tellabs 8620 smart router DC 48. See chapter 5.1.2 Tellabs 8620 Smart Router DC48 for more information. • -48 Vdc power system with 7.5 A or less circuit breakers capable of providing a maximum of 300 Watts per each Tellabs 8611 smart router. See chapter 5.1.3 Tellabs 8609 Smart Router and Tellabs 8611 Smart Router DC48 and DC for more information. • -48 Vdc power system with 5 A or less circuit breakers capable of providing a maximum of 120 Watts per each Tellabs 8609 smart router. See chapter 5.1.3 Tellabs 8609 Smart Router and Tellabs 8611 Smart Router DC48 and DC for more information. • -48 Vdc power system with 3 A or less circuit breakers capable of providing a maximum of 67 Watts per each Tellabs 8607 smart router. See chapter 5.1.4 Tellabs 8607 Smart Router for more information. • -48 Vdc power system with 3 A or less circuit breakers capable of providing a maximum of 40 Watts per each Tellabs 8605 smart router. See chapter 5.1.5 Tellabs 8605 Smart Router DC48, DC24 and DC for more information. • +24 Vdc power system with 15 A or less circuit breakers capable of providing a maximum of 300 Watts per each Tellabs 8611 smart router. See chapter 5.1.3 Tellabs 8609 Smart Router and Tellabs 8611 Smart Router DC48 and DC for more information. • +24 Vdc power system with 10 A or less circuit breakers capable of providing a maximum of 120 Watts per each Tellabs 8609 smart router. See chapter 5.1.3 Tellabs 8609 Smart Router and Tellabs 8611 Smart Router DC48 and DC for more information. • +24 Vdc power system with 4 A or less circuit breakers capable of providing a maximum of 67 Watts per each Tellabs 8607 smart router. See chapter 5.1.4 Tellabs 8607 Smart Router for more information. • +24 Vdc power system with 4 A or less circuit breakers capable of providing a maximum of 40 Watts per each Tellabs 8605 smart router. See chapter 5.1.5 Tellabs 8605 Smart Router DC48, DC24 and DC for more information. 76.8600-40039G Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers © 2012 Tellabs. Hardware Installation Guide 309 Appendix: Site Survey • Protection against shortcircuits and overcurrent. • 100–240 Vac earthed wall socket outlets within a sufficient distance to Tellabs 8620 smart router AC. Grounding The site is expected to have an appropriate grounding arrangement provided with grounding points within a reasonable distance to the Tellabs 8600 equipment. The installation racks and cabinets should have a grounding bar in the middle point to allow as short grounding cables as possible. The mechanical parts of the rack and shielded installation accessories within must be grounded. A one-meter grounding cable is included in the Tellabs 8600 network element delivery for connecting the NE to the cabinet grounding bar. Each cabinet must be connected individually to the station earth bar complying with the local requirements. In case of shielded cabling, each cable shield must be grounded in every installation rack or cabinet. Cabling It should be possible to perform the initial and additional cabling complying with the principles described in Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers Hardware Installation Guide. The site must have adequate cabling support and strain relief structure available. The initial and additional quantity of cables must be installed, maintaining the minimum bend radius and avoiding excessive compression directed at the cable in the complete installation. The length of patch cables should be minimized. Adequate segregation for power and signal cabling must be provided. Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers 76.8600-40039G Hardware Installation Guide © 2012 Tellabs. 310 Appendix: Site Survey Site Survey Check List and Acceptance Form for Tellabs 8600 System Project and Customer Information Customer Project Contact person(s) Site Site number Address Telephone Site readiness status agreed Tellabs’ representative Customer’s representative Name Name Signature Signature Exception To be cleared by (date) Action by Date of inspection 76.8600-40039G Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers © 2012 Tellabs. Hardware Installation Guide 311 Appendix: Site Survey Site Information Access time limitations Need for access pass Yes No Keys available Yes No Prior arrangements Vehicle access Yes No Parking place Yes No Loading dock Yes No Stairs or elevator (if any) big enough Yes No Location of equipment room Access to equipment room Environment Building work completed Yes No Air conditioning Yes No Noticeable dust Yes No Smell or chemical fumes Yes No Temperature Humidity Raised floor Yes No Height and material of raised floor Any holes to be cut in flooring tiles Quantity Size Special electromagnetic environmental conditions Yes, please specify No Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers 76.8600-40039G Hardware Installation Guide © 2012 Tellabs. 312 Appendix: Site Survey Mechanical and Electrical Data Dimensions Type of switch Tellabs 8620 smart router Tellabs 8630 smart router Tellabs 8660 smart router Tellabs 8605 smart router Tellabs 8607 smart router Tellabs 8609 smart router Tellabs 8611 smart router Number of network elements Number of cabinets/racks to be installed Are the cabinets/racks to be installed in a row Yes No Adequate room for Tellabs 8600 network elements Yes No Cabling access to the cabinets/racks Top Bottom Power Power feed for Tellabs 8600 system –48 Vdc +24 Vdc ____Vac Adequate 48/24 Vdc power availability Yes No Absolute minimum dc voltage value of site power supply Power feed redundant Yes No Any main circuit breakers available? Specify the rate/type Yes No Rate Type Any additional circuit breakers needed. Specify the rate/type Yes No Rate Type Type of connection (rectifier) – Distance to Tellabs 8600 NE Type of connection (cabinet) Ac availability Yes, 110 Vac Yes, 230 Vac No – Sockets earthed Yes No – Type of wall sockets – Distance to Tellabs 8600 NE 76.8600-40039G Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers © 2012 Tellabs. Hardware Installation Guide 313 Appendix: Site Survey Grounding Is there a station earth bar available? Yes No Distance to cabinet/rack Is there a grounding bar in the cabinet? Yes No Distance to NE Type of grounding bar Bolt and crimp ring sizes Synchronization Station clock type 120 Ω 100 Ω 75 Ω Distance to equipment Alarm cabling Distance to equipment Connection method Communication link cabling Redundant Yes No Distance to equipment Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers 76.8600-40039G Hardware Installation Guide © 2012 Tellabs. 314 Appendix: Site Survey Data Cabling Number of 8x10/100BASE-TX – site cabling termination implementation in accordance with T568A T568B Other Number of 8x100BASE-X Number of 2x1000BASE-X Number of 8x1000BASE-X Number of 2+6x10/100/1000BASE-COMBO Number of 8x10/100/1000BASE-TX R2 ports Number of 8x100/1000BASE-X R2 ports Number of 1x10GBASE-R R2 ports Number of 8xSTM-1/OC-3 POS Number of 1xSTM-16/OC-48 POS Number of 1xchSTM-1/chOC-3 Multiservice Number of 4xchSTM-1/chOC-3 Multiservice Number of 4xSTM-1/OC-3 ATM Number of 4xSTM-4/OC-12 POS Number of 24xchE1/chT1 Multiservice Number of 24xchE1/chT1 Mobile Optimization Number of 8x10/100BASE-TX (Tellabs 8607 smart router, Tellabs 8609 smart router and Tellabs 8611 smart router) Number of 8xchE1/chT1 (Tellabs 8607 smart router, Tellabs 8609 smart router and Tellabs 8611 smart router) Number of 2xADSL (Tellabs 8607 smart router only) Number of 4xSHDSL (Tellabs 8607 smart router only) Number of 4x10/100/1000BASE-TX (Tellabs 8611 smart router only) Number of 4x100/1000BASE-X (Tellabs 8611 smart router only) 76.8600-40039G Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers © 2012 Tellabs. Hardware Installation Guide 315 Appendix: Site Survey Cable trays available Yes No Cable tray height Additional cable trays required Yes No Details of additional cable trays DDF(s) available for 10/100BASE-TX Distance to Tellabs 8600 NE Yes No Connection method ODF(s) available for fibre optics Distance to Tellabs 8600 NE Yes No Type of fibre optic connectors in ODF Multimode fiber type 50 µm 62.5 µm Mode-conditioning patch cords required Yes No Additional DDF(s) required Yes No Details of additional DDF(s) Site Reforms (Exceptions) Reforms to be done at the site Person responsible for the reforms Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers 76.8600-40039G Hardware Installation Guide © 2012 Tellabs. 316 Appendix: Site Survey Cables Needed Power cables (m/ft) – Size mm 2 / AWG Grounding cables (m/ft) CAT5 UTP/FTP cables – Type/length – Type/length Optical cables – Type/length – Type/length Other cables Connectors Connectors for E1/T1 ports Other connectors Other IP addresses for management network provided 76.8600-40039G Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers © 2012 Tellabs. Hardware Installation Guide 317 Appendix: Site Survey Floor Plan Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers 76.8600-40039G Hardware Installation Guide © 2012 Tellabs. 318 Appendix: Site Survey Plans and Information Supplied Site plan Yes No Cabinet layout plan Yes No Fuse allocations Yes No Equipment and card layout Yes No Cabling schematics Yes No Equipment configuration instructions Yes No Miscellaneous Obstructions in the cable path Any underfloor work required Any overhead work required Loading / unloading details (bay etc.) 76.8600-40039G Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers © 2012 Tellabs. Hardware Installation Guide 319 Appendix: Site Survey Notes Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers 76.8600-40039G Hardware Installation Guide © 2012 Tellabs. 320 End of Life Treatment End of Life Treatment Disposal of electrical and electronic waste in member states of the European Union shall be done according to Directive 2002/96/EC Waste of Electrical and Electronic Equipment (WEEE) and local legislation. Do not dispose electrical and electronic equipment with unsorted municipal and household waste. Please consult your local authorities for suitable disposal method for electronic and electrical waste. Correct handling of the disposed equipment contributes to reuse, recycling and other form of recovery to protect the environment. The equipment is marked with the figure shown below, to indicate that the equipment must be collected separately. 76.8600-40039G Tellabs ® 8600 Smart Routers © 2012 Tellabs. Hardware Installation Guide 321